Blog entry
29 Mar 2011 - 3:42am
Dear Freinds,,
please join with me in sending Doreen Ohlemiller, one of the Mods here on LW... Thoughts of love, healing and a quick recovery as she goes in for breast cancer surgery (right breast mastectomy) on Tuesday morning. I know she would really appreciate it.
Peace,
Charlie E (Aceofcups)
Blog entry
16 May 2012 - 4:42pm
2012
The Council Twelve
Channel: C.N. KOR RODGERS
HealingStargate.com
We are here and we bring you much light, love, energy and upliftment into this new faze of development in your paradigm of BEing.
Much has been written about the year of 2012 .
It is a shift in Consciousness.
We state that this ‘shift’ is already ‘present’ and now the assimilation and out-picturing is to take place.
You may not be confident about this shift but you are ready and now, NOW it IS.
Listen quietly at every chance you have to the withIN-HeartVoice and you will begin to see what is being disclosed.
All the pieces have been placed before you and now you are to bring them all together.
All that we speak of is by your freewill and choice.
It is/has been up to you.
We are speaking to those of you that resonate to what is being brought forth by this message.
The mosaic now is to be brought together by each of you in unison. That ‘bringing together’ is your mission and you will be receiving all the assistance you may need.
Be open to this assistance.
Choose the assistance of LIGHT by simply speaking the words ‘I choose the LIGHT-PATH to guide me’.
Trust can be wavering at times but hold fast to the seed we plant withIN your Consciousness.
The seed of ‘trust’ is there withIN you now and let it germinate and grow.
Each of you will progress at your own pace and purpose.
It would be highest not to judge yourSELF by observing another’s experience.
We speak now ‘about what all this means’.
Your current plane of existence is going through a total and major Upliftment.
There is no time to wonder what is going on or to be docile.
We speak these words with stronger focus than we have in the past and we speak with compassion, however we speak with firm convection that it is now your time to act upon what we have prepared you for in the past transmissions.
We now encourage you to ‘act’ upon you inner knowing.
You each are fully capable of action and ‘now’ is your time to respond.
There IS a time-line that has come into play that IS written into the cosmic history that IS to be acted upon and you are the ones that are to do these actions.
Although fear may rise up and cause disturbance, you are ready to let this fear consciousness to wane and each new step you take forward will show this fear to be dissipating, until it shows itself as nothingness.
Your plane of existence is crying out for assistance to progress into the LIGHT and peace and to have all the population to be in harmony.
The next few months in your time-line are to be brought into alignment and it is for each of you to do your piece of the action.
You already know your highest purpose is ready to take action.
We will assist to remove the veils of illusion, and bring about willingness to let go of the layers of confusion.
The energy of this message will assist you and we stand along side you in these most highly auspicious and crucial actions in your Consciousness.
Their will be some that choose to remain ‘as is’, and they, have that freewill, and so it is.
To each his own. without judgment.
A note from the channel: I sense I cannot copyright these messages. The words and energy are of the LIGHT and therefore I ask that as you pass along any of this information, please include the complete and total message with a link to:
http://www.healingstargate.com
1-888-818-9542
Blog entry
16 May 2012 - 1:36pm
Clearing wounds of the heart.
Most of us have experienced what I call ‘heart wounds’. These are wounds which can be very old (and those that we keep fresh by constantly picking at them) or new and very raw wounds which we have recently experienced.
Sometimes we like to nurse those old wounds because we like the feeling of power that we feel at being able to hold another captive. ( the perpetrator of the wound). In my own journey of healing, I came to realise that we are only truly able to heal when we are truly prepared to let go of the false sense of power we hang on to, at keeping another person captive. Little do we realise that in keeping another person captive, we too are being held in that prison too.
The real power comes from our willingness to for-give. That means to give away ....let go. It doesn’t mean that the perpetrator isn’t held accountable ...it simply means we have chosen to let go of holding on. There is an old saying...Resentment is a poison we drink, in the hope that the other person will die...
The only person who is really harmed due to the resentment, is the person doing the resenting. SO, THATS ANOTHER GREAT REASON TO ‘LET GO’!.
But, even greater than this, is the power of compassionate forgiveness..this comes from the understanding that those who hurt us, do so because they do not realise what they do...and even if they did, and are fully cognizant of the pain that they inflict, they do so because they TRULY do not realise the repercussions of their actions and they don’t know that the harm that they inflict, is certainly going to rebound on them.
When we decide to release everyone with love and forgiveness, understanding that we too are in exactly the same boat as them, we enter into the energy of Grace. We treat each other as we would want to be treated...with the same love and understanding as we would hope to receive. This energy has the power to heal even the deepest wounds of the heart, and is the energy we need to invoke when we find it hard to forgive.
Ask Universe/ All that is, to help you let go of all that does not serve you. Ask to be healed of your need to hold on. Our prayers are always answered when we ask with sincerity. This has been my experience and I know it will be the same for you. If that is what you truly wish.
All that is required, is your genuine willingness to let go...The Universe will take care of all the details.
Teaching
16 May 2012 - 10:47am
FREE AND EASY WANDERING
Chuang Tzu
Translated by Burton Watson
terebess.hu
IN THE NORTHERN DARKNESS there is a fish and his name is K'un.1 The K'un is so huge I don't know how many thousand li he measures. He changes and becomes a bird whose name is P'eng. The back of the P'eng measures I don't know how many thousand li across and, when he rises up and flies off, his wings are like clouds all over the sky. When the sea begins to move,2 this bird sets off for the southern darkness, which is the Lake of Heaven.
The Universal Harmony3 records various wonders, and it says: "When the P'eng journeys to the southern darkness, the waters are roiled for three thousand li. He beats the whirlwind and rises ninety thousand li, setting off on the sixth month gale." Wavering heat, bits of dust, living things blowing each other about-the sky looks very blue. Is that its real color, or is it because it is so far away and has no end? When the bird looks down, all he sees is blue too.
If water is not piled up deep enough, it won't have the strength to bear up a big boat. Pour a cup of water into a hollow in the floor and bits of trash will sail on it like boats. But set the cup there and it will stick fast, for the water is too shallow and the boat too large. If wind is not piled up deep enough, it won't have the strength to bear up great wings. Therefore when the P'eng rises ninety thousand li, he must have the wind under him like that. Only then can he mount on the back of the wind, shoulder the blue sky, and nothing can hinder or block him. Only then can he set his eyes to the south.
The cicada and the little dove laugh at this, saying, "When we make an effort and fly up, we can get as far as the elm or the sapanwood tree, but sometimes we don't make it and just fall down on the ground. Now how is anyone going to go ninety thousand li to the south!"
If you go off to the green woods nearby, you can take along food for three meals and come back with your stomach as full as ever. If you are going a hundred li, you must grind your grain the night before; and if you are going a thousand li, you must start getting the provisions together three months in advance. What do these two creatures understand? Little understanding cannot come up to great understanding; the shortlived cannot come up to the long-lived.
How do I know this is so? The morning mushroom knows nothing of twilight and dawn; the summer cicada knows nothing of spring and autumn. They are the short-lived. South of Ch'u there is a caterpillar which counts five hundred years as one spring and five hundred years as one autumn. Long, long ago there was a great rose of Sharon that counted eight thousand years as one spring and eight thousand years as one autumn. They are the long-lived. Yet P'eng-tsu4 alone is famous today for having lived a long time, and everybody tries to ape him. Isn't it pitiful!
Among the questions of T'ang to Ch'i we find the same thing.5 In the bald and barren north, there is a dark sea, the Lake of Heaven. In it is a fish which is several thousand li across, and no one knows how long. His name is K'un. There is also a bird there, named P'eng, with a back like Mount T'ai and wings like clouds filling the sky. He beats the whirlwind, leaps into the air, and rises up ninety thousand li, cutting through the clouds and mist, shouldering the blue sky, and then he turns his eyes south and prepares to journey to the southern darkness.
The little quail laughs at him, saying, "Where does he think he's going? I give a great leap and fly up, but I never get more than ten or twelve yards before I come down fluttering among the weeds and brambles. And that's the best kind of flying anyway! Where does he think he's going?" Such is the difference between big and little.
Therefore a man who has wisdom enough to fill one office effectively, good conduct enough to impress one community, virtue enough to please one ruler, or talent enough to be called into service in one state, has the same kind of self-pride as these little creatures. Sung Jung-tzu6 would certainly burst out laughing at such a man. The whole world could praise Sung Jung-tzu and it wouldn't make him exert himself; the whole world could condemn him and it wouldn't make him mope.
He drew a clear line between the internal and the external, and recognized the boundaries of true glory and disgrace. But that was all. As far as the world went, he didn't fret and worry, but there was still ground he left unturned.
Lieh Tzu7 could ride the wind and go soaring around with cool and breezy skill, but after fifteen days he came back to earth. As far as the search for good fortune went, he didn't fret and worry. He escaped the trouble of walking, but he still had to depend on something to get around. If he had only mounted on the truth of Heaven and Earth, ridden the changes of the six breaths, and thus wandered through the boundless, then what would he have had to depend on?
Therefore I say, the Perfect Man has no self; the Holy Man has no merit; the Sage has no fame.8
Yao wanted to cede the empire to Hsu-Yu. "When the sun and moon have already come out," he said, "it's a waste of light to go on burning the torches, isn't it? When the seasonal rains are falling, it's a waste of water to go on irrigating the fields. If you took the throne, the world would be well ordered. I go on occupying it, but all I can see are my failings. I beg to turn over the world to you."
Hsu Yu said, "You govern the world and the world is already well governed. Now if I take your place, will I be doing it for a name? But name is only the guest of reality - will I be doing it so I can play the part of a guest? When the tailorbird builds her nest in the deep wood, she uses no more than one branch. When the mole drinks at the river, he takes no more than a bellyful. Go home and forget the matter, my lord.
I have no use for the rulership of the world! Though the cook may not run his kitchen properly, the priest and the impersonator of the dead at the sacrifice do not leap over the wine casks and sacrificial stands and go take his place." 9
Chien Wu said to Lien Shu, "I was listening to Chieh Yu's talk - big and nothing to back it up, going on and on without turning around. I was completely dumfounded at his words - no more end than the Milky Way, wild and wide of the mark, never coming near human affairs!"
"What were his words like?" asked Lien Shu.
"He said that there is a Holy Man living on faraway Ku-she Mountain, with skin like ice or snow, and gentle and shy like a young girl. He doesn't eat the five grains, but sucks the wind, drinks the dew, climbs up on the clouds and mist, rides a flying dragon, and wanders beyond the four seas. By concentrating his spirit, he can protect creatures from sickness and plague and make the harvest plentiful. I thought this was all insane and refused to believe it."
"You would!" said Lien Shu. "We can't expect a blind man to appreciate beautiful patterns or a deaf man to listen to bells and drums. And blindness and deafness are not confined to the body alone - the understanding has them too, as your words just now have shown. This man, with this virtue of his, is about to embrace the ten thousand things and roll them into one. Though the age calls for reform, why should he wear himself out over the affairs of the world? There is nothing that can harm this man. Though flood waters pile up to the sky, he will not drown. Though a great drought melts metal and stone and scorches the earth and hills, he will not be burned.
From his dust and leavings alone you could mold a Yao or a Shun! Why should he consent to bother about mere things?"
A man of Sung who sold ceremonial hats made a trip to Yueh, but the Yueh people cut their hair short and tattoo their bodies and had no use for such things. Yao brought order to the people of the world and directed the government of all within the seas. But he went to see the Four Masters of the faraway Ku-she :Mountain, [and when he got home] north of the Fen. River, he was dazed and had forgotten his kingdom there.
Hui Tzu10 said to Chuang Tzu, "The king of Wei gave me some seeds of a huge gourd. I planted them, and when they grew up, the fruit was big enough to hold five piculs. I tried using it for a water container, but it was so heavy I couldn't lift it. I split it in half to make dippers, but they were so large and unwieldy that I couldn't dip them into any thing. It's not that the gourds weren't fantastically big - but I decided they were no use and so I smashed them to pieces."
Chuang Tzu said, "You certainly are dense when it comes to using big things! In Sung there was a man who was skilled at making a salve to prevent chapped hands, and generation after generation his family made a living by bleaching silk in water. A traveler heard about the salve and offered to buy the prescription for a hundred measures of gold. The man called everyone to a family council. `For generations we've been bleaching sills and we've never made more than a few measures of gold,' he said. `Now, if we sell our secret, we can make a hundred measures in one morning. Let's let him have it!' The traveler got the salve and introduced it to the king of Wu, who was having trouble with the state of Yueh. The king put the man in charge of his troops, and that winter they fought a naval battle with the men of Yueh and gave them a bad beating.11 A portion of the conquered territory was awarded to the man as a fief. The salve had the power to prevent chapped hands in either case; but one man used it to get a fief, while the other one never got beyond silk bleaching - because they used it in different ways. Now you had a gourd big enough to hold five piculs. Why didn't you think of making it into a great tub so you could go floating around the rivers and lakes, instead of worrying because it was too big and unwieldy to dip into things! Obviously you still have a lot of underbrush in your head!"
Hui Tzu said to Chuang Tzu, "I have a big tree of the kind men call shu. Its trunk is too gnarled and bumpy to apply a measuring line to, its branches too bent and twisty to match up to a compass or square. You could stand it by the road and no carpenter would look at it twice. Your words, too, are big and useless, and so everyone alike spurns them!"
Chuang Tzu said, "Maybe you've never seen a wildcat or a weasel. It crouches down and hides, watching for something to come along. It leaps and races east and west, not hesitating to go high or low-until it falls into the trap and dies in the net. Then again there's the yak, big as a cloud covering the sky. It certainly knows how to be big, though it doesn't know how to catch rats. Now You have this big tree and you're distressed because it's useless. Why don't you plant it in Not-Even-Anything Village, or the field of Broad-and-Boundless, relax and do nothing by its side, or lie down for a free and easy sleep under it? Axes will never shorten its life, nothing can ever harm it. If there's no use for it, how can it come to grief or pain?"
Blog entry
16 May 2012 - 3:54am
Hey dearest Lighty friends,
Thought I might share this little snippet I read just recently on the topic of FORGIVENESS:-
THE FORMULA FOR FORGIVENESS (written by Charles Fillmore)
'I forgive everything, everyone, every experience, every memory of the past or present that needs
forgiveness.
I forgive positively everyone. I also forgive myself of past mistakes.
THE SOURCE IS LOVE, and I am forgiven and governed by universal love alone.
This love is now readjusting my life. REALising this, I abide in PEACE.'
IN DIVINE FREEDOM, I CAN NOW MOVE ON IN THE LIGHT OF UNCONDITIONAL
LOVE FOR ALL AND EVERYTHING.
I hope you please watch the following vid from 'Healing Humanity' - it has a very important message
for all of us.
Much love and happiness to you all
Ish )O(
Story
15 May 2012 - 7:44pm
Lead by Example
Ascended Master, El Morya’s Weekly Message ~ May 15 – 22, 2012
Channeled by: Julie Miller
May 15, 2012
Dear ones always attempt to look at any happening moment with wisdom, not with negativity. Learn and understand the difference when applying this way of thinking into your everyday routine. Wisdom and truth go hand in hand. To be wise is to know your truth and from accepting every single truth that there is about yourself.
The transformation that is occurring within the many peoples of your world is an opportunity for each of you to assist in the process. You can help create this new beginning just by focusing your precious minds on those areas that satisfy your Higher Self for being here. You will know what these areas are that satisfy and fulfill you because they will inspire your with passion to learn more and to make that teaching or spiritual practice become one with you, it will fill you with exhilaration and provide you with a sense of accomplishment.
Because you are all so different, what will inspire you will not be the same for any two individuals. Each of you must figure out what it is that excites you and fulfils you. Allow your heart to draw you and take you there. Your heart will take you to where you are to be if you are paying attention to its direction. When you actively allow your heart to draw you to what it is that resonates with your heart and soul, you will be setting forth into motion the forces of your soul, these forces will connect you to the situations that will assist you to recognize your own personal purpose and then you will feel the emotional satisfaction that you are seeking. Even while allowing your heart to guide you and allowing one of us from the Divine Realm, you must do your part. You must make the choices from what is presented to you. You mustn’t wait for another to point it out for you, become assertive with your own journey – take control as each choice you make helps pave a path of the future you are creating. Stop being restless and do all the things that is only spoken of or thought of inside your mind. Overcome the fear of stepping out beyond your pre-set boundaries and venture into the unknown. You cannot truly lecture unless you truthfully have done what you are speaking and you have perfected through practice what it is you are stating verbally. Don’t allow your fears continue to control you. There is so much waiting for you to take hold of dear ones; come on reach for the stars and discover so much more. I will help you find your way, but I cannot do that unless you ask for me and listen to my guidance.
When you feel you are ready to assist the rest of your brothers and sisters with the transformation process that is still occurring, you will need to realize that there are still remaining fears that are preventing you from fully contributing in the enthusiasm of the entire transformation process. When you have finally overcome the fears that have been holding you back, then you will cease hiding behind false identities. Any fears you may have had of embarrassment you will learn have been entirely unsupported. We of the Divine do not cause these feelings. We encourage you to actively take part more often in positive self-talk and self-love.
Each of you are individuals, you are unique and very special. It is because of all this and more as to why it’s important to follow your heart rather what someone says, “What you ‘should’ do”. What is good for another does not mean it is right for you. It is unnecessary to find a nook where you can fit into a ‘normal’ crowd. What is normal for you and for the next person can have very different meanings. When you allow your heart to guide you, you will attract similar likenesses with other people and spiritual practices. Don’t allow yourself to be drawn into something that you don’t agree with just to fit in. From doing this dear ones you are going against the inner nature of your soul.
Learn dear ones to communicate without the worry of what another person will think of you. You have the confidence to expand and increase your ability to speak articulately – I know you do! Venture into learning your chakras and what each of the seven basic chakras means for you. I work within the Throat Chakra. It is here where you and I will do a lot of work when you invoke my presence. By working together, you will learn to speak, think and act tactfully and accurately through your verbal expressions. Expressing yourself in a positive manner is a major step towards your search for the inner joy many of you are searching for.
Through your journey you will find yourself presented with a few obstacles that will require you to mature in your thinking and how you handle each situation. Dear ones, if you find yourself being offended by another person then maybe you need to take a good look at yourself and realize it is you that is creating any frustration from the communication of the situation. When you can actually focus your attention NOT on the Self-Centered judgment of negative experience, but instead seeking for the experiences that will encourage you to feel satisfied from within, then you will find that you will naturally attract the appreciation of your inherent value or significance that you seem to desire. Dear ones your ACTIONS demonstrate to the world who you truly are, not your words.
Appreciate dear ones when you are feeling the inner joy of creating your own life’s experiences, you will discover yourself in a place where you do not worry what others think about you. You will let them have their own ideas because you KNOW who you are. You have walked your journey; they have not walked in your shoes. What you know is what you know and no one can take your experiences away. The matureness of your mind and self will not be concerned about other people’s perception of how they would have done the same practice different. Your way of doing something is perfect for you. You lead by example dear ones, not by words and at the same time remembering to be respectful of each other’s ways of doing the same thing.
Pay attention dear ones to your emotional condition through the various stages of your journey and where you are going and allow it to guide you to where there is joy. You can only create in the present, don’t allow the past consume you. Make a point on ridding yourself from the negative emotions that are connected to past circumstances. They will only hold you back dear ones. And you will only attract others that will aid in antagonizing the fire that has been simmering for too long. When you are able to release yourself of all those things that have caused you to feel hurt, only then you will be freed from the past and you will be able to focus more clearly upon what it is you do want with happiness and joy.
When you discover the many joys that are in your life, you will be surprised most of them are not big, but made up of small and simple pleasures that bring your heart into a great peaceful state. When you really truly wish to discover joy, then tell yourself YOU WILL experience something that WILL bring you joy. The joy will come and like I have said it will come from what gives you the greatest pleasure. This requires active participation from you. Your thoughts and emotions are to be of pure loving intent. Focus clearly on the joy and fulfillment not on the lack of. Stop worrying what you do not have, and focus what you want from your heart and through the power of your thought you will create it. The more positive your thoughts the more you will attract positive people into your life. Your positive energy will draw them.
When you begin dear ones to manifest joy into your daily routine you will find yourself surrounded more often by positive minded people that will add to your joy. And through these interactions you will further discover exciting experiences that you have been wishing for. While moving positively through your journey you will also figure out that you are fulfilling your life’s purpose as a positive minded individual that is limitless and boundless with love and light that is always connected to God. You must allow others to have their own self-created emotional state and they must not force theirs on you. There is no right or wrong on your journey, only lessons that are opportunities to improve and perfect yourself.
While monitoring your emotional condition, learn to understand your thoughts that can cause serious emotional reactions. Think deeply about these things and find healthful ways restore joy and happiness into your emotions and reflect those healthy emotions wherever you go. When you are actively fulfilling your soul’s purpose you will experience a greater joy than you ever expected or known before.
Dear ones, you know it is your Ego that will mentally initiate you to fixate upon negative feelings in an attempt reinforce the danger or pain of a situation. When you find this occurring please reinforce positive affirmations, learn to uplift yourself through grounding and loving yourself. Accept those low negative feelings, but don’t allow the negative nature drag you down a dwindling spiral of negative emotions. Soar on your positive happy emotions and reach upwards and KNOW there are no limits to yourself and to your development and growth both spiritually and personally.
The old ways are slipping into a mass of chaos and confusion and the new will come in brilliance to quiet the confusion by giving a route and reality to those who persevere in their aspiration to further develop themselves.
In Grace of God, blessings and peace to each of you,
I AM Ascended Master El Morya through Julie Miller
Blog entry
15 May 2012 - 2:03pm
A little light on Judgement.
The Goal - To surrender the need to judge others.( And ofcourse ourselves).
Judgement comes from the subconscious belief that there is imperfection in what we perceive. It stems from one of the following – 1. Anyone that has been judged too harshly in their formative years will find it very hard to see their own beauty, and therefore often needs to make others seem smaller than them, in order to feel good.
2. A sense of superiority that one is better/ more learned/ more attractive...more..whatever.... and that by virtue of its superior position, it has been given the right to decide WHO/ WHAT IS GOOD/ BAD/ UGLY. This person operates completely disconnected from their own feelings and is unable to empathise with others.
Through the illusion of judgement, we fail to see that that is exactly what it is, ILLUSION. THAT IS NOT THE TRUTH OF WHO YOU ARE!
When we spend too much time looking for shortcomings in everything and not focussing enough on the beauty in everything/ everyone, our brain kinda gets stuck in the critical groove.
The underlying spiritual message in being Critical of how we / others look is ....
1. NOT to focus unduly on the physical... (We are not the BODY, We are SPIRIT).
2. When we get stuck focussing on Ugliness/ that which is NOT BEAUTY, that is what we will create in our lives. So focus on beauty and beauty is all we will create. The seeds we water will be the ones that flower.
3. When we keep focussed on the superficial, we deny ourselves the chance to see real beauty which is often much deeper than the skin, hence the saying..DONT JUDGE THE BOOK BY ITS COVER.
4. We become that which we keep our focus on.
Every one on the planet has many gifts ...unfortunately, we are so preoccupied in looking for flaws, that we fail to see the gifts. It is only when we make a conscious decision to change our outlook, and then every time the opportunity presents us, re-inforce the positive thought with the behaviour, that we can begin to alter the pattern.
A REALLY GOOD WAY TO HELP DIVERT NEGATIVE FOCUS FROM OTHERS, IS BY KEEPING OURSELVES AS THE CENTRE OF OUR LIVES. When we are sure of our own light and right to exist, we wont waste our time judging others.
TO WHOM MUCH IS GIVEN, MUCH IS ALSO EXPECTED.But if we see that as an opportunity to exalt ourselves, rather than use what we are given to be of benefit to all, then we lose a tremendous opportunity to share the wealth we have.
In choosing to appreciate all that we see and experience as positive, we are able to alter our experience from the mundane to the holy.
When we see purely from the intellect, we see from a very limited perspective. But when our sight is aligned with love, we are able to see and act from a much more loving and exalted perspective, which helps us see everything as a gift and something beautiful, rather than something for us to shy away from.
Teaching
15 May 2012 - 10:50am
What is Vedanta?
http://vedantadc.org
.
.
Vedanta represents the philosophical portion of the ancient scriptures of India, the Vedas. Specifically, it refers to the final portion of the Vedic literature, the Upanishads, but it also includes the Bhagavad Gita, the great epics of India, as well as the Puranas, as well as many other texts, hymns, and writings. The basic teaching concerns the ultimate identity of the individual soul with the Supreme Soul. The goal of Vedanta is for the seeker to have the direct experience of his or her true nature, and it is held that each and every one of us is qualified to have that highest illumination, if we are willing to put forth sincere and intense effort.
From the very earliest period, Vedanta has preached the harmony of religions. We find this in the ancient words of the Rigveda, ekam sad viprā bahudhā vadanti(“Truth is one, sages call it by various names”) as well as in the realizations of the modern day saint, Sri Ramakrishna (“The substance is One under different names, and everyone is seeking the same substance; only climate, temperament, and name create differences. Let each one follow his own path. If he sincerely and ardently wishes to know God, peace be unto him. He will surely realize Him.”)
According to Sri Ramakrishna, God is both formless and with form, the Personal God of the devotee as well as the Impersonal Absolute of the philosopher. We can call on God in any number of relationships, but, Sri Ramakrishna believed, to look upon God as one’s mother and oneself as Her child is a very pure and effective means to realize God.
Vedanta also teaches that we are all members of a single family and that our differences are merely superficial. This is one of the great lessons we learn from the life of Sri Sarada Devi, the spiritual companion of Sri Ramakrishna, also known as the Holy Mother. By looking upon all beings as her own children, she demonstrated the truth that no one is a stranger, that the whole world is our own.
The Vedantic teaching that the Lord dwells within in all beings was given special meaning by Swami Vivekananda through his doctrine of the “Living God.” For him, the highest form of worship was to see God dwelling within all beings, and especially in the poor and underprivileged. To serve the poor with the attitude that we are serving God was to him the greatest worship of God.
The Means
According to the Vedantic teachers, there are various means and methods that can be used to realize God or Self, based on our own particular nature, inclination, and personality. These are known as the Four Yogas. They can be practiced separately, or in combination. Swami Vivekananda taught that the strongest spiritual path was one which combined the four yogas, though we may give special emphasis to the one that most appeals to us.
Bhakti Yoga
This is the path of devotion, wherein the devotee approaches God through a particular relationship and with a particular attitude. It emphasizes practices such as prayer, chanting the names and glories of God, and meditation on God as a loving reality, ever present within our hearts. Through this practice, one intensifies the feeling of intimacy and love for God, and ultimately reaches the state of union or oneness with God.
Jnana Yoga
This is the path of knowledge or philosophical discrimination, wherein the seeker strives, through the power of reason, to discover the Self within by casting off the false superimposition of the body, mind, senses, intellect, and personality. As a result of this practice, the seeker realizes the Supreme Reality to be present within as his own higher Self, and knows himself to be the birthless, deathless, Reality, the One without a Second.
Karma Yoga
This is the path of selfless work. For the devotee, it means to do all ones work as an offering to God and to expect nothing personal in return. For the philosopher, it means to see that all action is the interplay between the mind and senses, on the one hand, and sense objects, on the other, and to realize that the higher Self is merely the witness. It is to feel that one is not the agent of action. In either case, it means to practice detachment and equanimity with regard to work, and to realize that the results of all actions are not in our hands. Through such a practice, the mind becomes purified, and the seeker comes to realize his or her true nature.
Raja Yoga
This is the “Royal Path” of meditation and is one of the main spiritual practices for all seekers of God or Self, regardless of their spiritual attitude. Through the practice of meditation, one can experience higher and higher spiritual states, culminating in the direct vision of the one reality that remains when the mind no longer functions in its usual way. There are various techniques available for the practice of meditation, but the one emphasized by Sri Ramakrishna, Holy Mother and Swami Vivekananda involves the use of a mantra and some concrete or symbolic image of the divine.
Last year I channeled a message from Sri Ramakrishna. All my contacts with with spirits are wonderful and special. It was an honour to have this dear soul speak through me.
Blog entry
15 May 2012 - 1:18am
Blessings again...
I found this interesting video in healing. Some people argue saying the practicioners of this healing session were using Qi Gong, some say they used Chi. Well there are many versions of how this woman was healed, but it is very explained here by Gregg Branden in the video. Very interesting.
Thank you and much love.
PS: Have a good nite!!!
Gabriela :)
Blog entry
15 May 2012 - 1:03am
Blessings to all
How have you been? I wanted to share a topic on Sin Eaters. I have the movie "The Order" and I am sure many of you have seen it. But for those who haven't, this movie is about a young priest who was tricked into becoming a Sin Eater. There are conspiracies, love, self encounter of true meaning and much more. I wanted to search a bit in history to see if the existence of the Sin Eater was true. The church denies it, but history does not. Of coures in the movie they show the Sin Eater as inmortal and with this power to swallow up others sins before dying, so the person dying can die in peace. I saw this movie as someone taking all the energy baggage from the dying person, to himself, so the dying one can be healed before departing this world. I found out Sin Eaters appeared about 200 years ago if not earlier and they used to be requested mainly in the North of Europe, England, Bavaria, and other Anglo countries. Popular believes said that He was an hermett who used to lived away from people, and he was considered by popular culture a vessel who carried dark secrets or was involved in dark or occult practices, which to my personal point of view I dont see it that way. I mean to eat up somebody else's sin, sort of saying, is an act of sacrifice and self service to other souls, who don't have the opportunity to be redemmed by the church. If we think about the purpose of a Sin Eater, we have also done similar rituals with other people when we do healing on them, we do feel others pain and sometimes we have ate up their energy in many forms, and it had affected us as well. Also in the movie, the Sin Eater will eat up not only the dying's sins but also their knowledge will remaind. This is a way of eating up others transgrassions and so called sins, if you prefer, into us. I have found some info for you to see. I just wanted to share a different topic. Maybe you have more information on Sin Eaters. They do still exist in Northern countries in EuroAsia.
A Mystical new world is coming to be reflected in the physical in this real, and more like Sin Eaters or Healers will take place in such amazing purposes to show and help others.
Here is the movie on The Sin Eater I have. Enjoy your day! Keep planting dreams, water them everyday, and you will possess the most divine treasure at home, a garden of love.
Much love!
Gabriela
THE SIN EATER
A sin-eater is a traditional type of spiritual healer who uses a ritual to cleanse the dying of their sins. The sin-eater absorbs the sins of the people he or she serves and typically works for a fee. As the sins are usually consumed through food and drink, the sin-eater also gains a meal through the transaction. Sin-eaters are often outcasts, as the work may be considered unsavory and is usually thought to lead to an afterlife in hell due to carrying the unabsolved sins of others. The Roman Catholic Church regularly excommunicated sin-eaters when they were more common, not only because of the excessive sins they carried, but also because they infringed upon the territory of priests, who are supposed to administer Last Rites to the dying according to Church Doctrine.
The sin-eater saves the dying not only from hell, but also from wandering the earth as a ghost - thereby performing a service for the living as well. In some traditions, sin-eaters perform their work for the moribund, while in others, the ritual takes place at the funeral. The sin-eater is usually associated with the British Isles, but there are analogous customs in other cultures as well.
A sin-eater typically consumes bread as part of the ritual of taking on the dying person's sins. He or she may also eat salt or drink water or ale. Sometimes, special breads are baked for the purpose of the sin-eating ritual, perhaps featuring the initials or image of the deceased. The meal is sometimes passed over the dead or dying body or placed on its breast to symbolize its absorption of the person's sins. The sin-eater may also recite a special prayer.
Some cultures have customs that are similar to sin-eating and may have evolved from more traditional forms of the ritual. Instead of a designated, outcast sin-eater serving a village, for example, the deceased's nearest relatives may perform the service, as was once traditional in Bavaria and the Balkan Peninsula. In the Netherlands and some parts of England, ritual baked goods were given to the attendants or pallbearers at a funeral. This latter tradition lived on for a time in New York. Today, the custom of the sin-eater has largely died out, though it is often referenced in popular culture.
by WiseGeek
Blog entry
14 May 2012 - 9:08pm
Fairies in a Jar
Directions:
1). Cut different colored Glow Sticks and shake the contents into a jar.
2). Add diamond glitter.
3). Seal the jar & shake.
This would even be sweet for those nights when the Tooth-fairy visits. ;)
* I found this from a friend of High Priestess who is a friend of mine. I can't wait to create this with and for my daughter. I think even my teenage son would enjoy it somewhat.
Teaching
14 May 2012 - 10:56am
Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom
http://www.abundance-and-happiness.com
Contrary to what many in this day and age "believe" to be true, your innate ability to create Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom is an inherent part of who you are. In the same way you have also been provided the gift and have the ability to create the polar opposite.
What you create and what you experience in each and every area of your life is within your control and it's how you choose to use this gift which has been freely provided to each of us without exception, that determines the kind and quality of life that you'll experience.
To put it as simply and succinctly as possible...
Creating Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom requires your conscious participation.
Doing so isn't mandatory by any stretch of the imagination. Yet it is an option and IS something that you CAN do for yourself if ever and whenever you choose to do so.
Everyone has their own ideas...perceptions...beliefs and individual definitions as to what Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom is and isn't.
It's equally true that everyone has their own individually chosen views with regard to their ability and/or inability to make their heartfelt hopes, dreams and desires real and tangible, whatever those individually held desires might be.
Due to any number of various factors you also hold various beliefs regarding your ability or inability to make Real Freedom a tangible reality in your life which also determines the kind and quality of life that you'll experience individually.
And although that's "true", there's one consistent theme that always applies...always holds true and always clearly reveals the fact that there is a common thread that binds us all together. And it's this common thread which does, always has and always will remain a consistent reality regardless of what you currently believe to be true or untrue which always determines the kind, quality and quantity of tangible effects that you'll personally experience or not experience in life.
What are these consistent and common factors?
The simple fact that for every cause there will be an effect that aligns perfectly and precisely with the cause responsible for it's creation.
What you believe to be true about yourself, your capabilities and the infinite number of possibilities available to and for you as well as those that you "perceive" yourself as needing to dodge, avoid and run away from serve as the cause. Everything that follows are merely effects.
Are you SERIOUS about and FINALLY ready to begin personally experiencing how Simple, Real and Doable creating "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" can be?
If so, it's going to be vital that you remain open, willing, and receptive to expanding your point of reference. It's going to be necessary to temporarily disarm, disengage and replace the current belief filters that are keeping you from doing so.
I think it's important first of all, to set the stage and clarify what Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom is, based on what I've come to know and understand through many years of exploration, walking a number of paths in life and personally experiencing a very broad and diverse range of tangible results as I've explored and walked down the various paths I have.
It's my personal definition at least, yet one that I've come to know through experience CAN become everyone's definition as well as their experience should they be open, willing and ready to accept the fact that it's both true and attainable.
Aside from your own perceptions and conceptualizations as to what you currently perceive as being possible or not possible for you...
Experiencing "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" in life is to experience physical, financial, relational, emotional and spiritual harmony.
And yes, to make certain there is no misunderstanding, that means you CAN have it all. In fact the Higher Truth is, you already do have it all. And if you're not personally experiencing what's always been readily available to you, it's going to be important that you accept the fact that you just don't "know it" yet.
Once you understand how true that is and begin consciously utilizing the inherent gifts which have been provided to you, you'll clearly understand and "know" in a very real and tangible kind of way, that you can experience whatever hopes, dreams, desires you may have for yourself, anytime you choose to do so.
That is IF you'll simply make a commitment to yourself, choose to become aware of and recognize the underlying triggers that ignite fear, doubt, worry and self sabotage and once that choice is made, simply learn and understand what's necessary to get out of your own way, make the necessary adjustments, and "allow" yourself to consciously, intentionally and purposefully open the flow that delivers whatever the desire might be.
It's then and only then that Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom can become a tangible reality for you.
What so many who are seeking Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom consistently overlook and fail to realize is the fact that in ALL cases without exception, we are in some way, shape or form, in a sense being constantly yet unnecessarily victimized by our beliefs.
At least we "perceive" that as being true. In the bigger scheme of things...the Higher Truth is, we're not "truly" being victimized at all. We are, in reality unconsciously choosing to victimize ourselves.
It's our individually held and chosen beliefs that keep us "seemingly stuck" in victim mode. Put another way, it's our individually held beliefs which consistently dictate and remind us of what we can and can't do, what we can and cannot have, what we're capable and incapable of, which always determines in our own minds, what is right and true in this moment.
Yet any outcome that seems to be random, uncontrollable, and/or unchangeable is only made real and possible through our own limited perspectives with regard to life. We've adopted and choose to remain "seemingly trapped" within our own self created circumstances due to our limited points of reference.
We can and often do, as a result of these self chosen yet limited points of reference, choose to remain unaware of and oblivious to the power freely provided to each of us.
We have the choice and the ability to choose the empowering path or the self limiting and dis-empowering path.
Those who choose the "less than empowering" and seemingly random path, "unconsciously" and "unintentionally" utilize this very same freely provided, immutable and unwavering power to create and sustain the less than desired cycles which reveal themselves as events, conditions and circumstances that are always unfolding and always showing up in tangible form in the physical, financial, relational, emotional and spiritual aspects of our lives.
Whether those individual experiences are desired or less than desired, they all flow from the very same place. The kind and quality of our experience is determined by what we believe or don't believe to be true.
It's certainly no secret and there's absolutely nothing new about that. What does seem to remain outside the grasp of most, is the fact that there are many layers and many things going on within ourselves that keep so many from discovering and understanding the simplicity of why and how things unfold in life as they do.
We can and in more cases than not DO get so focused on, worried about and even lost in our beliefs that, without even realizing what we're doing, we consistently and habitually focus on our stories (past, present and future) which remind us where we've been and what we've experienced at some point in the past which only serves to dis-empower and freeze us up in the moment and can only serve to create additional fear, doubt and worry about what "might or could happen" at some point in the future.
It's that very way of perceiving and DOING things that keeps us "seemingly" trapped and helpless which keeps our heartfelt desires from becoming real and tangible.
It's the one and only thing that deters us from fully experiencing the many joys, pleasures and desirable outcomes that life CAN, and if we choose, WILL provide.
It's our fears, anxieties, doubts, worries and apprehensions in this moment that unfold and determine the events, conditions and circumstances that inevitably unfold at some point in the future...
...SOMETIMES.
And I say sometimes for a very good and specific reason. The reason being is due to the fact that much of what we fear and choose to remain so anxious about, never takes tangible form.
Fear no doubt dis-empowers us, it drains us, it weakens us and it keeps us from fully enjoying and fully experiencing the awe and magnificence of the moment, yet the tangible creation of what we are so anxious, doubtful, worried about and fearing, in more cases than not, never takes tangible form.
But it CAN, DOES and ALWAYS WILL keep us from fully experiencing the peace, joy, harmony and fulfillment that is equally and readily available to us all in the here and now.
And although the fears never take tangible form in many cases, neither do the things that we Love and desire. And it's simply because we allow the fear to dominate our lives which keeps us from moving toward what we Love.
And it's then that we "perceive ourselves" as being unable to make Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom a daily experience.
And due to those self limiting and self sabotaging "perceptions" we "get to" experience a kind and quality of life that harmonizes with our choices.
So let's begin by peeling back some of the layers and developing a deeper understanding as to how and why we CAN experience Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom anytime we choose to do so.
What You Currently Believe, Perceive and Choose To Hold Onto as Being True Has Been Derived From External Sources
The individual perceptions and beliefs we each hold are in more cases than not, those which have been learned and acquired from others. Put another way, we've for the most part been taught, conditioned, programmed and indoctrinated as to what's real, right and true based on the beliefs and perceptions of others. We've adopted these various beliefs and perceptions without ever questioning, exploring and attempting to validate, prove or disprove if what we've been taught is "really true" at all.
The result is that we often "perceive" certain things as being true when the Higher Truth is that what we've learned, accepted and adopted as our own truth, is then acted upon and reflected through our own ways of "Being" and Doing things in the world which in the vast majority of cases, is of a kind and quality that keeps Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom from becoming a tangible reality in our lives individually.
Although our learned, adopted, accepted and self chosen truths unfold in our lives just as we believe they will, they are in many more cases than not, based on less than empowering and very limited data that transmutes itself into less than desired tangible results.
Put simply, much of what we've learned and choose to live our lives by, is NOT based on a Higher Truth.
Let's face facts. Those who experience an extraordinary quality of life certainly aren't in the majority class. Not because they CAN'T be but rather because they don't believe they CAN be.
We do have the ability as well as the responsibility to enhance and expand our beliefs if we desire greater and more pleasing tangible results yet most don't.
Why do you suppose that's true?
The reason is quite simple.
We are for the most part, conditioned to believe that life is supposed to be hard. We've adopted a way of thinking, believing and BEING that the attainment of physical, financial, relational, emotional and spiritual harmony is nothing more than some novel "pie in the sky" idea which is what keeps so many hoping, wishing, praying and without even being consciously aware, choosing to remain in wishful thinking mode.
Our learned beliefs are for the most part of a kind and quality that align and harmonize with fear, cynicism and pessimism rather than Love, possibility and potential. We're for the most part hard wired to run away from and avoid what we fear, rather than consistently focusing on and moving toward what we Love.
One thing is certain...
As we believe we receive and it never fails, never wavers and can never create anything more or less than we ourselves are choosing for ourselves.
We've become conditioned to and without being "consciously aware" of what's happening, we habitually choose to avoid and run away from what we fear rather than open ourselves, move toward, embrace, accept and experience what we Love.
We only have 2 choices in life. Every choice we make and every action we take falls under the heading of either Love or fear. The reason WHY we don't experience many of the things that we fear, is simply because Love overpowers and snuffs out fear.
By the same token, we "perceive" ourselves a being unable and incapable of creating what we Love simply because we "allow" fear to keep us from moving forward and doing what we Love which always provides tangible results that align and harmonize with our choice.
So what do you suppose would happen if you chose and began right now in this very moment to simply begin "allowing" your beliefs to be OK as they are?
What if you began "allowing" everything to be OK as it is?
What do you suppose would happen if you simply let go of any labels, judgments and preconceived notions about what is happening in your life currently?
What if you simply did the best you know how to do in this moment and simply "allow" everything else to unfold, be OK and happen just as it's happening, regardless of what that is?
Here's exactly what would happen...
Everything would be OK as it is and you'd move into the space where everyone is trying and struggling and anxiously DOING so much in their futile attempts to arrive at the place where EVERYONE is "attempting" to get to without or with very limited success.
You'd begin to experience the peace, comfort and assurance that all is unfolding, perfectly, precisely and without fail just as it was designed to. You'd move into the space and adopt the mindset that all things happen for a very specific reason, for a definitive purpose and they ALL, regardless of what they are or how you might currently perceive, judge and label them, ALL serve a "greater good."
You'd move from the place of resistance of what you fear to acceptance of what you Love which is what's necessary to consistently and effortlessly experience the kind and quality of life that so many are so anxiously and fearfully attempting to force, make happen and futilely trying so hard to achieve.
The things that "show up" externally as a result of our learned ways of BEING, further solidify and validate in our own minds that the events, conditions, circumstances, obstacles and blocks that we consistently encounter as a result and so often perceive as being so real, are only products of mind and keep Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom from becoming a tangible reality.
And it's that very "perception" and our individually chosen beliefs, judgements and labels that continue to reinforce the fact of just how "true" that is which make and keep the blocks and obstacles insurmountable and a consistent reality just as we ourselves are choosing and believing they are.
They keep "Real Peace, Real Harmony and Real Freedom" from becoming real.
The result? We keep looking at and dwelling on the shortcomings of the past which can, do and always will only create more of the same in the future. We "unconsciously disengage and dis-empower ourselves" which keeps the tangible creation of desired results always at a distance.
The result is that the vast majority fall into habitual ways of Being that simply won't allow Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom to become a tangible reality. The self created blocks that we ourselves imagine, create, believe to be and "allow" to keep us from what we truly desire for ourselves are often perceived as being insurmountable.
But there's something that many overlook with regard to the perceived and self created blocks and barriers in life whether it be in the physical, financial, relational emotional and spiritual aspects of our lives.
The "perceived" obstacles and blocks that we honestly believe to be separating and keeping us from being, doing and having what we truly desire in life have absolutely NOTHING to do with what's going on in the world around us.
They are NOT external. They are merely a reflection of what's happening within us. Each and every event, condition and circumstance that we experience in the world of shape and form is nothing more than the tangible creation of what we are choosing for ourselves which is ALWAYS aligned, harmonized and unfolding perfectly and precisely due to what's taking place and happening within ourselves.
One of the most challenging inner obstacles so many face as they move toward creating significant, positive and meaningful change in any aspect of life, is gaining freedom from their own self-sabotaging and habitual patterns of thought.
These consistent thought patterns stem from both conscious as well as subconscious beliefs which we've ALL been exposed to, have ALL adopted and ALL hold which in far too many cases aren't any more real or true than the fact that the earth is flat.
And it's those beliefs and the consistent thought patterns that always follow which determine our behaviors, determine the quality of what we do or don't do and inevitably unfold into what we each experience in our lives in tangible form.
And in the vast majority of cases, these various beliefs we've adopted as our own limit and/or restrict us from being, doing and having whatever you might personally believe, perceive and define Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom as being.
We've each been taught what's rational, logical, feasible, possible and not possible for ourselves and in the process lost sight of the fact that whatever limitations we might be experiencing in life individually, are self created or if you "prefer" co-created.
And it's what we've been taught and believe to be true which keeps us hoping, wishing and praying that things would somehow improve and become better than they are.
What if you let go of those attachments? What if you discovered that what you've been taught and developed beliefs about are the very thing that keep you "seemingly trapped" within the undesirable cycles that you consistently hope, wish and pray could be different and/or better than they are?
Real Peace, Real Harmony, Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom would become a way of life. And it becomes real, simply because there are no "conditions" attached.
That's when your Real Power begins shining through.
I haven't always understood or believed that. In fact at one point in my life, I was quite certain that the opposite was true. And as I would discover at a later point in life it became and remained true as long as I chose such a shortsighted perception and chose to hold it as my truth.
My once held truth consistently unfolded and showed up in life just as I believed it would. It wasn't until I recognized that fact and chose to explore and understand what I now refer to as a Higher Truth, that significant, lasting and meaningful change became possible.
And it can do the same for you. But it requires a choice.
And the way in which it's made Real and Tangible for YOU is by "Consciously Choosing" it in EVERY Aspect of Your Life.
Most everyone "claims" that they would LOVE to experience "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" in life. And although most have any number of personal definitions as to what that is as well as any number of "excuses" as to why they can't, aren't and perhaps never will be able to make it a tangible reality, EVERYONE without exception has the ability to make harmony, joy and fulfillment in life real and tangible.
Yet you don't have to look very far to know and understand that only a handful do.
So why is that? More importantly, why is it that YOU aren't FULLY experiencing Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom for yourself?
Why is it that you can't seem to make life hit on all cylinders in the way you "truly desire" it to be?
What is it that YOU "think, believe and perceive" to be the determining factor that separates YOU or anyone else for that matter from those who are experiencing fulfilled, content, happy and Ultra Successful lives?
Are you ready and serious about discovering the answer?
Take a few moments to STOP whatever it is that you're doing, tune in, focus and become keenly aware of what happens when you think about attaining, achieving and reaching whatever you desire to be, do and have in your life.
What comes to mind as you think about what may be and perhaps IS keeping YOU from making your heartfelt hopes, dreams and desires Real and Tangible?
What perceptions do you currently hold that lead you to "believe" that you are being kept from being, doing and having every hope, dream and desire you currently have or ever have had in life from being fulfilled and becoming a consistent and tangible reality?
As you reflect on and think about those questions, become observant, conscious and keenly aware of the many habitual thoughts that surface telling you why you can or can't, why you should or shouldn't, what you should or shouldn't be DOING that you "perceive" to be keeping you from being, doing or having whatever your individually held desires might be.
What do you personally perceive as being "true" with regard to the fulfillment of or the impossibility and/or impracticality of your most cherished and heartfelt desires becoming real and tangible?
The answer to those questions will enable you to become crystal clear about what you are and have been consistently imagining, creating and experiencing without even being "consciously aware" that you have been. It's also that same revelation that will determine what you'll continue to experience unless and until a decision to DO things differently and begin to consciously create desirable change is made.
Some do and some don't. But rest assured...
That my friend is the ONE and ONLY factor that sets the ultra successful, the truly happy, fulfilled and often labeled as "the lucky people" apart from those who experience the polar opposite and always seem to continually struggle or merely "get by" in life?
There are countless beliefs and perceptions that individuals hold as to why they CAN or CAN'T experience Real Wealth, Real Success and Real Freedom in their own life. But aside from the many possibilities, they can ALL be boiled down to ONE single, immutable, unwavering and ultimate "truth."
And this one ultimate truth is at the core...what I like to refer to as "The Seed Level" of why we experience whatever it might be that we each experience in life.
The one word answer is "Choices."
Although we each hold different beliefs, perceptions and consistently "imagine" what's possible or not possible for ourselves as a result of what we've learned to be true, if your currently held "truth" is keeping you from being, doing and having more of what you desire for yourself and those you love, it's imperative that you tune in, become keenly and consciously "aware" of what's happening inside before you'll ever see greater tangible results on the outside.
And to pinpoint the choices be made, requires going far deeper than DOING things this way or that way. It goes beyond doing and having this thing or that thing.
Doing and having are merely effects which are derived from a cause. The cause is the seed level that so many choose to ignore.
More specifically, those who are Ultra Successful and Truly Fulfilled in every aspect of their lives DO something at the "seed level" that most choose not to do and in the vast majority of cases either refuse to do or unknowingly overlook altogether.
Those who are happy, fulfilled and content in life, simply make conscious, intentional and purposeful choices at the seed level that align and harmonize with what they truly desire for themselves. Those who consistently struggle, scrape, and/or simply get by and continue on in their habitual and unconscious choices to lead and experience lives of quiet desperation, continue to focus on, judge and place additional labels on their current as well as past experiences, all the while believing that life was designed to be what they themselves are consistently and unconsciously creating for themselves.
To be, do and have more in life requires breaking the self limiting and self sabotaging cycles that you are sustaining through your habitual unconscious thought processes which serve as the seed that consistently and continually creates the polar opposite of the desired effect.
Regardless of what you might currently "perceive" as being "true or untrue" regarding yourself and your ability to experience abundance, harmony, ease and plenty OR lack, discord, difficulty and mediocrity, the tangible reality that shows up in each and every aspect of your life, points directly back to you.
Either is determined by and made a very real part of your life due to any infinite number of consistent, habitual and individual choices made...namely YOURS.
Accepting that fact and becoming keenly "aware" of just how true that is, is the first essential and necessary step for making Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom a consistent and tangible reality in every aspect of your life.
The Key that determines what you'll experience in your life personally is nothing more or less than a choice. You can begin DOING things consciously and intentionally or remaining as the vast majority "choose to do" and continue to create "less than desired" tangible results, unconsciously and habitually.
Both are choices. Neither is right or wrong yet one delivers far greater and more pleasing results.
Those who choose to expand their point of reference and choose to understand that they simply "don't know what they don't know" will know and experience the power behind it and those who choose NOT TO, won't.
And it "truly is" as simple or complex as that. To create and experience Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom in life is more often than not "perceived" by the vast majority as being complex or even impossible.
Rest assured, you and everyone else, regardless of what you or they might choose individually, ALWAYS get to be right.
You can learn understand and see the simplicity and perfection or choose to remain as so many do "seemingly trapped" within the randomness and complexity.
But the "perceived complexity" as well as the simplicity and perfection that drives and sustains it all is one and the same.
Any choice to remain seemingly trapped and powerless is only an individually chosen perception based on the beliefs you've adopted and CHOOSE to hold. And the choices you make or "perceive yourself" as not being able to make due to those beliefs and "learned" ways of BEING are the very thing that are and will continue to determine the kind and quality of life that you'll personally experience.
Those who experience phenomenal and extraordinary results in the physical, financial, relational, emotional and spiritual aspects of their lives simply make different choices than those who don't.
Recipients of "Real Health, Wealth and Freedom" simply make "conscious choices" at the level where it ALL begins and are ready, open and willing to learn and understand the most fundamental principles which form an unshakable foundation to build upon.
Once learned, understood and adopted as a new way of being, they choose to take the necessary action that aligns and harmonizes with whatever it might be that they "desire" once those choices are made.
But not just ANY form of action as so many who consistently experience "less than desired results" consistently choose to "unconsciously" engage in.
Making Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom REAL requires learning to understand the difference between ACTION and Inspired Action.
Inspired Action is a form of action that "feels good."
Those who choose to live lives of mediocrity and go through life in quiet desperation are those who tend to make "unconscious choices" as well as choose to hold and follow the traditionally held belief that the acquisition of "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" if possible for them at all, requires hard work, struggle, sacrifice and/or is nothing more or less than the product of luck, fate or chance.
And for those that consistently "choose" such a shortsighted and self sabotaging way of seeing and perceiving life and themselves, they DO without fail get to experience a kind and quality of life that aligns and harmonizes with that choice.
Again...they ALWAYS get to be right. YOU ALWAYS get to be right.
Yet what most overlook is the simple fact we each without exception are creating and experiencing a kind and quality of life that is perfectly aligned and harmonized with what WE ourselves are choosing FOR ourselves.
You were freely provided with far greater power than you may be currently aware of.
YOU, I and EVERYONE else is exercising their innate and freely provided power every second, of every minute of every day. Most are just utilizing that power "unconsciously" and perceiving as a result of what they are consistently "getting", that life is random, unfair, chaotic and simply delivers to us what it will.
And it's that choice that will sustain and self replicate the very outcomes and tangible results that we each experience and "claim" that we don't want.
To experience more of the hopes, dreams and desires that you hold and perhaps currently "perceive" as being nothing more than hopeful and/or wishful thinking, it's going to be necessary to begin making different choices than you have in the past.
It's going to be necessary to DO some things that you may have previously refused to do or have unknowingly overlooked.
The first choice necessary for experiencing "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" for yourself as only a small minority do, is choosing to break away from how the "majority" choose to do things. It's going to be essential that you're open, willing and receptive to transcending and breaking away from the majority think tank.
As the ancient text clearly conveys, it's going to be necessary to...
"Be transformed by the renewing of your mind."
It's also going to be necessary to understand the importance of enhancing and elevating the beliefs you currently hold regarding yourself, your individual potential and the infinite number of possibilities, both desirable and undesirable which are both equally available to and for you.
Doing so requires nothing more or less than a choice that that precipitates a "paradigm shift."
Shifting your paradigms and how you view life is going to be paramount in enhancing the kind and quality of your life unless your choice is to consistently experience the same kind and quality of results that the vast majority do and perhaps always will.
Make no mistake...experiencing an extraordinary quality of life begins as nothing more and nothing less than an individual choice. And it's a choice that you and you alone can or will choose not to make.
The "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" Index Provides EVERYTHING You Could Possibly Need To Make Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom a Consistent and "Tangible Reality" for YOU.
It's well documented throughout history, is the belief of many 21st century scientists who have studied, experimented with and understand the science of success as well as been my personal experience that once emotional mastery and spiritual wellness is acquired the desired outcomes in EVERY other area of life become much more simple to achieve...almost automatic in fact.
There are actually 5 areas in life that once harmonized will provide you with a fulfilling and abundant quality of life and enable you to fully and finally experience what I refer to as "Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom."
Those areas are...
Physical Wellness,
Financial Wellness,
Relational Wellness,
Emotional Wellness,
Spiritual Wellness
Contrary to what so many believe today...
"Real Health, Real Wealth and Real Freedom" encompasses much more than some predefined sum of money and/or the material accumulation of "stuff."
Although an extremely important aspect, money and material wealth are only a small part of a much larger picture.
Your individual ability to experience this Real Health and Wealth personally is, always has been and always will be your birthright.
If that's true (and it is) how do you go about claiming it for yourself?
Through acquiring knowledge and applying the knowledge acquired.
As a result the vast majority never take the time to discover and apply what will enable them to experience the harmony and fulfillment that always has, always is and always will be available to them for themselves.
As you'll soon understand and discover for yourself, the only consistent means of fully experiencing Real Health and Wealth in your life is based on an immutable and unwavering "Higher Truth" that all things in the physical world whether it be in the area of health and wealth or any other area of life first begin and are made possible at the unseen level...what we choose to refer to as the level of cause.
Put another way..."All things in the physical world begin, are made possible and exist as a result of an immutable and unwavering process known as creation which is governed by Universal Law or Laws of Nature that without exception or fail begins at the unseen, metaphysical or spiritual level, whatever you might choose to refer to this unseen level as.
Regardless of your current depth of understanding or the beliefs that you currently hold as to how Health and Wealth or Illness and Poverty are derived...
All things seen come from the unseen. All things physical are derived from the spiritual or metaphysical and whatever is being created and experienced in your life personally is, without fail being experienced based on your individual choices.
As one spiritual master puts it...
"To see things in the seed, that is genius" - Lau Tsu
That is where the Health and Wealth Index places it's focus...at the "seed level."
A "conscious choice" to do so will enable you to experience a quality of life that the vast majority "believe" to be unattainable and/or are completely unaware is readily available to them.
Although my personal belief is that "Real Health and Wealth" is achieved as the result ofexperiencing harmony, fulfillment, prosperity and abundance in EVERY aspect of life...meaning "consciously harmonizing" the physical, financial, relational, emotional and spiritual aspects which collectively make up our lives, that doesn't necessarily mean that is what you currently perceive health and wealth to be.
Now, allow me to ask you...
What Does Real Health and Wealth Mean To You?
There are no "right" or "wrong" answers to that question.
You can talk to 100 different people with regard to what health and wealth means to each individually and come up with a number of answers that vary significantly.
The reason is that we as individuals, have each formed our individual perceptions of what health and wealth means to us based on our individually established "perceptions" and "beliefs" as well as formed our individual perspectives and beliefs as to what is necessary for harmony and fulfillment to be achieved by us.
Sadly, the vast majority, IF they "believe" it is available to them at all, "perceive" that it requires struggle, excessive effort, sacrifice in other areas of life that they truly value to achieve their "desired" outcomes which only serves to create additional "disharmony" in their lives.
Blog entry
14 May 2012 - 10:36am
All advice is welcome on this. I just want to share something I noticed within me.
I have been able to heal my physical body into a condition that I have been just not having any pains or diseases on a level that it would bother me at all. This has been very nice since I have had some serious back brain example that I have not experienced within the past 12 months at all – the key is work with our mind and emotions to kick conical pain out + do lots of good sports fitting your personal style and wishes.
Last Friday I had the sun within but it get dimmer over the night. I had massive allergic hit once I arrived to Finland from south and we had the heaviest birch pollen for last 30 years. These symptoms when over my shiny mood and oh boy how bad it felt. I felt totally unable to kick this out from our body. Now all healers give me your tips how to manage the allergic reactions. I am now fairly ok but I would like to have my last spring with any allergic symptoms. I noticed that massive physical discomfort makes me cranky and I do not like it. Also I would love to learn more of allergies and mind relationship.
Love
T
Teaching
14 May 2012 - 10:27am
'Organic mind' is tuned to the growth within all living things.
ORGANIC MIND AND BINARY MIND
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
Just as land gives rise to a tree, which becomes wood, that becomes the flooring for a house, built on a foundation in the earth with a structure that rises upward - so, too, is there an organic process to the many actions of life that can put them in harmony with the Universe, or take them out of harmony with that greater Whole.
The harmonic of the Universe is based on wholeness - the interrelationship of interdependent parts which form a complex unity and function as one. It is also based on the tuning and maintenance of these interrelated parts so that they all work together as one while retaining their separate functions.
The Universe itself is not only a symphony of parts naturally and intuitively working together. It is also a self-modulating unity which adapts and adjusts each part so that it continues to move in harmony with the greater whole.
The working of the human body is another example of wholeness. It, too, is based on the unity of interdependent parts. The eco-system of the earth is another - one that has suffered greatly in its ability to maintain itself in balance and in harmony. Our lives, too, are meant to be lived as organic wholes. We are individuals who are complexly united to each other through bonds of energy, light, and matter, even though the threads of these bonds are presently invisible to most of us. Nevertheless, we are all interconnected. In a very real sense, therefore, "what I do to another, I do to myself."
'Organic' thinking is thinking based on the perception of wholeness of people, relationships, and of the earth itself. It is thinking that seeks to join together and to unify, rather than to break things down into discrete parts. 'Organic' thinking looks at life as a series of smaller wholes within larger wholes. It forms the foundation for a life in which nothing is separate.
Building a house can be done in an 'organic' way or a 'binary' way. It is a matter of consciousness and attention - of relationship to the process being undertaken. Cooking a meal can be done similarly. A person's life can become an organic whole - all parts emanating from and accountable to the same center. Relationships can be based upon two individuals, each experiencing wholeness, joining together to make a more complex whole. The earth itself can live as a whole or be damaged by breaking it up into pieces.
Organic mind' is based on an understanding of unity in wholeness, and also of the importance of growth in all things. It perceives the need to nourish that growth, just as life nourishes it.
We need rain to grow the trees that become the wood that build the houses that we live in.
We need love to soften the heart that becomes loving and is able to extend love outward toward others.
We need time and attention and devotion and commitment to grow a relationship of any kind - a friendship, a parent-child relationship, a romantic relationship - into the fullness of what it can be.
In the binary mode we are either 'in' something or 'out' of it. We are not growing it. The orientation toward growth involves us in a heightened sense of responsibility toward life. It is this perspective that a culture moves toward as its consciousness becomes more sacred. It is this perspective that we have, in large measure, moved away from.
NATURE OF ORGANIC MIND
One who thinks organically is intuitively aware of the importance of growth and nurturance in sustaining life. Growth does not lend itself to being broken down into discrete parts in the manner which 'binary thinking' exemplifies. A child grows, a plant grows, a person ages - growth is the way of life and of all things that are living.
Growth occurs by one stage evolving into the next, and where the previous stage ends and the next one begins cannot be assigned to a marker or place in space and time. And yet the child does become the man or woman, the plant does become the tree, and the young person does become old. Growth happens almost invisibly as a living being fulfills the pattern of its destiny - as it becomes what it was meant to be.
It is the nature of life to seal the end of all things into their beginning, and so from sperm and egg, all that is needed to form the fully-functioning adult will evolve. From a seedling or an acorn, a tree will grow. Growth evolves in stages that have a purpose and a destiny, namely, to reveal outwardly what has been sealed inwardly into the blueprint or pattern of the living being. In this sense, all growth is the fulfillment of a prophesy - the prophesy of what each living being is meant to be.
This quality of progressive revelation of that which is sealed inside the living being is characteristic of all of life. Even rocks have a pattern of growth - both a pattern of crystallization which makes them harder, and a pattern of erosion which is built into the way in which they are destined to interact with the surrounding elements in which they live.
Growth reveals to the outer eye what has been inner, through the progressive building of one step upon another, one experience upon another, one layer upon another. In this process all experiences, both internal and external, are contributory. For the process of growth is one of synthesis. Growth synthesizes all the component parts of life and experience into an expanding whole.
A mind that thinks organically is oriented toward the process of growth and perceives the importance of cooperating with it. It believes in and honors the potential to become that exists within all living beings. A mind that thinks organically does not look for markers to distinguish one stage of growth from another and is willing to be surprised when it appears that one stage has suddenly transformed or metamorphosed into another.
Growth is a mysterious process that is at the heart of life itself. It is a process that points to the heart of the greatest mystery of all - how life came to be in the very beginning. This mystery is true both for the Universe and for each individual being. Their pattern of growth reflects both their destiny and the initial imprint of life which gave them form.
NATURE OF BINARY MIND
'Binary' thinking is not like this. It is thinking based on 'bits' or pieces rather than 'wholes'. Unlike 'organic' thinking, it involves seeing the world as composed of discrete parts that can be broken up and put together in any variety of combinations. Animated films based on digital imaging, so popular today, show the effects of 'binary' thinking. These animations can be taken apart and recomposed in any way imaginable. They are good examples of what 'binary' thinking can achieve.
The trend today toward 'binary' thinking is not new. It expands upon a current which arose over fifty years ago as an outgrowth of advancements in industry and technology. It has its analog in computer-based thinking which reveals the archetype for this trend. It is not an overstatement to say that the advent of computer-based technology and the mind-set that gave rise to it has literally changed our world and our way of thinking itself. It is the effect of this shift that can be described by the phrase 'binary' thinking or 'binary mind'.
Binary thinking as a general modality did not grow out of advances in computer technology, but rather the same psychological trends which went into efforts to create and expand computer technology, were also part of our more general psychological make-up. We ourselves gave birth to the computer-age because it was in us to do.
'Binary mind' takes its name from the binary language of numbers in which the smallest segment of information, a 'bit', is given a numerical value of either '0' or '1'. This 'bit' information responds like a switch to computer commands, that is, it is either 'on' or 'off'. Breaking down information like this gives the programmer a great deal of control in reshaping and synthesizing information. Because of the simplicity of the 'on'/'off' mechanism and the uses to which it can be put, it is possible to do almost anything that the imagination can imagine within the computer-universe. Anything, that is, except replicate life itself. For controlling the shape of information transmission cannot really become the basis for a way of life or culture....or can it?
We have, in many ways, learned to think like computers today. We have learned to 'com-pose' modular homes assembled out of pre-fabricated component parts, rather than building a house from the ground up. We have learned to compartmentalize our time and relationships so that we function in the most 'efficient' way possible. We have learned not to expect to have our humanity - that is, our wholeness - acknowledged in our places of work, but rather to operate as a partial-self for a good deal of our lives.
The 'binary' way moves us in the direction of seeking greater control over reality rather than participating with it. It involves us in values of efficiency, time-saving, and cost-effectiveness, rather than the value of remaining in harmony with life and nature, including our own nature. The 'binary' way encourages us to put together the pieces of our lives like a patchwork quilt, hoping they will all fit together, rather than striving for the goal of life as one seamless whole.
We can think in 'bits' and pieces and not even be aware of it. When we think about how many things can be accomplished in a day or a week and do not think about the cost to ourselves, this is based on thinking in pieces.
When we relate to the earth's resources in terms of our need to consume a particular segment such as oil, coal, or trees, we are thinking in terms of pieces rather than of the whole.
When we are seduced by the directives of the fashion-entertainment industries to accept an emphasis on specific body parts looking a certain way, we are thinking in pieces. These parts have assigned values to them based on appearance, and there are many who try to copy them, sometimes at great personal expense, sometimes even at the risk of their own health.
Binary thinking, applied to the human body, has contributed greatly to the increased incidence of anorexia nervosa among young women today. It has also replaced organic thinking to such a degree that we and our planet are endangered. Binary thinking has taken us out of right relationship with life as a whole.
What attracts us about binary thinking is the promise that reality dealt with in segments is more easily handled and with greater efficiency than reality that must be treated as a more complex unit. The fact that it often is easier to break things down into segments in order to work with them leads us to incorrectly perceive that we can or should deal with life in this way. For there is a consequence of doing what seems 'easier' on the surface, namely, that it causes us to be superficial in our responses to others and to the earth. Because of this willingness to be superficial in service to some other goal, we arrive today at the popularity of 'soundbites' as a way of transmitting news, and at the acceptance of an image of what a relationship should be like, instead of the intuitive perception that might come from our own depth.
The value given by 'binary' thinking to efficiency, also moves us in the direction of giving greater weight to the rational mind than to the intuitive mind or to the heart. It gives least value to the soul which is the essence of a person and the source of their wholeness.
A 'binary mind' tends to analyze situations into ways they can most effectively be worked with. It evaluates persons according to specific characteristics they possess which may have positive or negative values. A 'binary mind' is oriented toward understanding the parts that compose the whole, rather than the whole itself which is always more than the sum of its parts. Since a living whole, in whatever form, always contains the mystery of its creation, a binary mind circumvents or denies this perception, and in orienting itself toward rational process, eliminates mystery, since the mystery of life can only be understood intuitively, not rationally.
A 'binary mind' is oriented more toward measuring parts and the ways in which parts interact rather than toward perceiving unity. By its nature, it lends itself exquisitely to scientific research and methodology. It does not lend itself toward understanding living beings and life itself.
The departure from organic thinking - the way of Life - was what led King David in the biblical tale to be chastised by God for counting the people in his kingdom. This was not because counting or taking a census is intrinsically a bad thing. It was because in doing so, David was leaving 'organic mind' and moving into binary thinking which reduced his capacity to view people as whole human beings. This departure from the perspective of wholeness which the census-taking symbolized, led him away from the commitment to uphold God's way which he was bound to as God's annointed. Similarly, all those in positions of responsibility toward others are bound in God's eyes by the moral necessity of viewing those they serve as God views them - in their wholeness, not as parts of something that can be worked with or manipulated.
TOWARD A SACRED LIFE
To honor the principle of growth in all beings and to hold it as sacred, while endeavoring to see all beings as whole and as united in that wholeness, is a task for all who wish to live in harmony with the ways of Life. To employ binary thinking also, when needed, as a methodology so that the purposes of life can be furthered, is also useful as long as it stays within the limits of its usefulness.
When the world becomes more respectful of growth that leads to wholeness, and values it as a sacred process which needs to be nurtured - whether in our children, our environment, or in our relationships with each other and with God - we will have moved to a new place in our understanding of how to create a sacred life. In this new awareness, process will be more important than outcome, quality more important than efficiency, and each interaction will be viewed in terms of what it contributes to the life and growth of the individual, the community, or the entire planet. All outcomes will be judged by how greatly a particular choice or action serves life.
Until then, we may better understand our own choices by viewing our way of thinking as we make decisions. This awareness can lead us to become more responsible for avoiding the spiritual error that David committed by making other people less real to ourselves than their livingness demands - by seeing them as numbers rather than as wholenesses.
The ability to perceive others as connected with us - as real to us as we ourselves - is natural to an organic perspective. It prevents us from dividing people up into those we like or don't like, those we approve of or don't approve of. To see people as whole leads us to honor them and the mystery that is at the core of their being. Such perception allows us to create a unity of life rather than greater divisions. It creates the foundation upon which a sacred life and a sacred planet can be built.
Blog entry
13 May 2012 - 11:54am
SELF ACCEPTANCE ( And its polar opposite)
This stems from being over focused on what qualities you lack rather than the gifts you are blessed with. Divinity/ Universe/ All that Is, Loves us all equally….warts and all! We are valued not for what we look like or have, rather what we make of ourselves.
Each of us is given the same clay to fashion our lives. When we put our heart and soul into doing the very best that we are capable of, the end product that results will be the most beautiful masterpiece of love. That is our gift of gratitude to our creator. But when we crib and carp over how little we have, or focus on what others aren’t doing, we take away from our own life’s purpose and lose the opportunity we are given to bless our lives and everyone in it.
Some of the keys that helped me to unlock self acceptance within me, are -
1.Befriend yourself as you would someone new who has entered your life, whom you would really like to get to know.
2.Treat yourself with the same gentleness and kindness that you have reserved for the most special people in your life. Remember, if you can’t be kind to yourself, there’s no way you can be kind or loving to another.
3. Remind yourself as often as you are able, that you are precious, loving, deserving and loved by Creator ALL the time, not just when you have done something noteworthy.
4. Even the most beautiful of flowers have some imperfection. That is a reminder to us, that nothing can ever be perfect unless it is looked at with the eyes of love. ( ie lack of judgment).
A mother loves her children irrespective of how ugly they may look to others….why? Because there is no judgment in her eyes, only love.
5. Each of us is Unique, and we are worthy and lovable simply because we exist. ( We would not have been created if we were surplus to requirement)!
When we are unable to accept ourselves and all that is Divine within us, we unconsciously start to put blocks around ourselves and this usually is because we feel we don’t deserve to experience or have much good in our lives. Successful happy, loving and rewarding lives elude us because we feel we don’t deserve them. This is often such an unconsious thing operating within us, that it takes a lot of self awareness to weed out. Also, when we feel unworthy, we unsconsciously sabotage our own best intentions and then wonder why we arent able to realise our goals. If your heart desires are eluding you, then ask yourself why you are preventing ( that particular thing/ quality) from being in your life.
Teaching
12 May 2012 - 11:54am
That which is outside is as that which is inside.
That which is above is as that which is below.
.
.
THE ONENESS OF THE ONE
By, Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
That which is limitless has no name and no measure. Therefore it may be called nameless, faceless, formless, and beyond definition. However, that which is infinite includes all definitions within itself, even as it is beyond them. The limitless One is both personal and impersonal. It is consciousness that is a Being in the sense of having will or intentionality, self-awareness, and the capacity to love, and it is consciousness that is in everything and that IS everything.
As a soul, one has a predilection to relate to one or another aspect of the Divine being of the One, because the essence of each soul partakes of the essence of the Divine One in unique and particular ways. So does every other soul relate to its own perceived facet of the One, whether personal or impersonal, finding that facet or essence within itself and recognizing it as true. There can therefore be no exclusive principle that eliminates This from That, one aspect of divinity from another, for they are all contained within the Oneness. It is only the ongoing consciousness of duality brought about by the structure of thought and the process of naming, that requires that we say the One is a This or a That.
In the West, many have rejected the heritage of their familial or childhood religions, finding these too repressive, restrictive, guilt-evoking, or just limited in truth. In the search for greater truth many, today, have moved toward Eastern religions which have offered some alternatives to the original childhood dilemmas. And so the pattern of exclusion has become embedded in the need to reject what felt like it was 'less' true in favor of what was 'more' true, when, in fact, the original truth had not been perceived and had been buried under external controls and requirements.
The One does not care for names and labels. As a self-aware consciousness that includes all and that embraces all, this Divinity exists both in a relationship of love with each and every individual soul, and exists AS PART OF each and every soul. There is no difference in value between inner and outer, for both are parts of the One, and both form the truth of Divine being.
The need to reject or select out part of the Whole to embrace as a central feature of one's identity does not come from truth, but from a search for self-definition which has been accompanied by a need for healing. Out of this authentic search and the wish to avoid further pain or disillusionment, a partial grasping of the One is sought and held too steadfastly, excluding all others. But the end-result of this is only a temporary end-result, for ultimately, the individual consciousness will need to embrace its limitations and perceive that all are One, all are part of the One, and the One contains all within Itself.
The words 'immanent' and 'transcendent' have been used to describe the orientation of particular religions and their primary focus, and these are good words – words that describe God within and God beyond. But these words also lead to a polarization of different parts of the One into segments that cannot easily be reconciled.
'Immanence' relates to the Divine presence or Divine holiness within each and every living thing that is part of the One. 'Transcendence' refers to God the Creator who is beyond all living things and beyond all non-living things as well, who is contained within everything and yet who is greater than this everything, having given rise to it.
To select out 'immanence' or 'transcendence' as the basis for choosing a spiritual path is part of what it means to be seeking. It is part of what it means to search deeply within oneself for what creates an authentic experience of Divine reality and truth. But it is not the whole. For the whole cannot be comprehended by the words 'immanence' and 'transcendence' which are just words, and as words, create another duality. No, the one IS both immanent and transcendent. And is beyond either.
The function of prayer has brought people and cultures into relationship with the Divine that is transcendent. These are often relationships of the heart in which the seeker or lover asks to exist in a relationship of love and blessing with the Beloved. Prayer can only be addressed to a divine Being – to One who it is presumed can listen and respond. Prayer cannot be addressed to an anonymous universe or to a universal Spirit.
The function of meditation has brought people and cultures into relationship with the Divine that is immanent – the Divine within. These are relationships in which ordinary consciousness learns to let go of its external referents and acquires the capacity to reflect and merge with the larger consciousness of One of which it is a part.
Both prayer and meditation can bring us into understanding the oneness of the One, the non-exclusiveness of mind and heart, of consciousness and being, of immanence and transcendence. They can form the foundation for knowing that the One is all and everything, beyond words, beyond formulations, beyond every thought that we might conceive of it. And yet that same One is as close to us as our own breath; as knowing of us as our own tears; and as much a part of the center of who we are as any other attribute that we give to ourselves – in fact more so. Thus the oneness of the One can be perceived as being within all, and can also be perceived as being beyond all - the beloved One who is the source of Life itself and who IS Life itself in all its mysterious manifestations.
Spinning up to Spiritual Oneness - Visionary Art by Freydoon Rassouli
Teaching
12 May 2012 - 11:39am
Why Worry Is a Choice
By Deepak Chopra
http://www.oprah.com
.
.
Anxiety is like a shortcut. When faced with uncertainty, the normal response is to stop, consider what might happen, and make a decision based on the best prediction you can make. But the anxious person doesn't go through this process; they jump right towards feeling afraid. No one enjoys uncertainty. There is always a tinge of anxiousness when you don't know what the future holds. But going straight into fear is the worst way to handle the situation because fear is almost never a good advisor. It blocks clear decision-making, and exaggerates the risks and dangers that might lie ahead.
If you are an anxious person, you need to stop making the leap into fear. But how do you do that? It requires a new way of approaching uncertainty. Life is always uncertain, and until you can embrace this fact, you will imagine risks, dangers, and threats that never materialize. Yet, suffering in your imagination is just as painful—perhaps more painful—since dealing with a crisis is always easier than waiting for one in a state of dread.
The Anxious Self
Many spiritual traditions speak of separation as the real cause of human misery. Separation can mean being apart from God, your soul, or the higher self. But the terminology isn’t important; even the word "spiritual" isn't crucial. What is crucial is that people are divided inside. One part of the self opposes another part. With guilt, the good fights against the bad. With anxiety, the strong part of the self is at war with the weak part.
When a situation arises that can be handled well, the strong part feels confident, competent, in charge and in control. When uncertainty crops up, the weak part feels afraid, helpless, and hopeless. Anxious people never settle this inner conflict. They are so divided that when they feel afraid, the weak part is "the real me." When they are not afraid, the strong part is "the real me." In fact, neither is the real self. The real self is beyond conflict; it is whole and at peace. So the long-term approach to anxiety is to rise above the inner war to find a self that is more whole.
What self-judgment really sounds like
When the self is divided and in conflict, there is always a hidden aspect of judgment against the self. Anxious people judge against themselves so much that they usually seek a stronger person to handle the uncertainties and difficulties that seem so overwhelming. It can certainly mask the problem for a while to marry a strong spouse or rely on a powerful parent. But finding a substitute isn't the same as finding yourself. Anxious people are blocked from finding themselves because they quickly run into self-judgment, and this makes them even more insecure. Self-judgment is the voice inside that says:
"You can't handle it. Remember the last time you fell apart? This time will be the same."
"You're too weak. Inside you're still a helpless child. Other people stand on their own, but not you."
"You aren't smart enough. Other people can find the right solution, but not you. You just stand there looking blank."
"You aren't good enough. All these fearful things are a punishment. You deserve what you get."
As you can see, to live with a divided self is misery and anxious people dread themselves more than their imaginary dangers. The main thing they dread is anxiety, of course, but anxiety is more than a bad sensation. It is rooted in the weak self that quickly jumps to conclusions. The first part of healing is to realize what is going on. The second part is to identify with the real you; then the war inside will be irrelevant.
Your real self is always present, but it's masked by the trappings of everyday existence. Whether you recognize it or not, everyone lives in a state of separation, which means the divided self is the one you identify with. People with anxiety have a tougher time than others, but even the healthiest and most secure person is divided. If you weren't, you would be in contact with God, the soul, or the higher self twenty-four hours a day. I mention this only to emphasize that moving out of the divided state doesn't happen overnight. Any anxious person needs to learn how to deal with fear and panic on a day-to-day basis while at the same time never losing sight of the long-range goal: finding the real self.
How to Move Towards Healing
You can't find something if you are looking in the wrong place. This holds especially true for the real self, because we all look for solutions from our divided self, and then we trust its answers. For anxious people, fear is actually a kind of solution. It provides a shortcut. It keeps the person vigilant. It gives the feeling of being concerned, engaged, and busy. And since fear is unwelcome, it drives people into all kinds of escapist activities. Every distraction from alcohol and drugs to television and movies is constantly available. It's no surprise that millions of people would rather accommodate their lives to being afraid rather than seeking authentic healing.
Yet real healing does exist. Because anxious people are insecure, they need to pursue a path to healing that reinforces itself. Outside help is valuable, of course, but anxious people tend to use stronger people as crutches. The trick here is to accept that self-healing is the only way. Once you can accept this truth, which is quite painful to anyone in a state of insecurity and fear. The next part is to keep reinforcing the process. Every day needs to be seen objectively as a step in the right direction.
The daily checklist to end anxiety
One method is to keep a simple daily log to track the positive things you did to abate your anxiety. For the sake of being realistic, it's also good to record the negative things, but avoid the urge to become discouraging or self-pitying. Rather than keeping a full-fledged journal, which most people can't find the time to sustain after a few weeks or months, make your log a simple check list, ticking off what went right and what went wrong. You can insert comments if you like at the bottom of the page.
POSITIVES
· I stood up for myself, I spoke my mind.
· I felt strong.
· I had a moment of being real with someone.
· I dealt with a panicky moment.
· I started to feel anxious but it didn't progress.
· I felt optimistic about myself.
· I had hope for the future.
· I felt some peace and calm.
· I survived a difficult situation.
· I appreciated myself; I congratulated myself.
· I felt worthy; my esteem was high.
· I didn't fall into my usual reaction.
· I had a bright idea.
· The world seemed like a safe place to be.
· I felt accepted.
· I didn't cling to anyone or use them as a crutch.
· I faced a difficult choice.
NEGATIVES
· I didn't stand up for myself; I wanted to speak my mind but didn't.
· I felt weakness.
· I didn't get real with anyone.
· I suffered through one or more panic attacks.
· I had a lot of low-level anxiety that didn't go away.
· I felt pessimistic about myself.
· The future looked hopeless.
· I felt no peace and calm.
· I caved in to a difficult situation.
· I criticized myself and fell into self-judgment.
· I felt unworthy; my esteem was low.
· I related to people who made me feel bad about myself.
· I gave in to someone else's negative views.
· I didn't feel safe.
· I felt rejected.
· I was clingy.
· I procrastinated and put off a difficult choice.
· I wanted someone to rescue me.
· I kept wishing that things would get better on their own.
The key to breaking the cycle of anxiety
If you decide to include the negative roster, be sure to note if the items you have checked off are improving. Negatives can be useful if they show you what you are moving away from, but they're not useful if you use them to fuel your self-judgment, since self-judgment is the root of the problem.
It's key to have more positive events than negative ones. Happiness is built up by having good days, not by reaching for an unattainable ideal in the future. The same is true for being non-anxious. You must find it today, as best you can. By paying attention to your anxiety one day at a time, the hidden healing processes in your mind and your body can begin to work, because you are giving them a real opening here and now.
In the end, however, the best healer is the real self. It is found by walking your own path, call it the path to self-awareness, God, or higher consciousness. The methods for discovery have been outlined in all the world's wisdom traditions. First and foremost, you need to make a real connection with the level of peace, silence, and security that lies beneath the turbulence of daily stress and strain. The most reliable method is meditation. If that seems unworkable, then sit for fifteen minutes twice a day in a quiet place, close your eyes and breathe. Place your attention on your heart and simply be. If you notice that your thoughts have distracted you, breathe again and once more place your attention on your heart.
This technique will accustom you to being with yourself. Anxious people misjudge being alone. They identify it with fear, loneliness, and insecurity. That's perfectly understandable given their history of fear. But being alone is your ground state, the basis of your existence. It's not your enemy. It's not a danger zone. So take some time to undo the mistaken judgment that alone and lonely are the same. They aren't. The doorway to a lifetime of safety, security, and self-worth lies at the level of the real self, and you were born to open it.
Blog entry
11 May 2012 - 11:17am
You may don't understand the spoken language but the MESSAGE you for sure can get :) ♥
Take those few minutes and ENJOY!!!
SiNeh~
CLICK HERE
Teaching
11 May 2012 - 9:51am
dancing at the edge of complexity, chaos and change
http://kolektifbilinc.wordpress.com
.
.
“… the essential pattern about leadership, about people, about motivation, about human development is that when we are together, more becomes possible. When we are together, joy is available. In the midst of a world that is insane, that will continue to surprise us with new outrages… in the midst of that future, the gift is each other.”
Margaret Wheatley
The world is in transition; there is no doubt about that. We are in an extraordinary time, witnessing the birth of a new paradigm as the evolution of human consciousness takes a leap towards an awareness of the whole.
There is a lot going on in the world right now that is calling our attention to new ways of working and organizing – from climate change to global economical crisis. At this shifting time, our world needs to unfold for the new possibilities and the full potential which resides in us – as individuals, organizations and Humanity. Old ways of thinking, talking, leading and working are failing in increasingly evident ways.
As our world and organizations experience more chaos and complexity, we need more than ever to understand the nature of complexity, chaos, interconnectedness and the paradoxical nature of the universe and to train ourselves to embody the skills needed to step up to act as visionaries, leaders and pioneers in this transition period. Our approach needs to be systematic (not fragmented and fixated on the parts), participative (involving many people’s ideas, energy, gifts and visions), emergent (open to able to move and adapt swiftly in a field of uncertainty) and resourceful (based on an appreciative gaze and action which recognizes abundance and unlimited possibilities on the resources which are available) as Adam Kahane puts it. It needs to be a response to a world that is becoming increasingly complex and fragmented, where true solutions and innovation lie not in one leader or one viewpoint, but in the bigger picture of our collective intelligence and common good purpose.
So this is where we find ourselves, dancing at the edge of complexity, chaos and change, at the edge of an emerging paradigm. Of course, if we are dancing, we must consider ourselves lucky, for the fatal combination of complexity, chaos and change creates a death-like reaction in most human beings. “Life now insists that we encounter groundlessness. Systems and ideas that seemed reliable and solid are dissolving at an increasing rate” says Margaret Wheatley in her powerful article “Beyond Hope and Fear“. And perhaps this is only the beginning of what we are yet to witness, the tip of the iceberg, a taster of what’s yet to come.
Beyond hope and fear, beyond the doomsday scenarios, there are things to consider: How on Earth can we live together in this increasingly complex and interdependent world? How are we going to adapt to climate change? How can we produce our food, build our homes, source our energy without depleting the ecosystem? What is the new economic model which would be based on the wellbeing of the whole? How can we give back to the Earth what she has been given to us so generously? How can we witness and host each other and the Earth at this time of transition?
Going back to where we started, in Margaret Wheatley’s words, more become possible when we are together. We are the eyes and hands and hearts and souls looking at our divine unity from different angels; we each hold a piece of the puzzle. Yet, our togetherness need to be crafted, hosted, tended carefully, intentionally and mindfully. Anything less than that carry the risk of imploding on ourselves rather than tapping into the collective intelligence and divine nature we are a part of. This calls forth the kind of leadership that the world hasn’t seen before. Dare we even say that we need to go beyond Gandhis, Martin Luther Kings and Mandelas in our perception and evolution of leadership? what kind of leadership is beyond them? A leadership strong enough to hold the tension until the love that can contain the paradox breaks through. What about the paradox of being a leader who doesn’t lead but opens and holds space for wise actions to emerge, who listens and witnesses and senses into what wants to happen, who surrenders the power to the “center”, to the whole yet maintains her/his integrity and ground and own center?
There are many art forms and practices that enable us to hear the call of the World at this time and lift us to the resonance of the wholeness.
Story
10 May 2012 - 12:31pm
I am Rakhealle. I come through now with information regarding the coming earth changes. There is much speculation amongst you regarding what is about to unfold. Many of you are waiting for the mass arrests to be televised. I would like to take the opportunity to inform you all that this event, as magnificent as you all perceive it to be, will be dwarfed by the many splendours about to be revealed. The focus on the mass arrests, although valid, is a focus upon the old paradigm and in some cases is driven by the desire for revenge. The new paradigm is about love and forgiveness. The ones who repressed you have been removed for rehabilitation or through the choice of free will, have chosen to redeem themselves in the light of God. The ones who have served in positions of power who have chosen to redeem themselves are struggling with the magnitude of their acts of repression and destruction upon this planet. I am asking you now to remember that this planet was once plagued by unseen forces working in the astral plane and behind the scenes in the political arena. These forces of darkness had many methods of corrupting the hearts and minds of those who held positions of power. The majority of the people involved were unaware of these forces and the effect they were placing upon them. I am asking you now to remember you God-self and remember the power of forgiveness. The world as it stands is in need of the healing, transformational effect of forgiveness and you, dear ones, the light holders, the light workers, hold tremendous power and your thought and feelings have an effect on the energetic state of the world. God, our creator, holds no judgment or anger towards the ones who have made choices un-aligned with freedom and truth for all. We are moving into the age of enlightenment and as enlightened beings it is time to choose forgiveness over anger and assist in this final transition to the new paradigm. It is with the upmost respect and gratitude for the work you have so selflessly done that I remind you of these truths now.
Namaste Rakhealle
Teaching
10 May 2012 - 10:38am
It Is Immoral to Stop People from Loving You
Why do we punish the very person who acknowledges us for our positive qualities?
by Robert Firestone, Ph.D.
http://www.psychologytoday.com
Some of the most destructive behaviors, commonplace in relationships, are those that people act out in an attempt to ward off loving responses from their partner. In The Ethics of Interpersonal Relationships I wrote about the dynamics underlying this phenomenon, explaining why we often punish the very person who appreciates and acknowledges us for our positive qualities. The fact that our lover sees us in a way that does not correspond to the negative identity we formed early in life disturbs our psychological equilibrium. Unfortunately, many of us defend our inaccurate negative perceptions of ourselves and resist being viewed in a more positive light. On an unconscious level, we sense that if we were to accept love, the whole world, as we have known it, would be altered and we would no longer know who we are.
It is actually painful on an emotional level to see ourselves as better than we have always believed ourselves to be. In fact, challenging our negative identity arouses anxiety. However, most people react almost immediately and do something to put distance between them and their partner before the anxiety ever reaches conscious awareness. They tend to feel angry at the other person for "luring" them into a less defended position. Often they provoke their partner and induce him or her to criticize or depreciate them thereby confirming their negative identity.
The reasons we avoid love or retreat from a loving relationship can be traced to childhood. During the formative years, people internalize both positive and negative attitudes that their parents had toward them. They easily assimilate parents' positive attitudes into their self-system; however, parents' negative attitudes become a nonintegrated, alien part of the personality, the anti-self system. By the time people reach adulthood, most have formed defenses to protect the harsh point of view that now makes up a significant part of their self-image.
People's intolerance of love and intimacy is not only based on the fear of being vulnerable and open to another person, but also on existential fears. Being close to another in a loving relationship makes us aware that life is precious, and that it will come to an end. When we embrace love, we embrace life; and in embracing life, we face death's inevitability. When people experience the unique combination of love and sex in a committed, meaningful relationship, they feel that they have more to lose, and are poignantly aware of the fragility of the physical body and the preciousness of life. For this reason, many try to avoid such experiences. It appears that on an unconscious level, they fear being loved and valued because it does make them more vulnerable and aware of their mortality.
It is logical that when faced with pain and frustration in our developmental years, we formed psychological defenses to alleviate our discomfort and anxiety. Later, existential issues of aloneness and an awareness of our eventual demise added to our fears and contributed to a defensive denial of feeling. Paradoxically, the same defenses that helped us to survive the emotional pain of our childhood are not only maladaptive in adulthood and limit our potential for living a full life, but they also lead to the unintentional acting out of harmful behaviors toward others, especially the people closest to us: our mates and our children.
One way that people alter a partner's feelings is to hold back the personal qualities and behaviors that their partner was originally attracted to or especially loved and admired. The person being withheld from is left feeling emotionally hungry, confused, frustrated, and desperate, which leads to an exaggerated focus on the person who has created the distance through withholding. Ultimately, patterns of withholding practiced by one partner can effectively change the other person's positive feelings of love to hostility, anger or even worse, to indifference.
We don't usually think in terms of human rights issues when considering what is at play in interpersonal relationships. However, family researchers have observed that people tend to commit the most egregious human rights violations in their closest, most intimate associations. We are guilty of such violations when someone's love challenges our negative self-concept, and, in our desperation to defend ourselves, we disrespect their feelings and use means that are hurtful to push them away.
My associates and I have developed a powerful therapy technique, which we refer to as Voice Therapy to identify and challenge negative or unethical behavior in interpersonal relationships. The procedures identify the source of most personal problems by revealing a partially conscious system of self critical and hostile attitudes that people harbor towards themselves and others. In this therapy, clients learn to recognize their negative internal dialogue, and then take action against its being lived out destructively. They develop a more objective and realistic self-concept and build up their tolerance for love in intimate relationships. In becoming aware of the underlying threat to their sense of well being and to their feeling for others, people can learn to live by an implicit morality that is basically humane and respectful of each person's individual rights.
.
.
Robert Firestone, Ph.D.
Robert W. Firestone, Ph.D., psychologist and author, has been affiliated with the Glendon Association as its consulting theorist since its inception. His innovative ideas related to psychotherapy, couple and family relationships, suicide, parenting, and existential issues have been the inspiration and cornerstone of Glendon's research and publications.
Teaching
10 May 2012 - 10:18am
The Alchemy of Healing
http://www.lovehealth.org
What is Alchemy?
Alchemy is the art and science of transformation - more specifically the transforming of what is unwanted into what is wanted.
The universe is made up of energy - science and mystics are both agreed on this. "Energy" includes our thoughts, feelings, experiences, memories and behaviours as well as our body, natural material surroundings ("Mother nature") and our human creations.
What is the significance of Alchemy in healing?
Healing is a journey - the journey from "dis-ease" (rejection of our current life experience) to "ease" (= flow, harmony) which is the embracing of our current life experience. Alchemy is a process by which this journey can be generated.
If your current life experience is stuck (including the stuckness of being trapped in recurrent patterns) in an unwanted experience, alchemy is the process by which your experience can be transformed.
Transformation will occur on many levels (mental, emotional, spiritual, behavioural, material) but you may only be conscious of one or more of these levels of manifestation.
Grief as an example of an Alchemical Process
Loss of a relationship, loss of "face", self-image, self-confidence, self-esteem or personal status can all result in a "hole" in our external or internal reality. By "holding" (i.e. allowing ourselves to experience) this pain over a period of time we will naturally move through it to a point where the "hole" becomes filled in with something new.
The journey of grief goes through a sequence of turbulent emotions (energetic flows), a "letting go" of our energetic attachments to what went before, framing and settling the experience in our long-term memory and creating something new to replace what we have lost. During this journey of grief, if we are able to complete the process we grow (expand our consciousness in order to accommodate to the loss without continuing dysfunction) and mature as human beings.
At some stages of grief the pain is too great to confront and we have to find new opportunities, teachers, experiences and divine "magic" before we can move forwards. Sometimes we are diverted or blocked in this journey of reclaiming our past investment of self, personal identification and life-energy and transforming and re-investing these precious personal possessions into the next phase of our life story. For example a limiting belief such as "I can never recover from this" will impede us from seeking the help and support that we need. We can also block this journey by becoming too attached to the by-products ("scenery") of certain stages of the grief process such as sympathy, special consideration, help and support, self-pity, blaming, vengeance, financial compensations, self-image as a "victim".
Why, Where, When is Alchemy useful?
All living things produce waste (unwanted) materials as a by-product of their creative and growth processes. Our human lifestyles are no exception. Like a two-sided coin, our lives have complementary generative and degenerative components. For example we have positive emotions at times and negative emotions at other times. To experience, accept and navigate both positive and negative experiences is a key lifeskill in living a full and regret-free holistic life.
When our lives go "off-course" or "unbalanced" we experience an increasing, or accumulating, flow of "negative" thoughts, feelings and experiences. These "energies" can be transformed by alchemical processes (healing transformations) which re-align us to the experiences that will realize our personal potential and fulfill our life purpose.
Going "off-track" or "unbalanced" in our life does not have to be seen as "wrong", or "a mistake" - going "off-track" and experiencing the negative consequences can be a key way of finding our "on-track" truth and healthy lifestyle. Finding our "on-track" truth and healthy lifestyle is not always easy because the "track" of our life often twists and turns or becomes shrouded in mist and confusion.
Going "off-course" or "unbalanced" also happens to human communities. As this direction unfolds, affected human societies experience a flow of increasingly "negative" thoughts, feelings and experiences. Left unchecked (i.e. out of awareness or alchemical control) negative/destructive thoughts and feelings will drive negative/destructive agendas and actions to create a vicious circle of increasing negativity and destructiveness. From the heart, or rather the heartlessness of these vicious cycles the energy can "spiral up" in a volcano of fiery emotions (anger, rage, aggression) and "spiral down" in increasing disillusionment, hopelessness, bitterness, demotivation, depression and hatred.
Reactive control agendas (e.g. punishment, medication, restrictive laws, rules and protocols) by society will be required to stop people "scattering" or "dumping (on others)" the energy of their distress. Some people will also be trying to "drain", "suck" or "steal" positive energy (resources) from others.
The challenge for society in a degenerating situation is to strengthen interpersonal boundaries (encouraging people to "hold" their negative energies) where needed without contributing to the escalation and spread of traumatising experiences and without restricting (where possible encouraging) the natural growth of supportive and transformative, alchemical healing activity in the community at these times of increasing stress. The qualities of courage, stillness, discernment and insight are key ingredients of successful responses which can guide people and communities "back on track".
Blocks to the Transformational Power we call Alchemy
1. Negative pleasure
Expressing (actuating) negative emotions and agendas can give a temporary relief from distress and a temporary feeling of self-empowerment (anger, rage, hatred, vengeance). This is known as "Negative pleasure". Expressing negative or destructive feelings is an essential part of the "clearing process" before healing, transformation and creativity can occur. However, we can become attached to the short-term "buzz" of these experiences, particularly if we do not consider the inevitable, longer-term repercussions on our relationships and peace of mind. Negative pleasure addiction can keep us attached to our present patterns and cycles and block the creation, via alchemy, of new and possibly more fulfilling and nourishing patterns.
2. Attachment to "limiting beliefs"
The ego seeks an illusory security and identity in limiting belief systems (which we may know as our "reality", philosophy, "worldview", lifestyle) . The intrinsically-limiting nature of belief systems provides a sense of security and identity for individuals and for communities until we come up against experiences and relationships ("life challenges") where our belief system no longer produces the results (security, identity, fulfilment) that we desire.
Because they deny the intrinsic nature and truths of our unconscious mind, limiting beliefs will, in time, lead to insecurity and confusion - the very opposite of their intended purpose. This is not to say that belief systems are wrong, but that they are only a transient step or bridge towards the realization of our full potential and identity.
Limiting belief systems (doctrines) work well within the context (family, social group) where they were formulated. However, if our life expands out from these situations into new and bigger situations, or if our growing "neighbours" start to expand into our limited "comfort zone", we will meet challenges that our limited belief system (set of rules and procedures) cannot cope with. The scene is then set for internal/external struggle and strife. At this point we have 4 choices:
a) Minimise struggle and strife by contracting our lives back into a new (smaller, more guarded) comfort zone.
b) Stay locked in struggle and strife.
c) Modify our belief systems to accommodate the new experience.
d) Transform the "energy" generated by the struggle and strife into an expanded reality (internally) and an expanded (more full-filling) life experience externally - this is the path to a "creative" solution.
Who are the modern Alchemists?
In this twenty-first century "information and communication" age, we are blessed with a huge tide of opportunities and resources to become our own alchemists. Training materials and courses are springing up everywhere as the pressure grows for personal and community transformation. There is also a growing body of our traditional source of alchemy with the Shamans.
Blog entry
10 May 2012 - 8:13am
~*~ Being Gentle With Ourselves ~*~
During those times when our lives are filled with what seems to be constant change and growth,
it is important to remember that we need to be gentle with ourselves. Since it can be easy to use
our energy to keep up with the momentum of our lives, we may not be aware of the fact that we are
much more likely to run ourselves down. When things seem to be moving quickly, it is especially
essential that we make a point to slow down and be gentle with ourselves.
It might be difficult to notice what is happening to us for we may be so caught up in the whirlwind
of our lives that we lose sight of the direction in which things are heading. Being gentle with
ourselves doesn’t mean that we don’t accomplish things. Instead it means that we honor
ourselves on an ongoing basis and take care of the needs of our bodies.
This means different things to different people. For instance, it could mean having a session with
a healer; taking a remedy, herbs, or vitamins; or getting extra sleep. Putting our energy into
ourselves in this way helps create space for a more positive, loving, and accepting view of our lives.
By setting the intention to do so, we will be more cognizant of our energy levels on a daily basis and
more able to replenish them as needed.
The more we are able to treat our bodies with gentleness, the more tenderness and compassion
we will call forth into our lives. Learning to understand and pay attention to what our self needs will
in turn allow us to fill our lives with unlimited loving and healing energy and to truly take care of the
things that mean the most to us.
http://www.dailyom.com/articles/2008/14892.html
Story
9 May 2012 - 6:18pm
Liberate and Release using the Violet Flame
Message from Archangel Tzadkiel
Channeled by: Julie Miller
May 09, 2012
A glorious day is upon us, and deep appreciation is given to our vessel for allowing me to step forward and transmit a message through her in order to speak to each of you.
Dear ones when you are able to invoke consciously the Violet Flame to help you liberate and transmute the many negative burdens that can plague you on a personal or universal level just from your day-to-day interactions and challenges, then you will be able to grasp the advantage. The sacred and nurturing Violet Flame is a dispensation given to you to help make the transformations and changes that are required easier and will help lessen karmic encumbrances between the transition stages. I encourage each of you dear ones to make use of this flame often, not only once in a while when you find yourself overwhelmed.
It is crucial to find time and room to confront your life, to determine what there is that pleases you and what no longer gives you comfort or pleasure. Bring in the Violet Flame and use it to help you transform those areas that you wish to change that are no longer serving you well. I am available to all that call to me at this time when investigating yourself is necessary for your spiritual progression and broadening understanding of yourself and those around you. I work within the 7th Ray of Light dear ones. When you call for me I will guide you with my Amethyst Presence towards the direction of your transformation and bring you to understanding in ways that suit you. You will understand and realize your evolutionary path as you learn more of yourself. Your awareness of your God Presence will expand and you will find new doors of knowledge waiting for you to open and explore.
As you clear yourself of all things that are no longer serving of the highest of good, and by changing the old ways, you will discover your potential and a new belief in yourself will emerge. This belief will blossom into confidence to spread your wings and follow your inner knowing to become what you were meant to be. The removal of the thoughts and old teachings brings freedom and a sense of relief that is felt throughout your entire being. Dear ones, it is through this stage that self-love is encouraged and recommended to be expressed. Some of the old ways you may dig up could bring out some unresolved feelings and emotions. This is a wonderful time also to invoke the Violet Flame.
I do often work with the Beloved Master, Saint Germain with the promoting of this beautiful flame. We want to help release you dear ones from the many negative thought forms that have invaded your mind, body and spirit for so long. We wish to dissolve thoughts of inadequacies and limitations, and teach you to expand, incorporate and to balance all physical and spiritual characteristics of yourself. You will cultivate and construct what your highest potential is; through my aid, and by using the Violet Flame, the negativities that have often held you back from progressing will be dissolved. The Violet Flame will purify your soul if you so wish it, and with its healing way, you will develop your pure and true self and learn to live without fear, limits or illusions.
It is a wonderful opportunity to be called by you when you need our service and presence. You do understand how gratifying and happy you are when you find interest, companionship and cooperative assistance that is comes to guide you and to perfect the part of the journey you are currently on. I am enthusiastic to come to your side to help guide you through the sometimes difficult stage of releases old teachings and ideals. I only ask of you dear ones that when you do master a part of your journey, you are openly willing, compassionate and cooperative to share others how you learned to work through this delicate area. Delivering the sharing of your success as a way of guiding another with mercy and kindness that speaks of your purest intent and love is a wonderful representation of working from within your God Presence. I have great Faith you will across informative, caring and from the pure love that resides in your beautiful heart. I am preparing to take my leave, before we depart from today’s transmission, understand how gloriously you are loved by us of the Divine Realm of Angels, Masters and of course by God.
I AM Archangel Tzadkiel through Julie Miller
Teaching
9 May 2012 - 9:56am
Awareness offers choice; Choice offers the way of return.
LOSS OF ALIGNMENT WITH LIGHT
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
It sometimes happens that alignment with light becomes shaky and difficult to maintain, and it is in such circumstances that the energy of darkness gains a foothold within consciousness to draw one even further away from light and God. This movement can be perceived as a 'downward slide' into depression, hopelessness, separation, and a loss of the experience of Divine reality. Its hallmarks are the following sequence:
discouragement>>>self-pity>>>isolation>>>abandonment>>>rejection of God's reality.
The 'downward slide' can be noticed once one has a developed sense of its presence, and once one determines to not allow the insidiousness of self-pity or the sense of isolation to take hold without accompanying awareness.
Discouragement as a feeling is clear. Self-pity, less so. For feelings often seem inevitable, and in the place of physical, emotional, or mental pain, it is often difficult to remember that there is another way that one could feel. Nevertheless, feeling sorry for one's predicament or feeling that such emotions are inevitable can be part of the downward slide into loss of alignment with light.
Abandonment follows next, with the sense that God no longer hears ones prayers or calling out, and that God's love cannot be felt or trusted.
Finally, there is the rejection of God's reality, sometimes as a totality as in a loss of faith, and sometimes in the internal experiential separation which no longer allows one to feel the reality of God, even though it may be remembered.
The determination to not permit the above sequence to take place can be an effective means to counter the pull away from light and Divine truth, and such determination can grow stronger the more one cultivates it and the more one seeks the way of return.
Teaching
9 May 2012 - 9:50am
The Place of Illuminated Silence
by Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
What we think about things and what those things really are, are two different things.
What we feel about ourselves and others, and what is really true of ourselves and others, are two different things.
In working with the mind as part of a spiritual practice, we become more clear and are more able to truly see ourselves, others, and the rest of life without the overlaying emotional and mental commentary that is generally present in our observation of life.
Most people are not intentionally false. Yet, the thoughts and feelings that color reality often detract from a truthful perception of what is, influencing our response to daily events in ways that create perceptual filters. These filters veil or obscure the reality of what is actually before us. Becoming clear involves being able to separate from this stream of unbidden thought that colors perception, and, instead, to locate an inner space where peace and quiet live and in which greater truth can be found.
This inner space is a location within every consciousness, no matter how turbulent, no matter how filled with other things that must be attended to. It is a space that exists by virtue of being a soul and a child of the Divine, one in which silence can bring forth new perceptions and a new sense of innocence, light, and blessing.
In order to reach this space, what is required is a way of letting go of the mind so that it is no longer central to our experience. This letting go need not be complete at first. There can be chattering voices off in the distance and thoughts that we will return to once we have resumed our ordinary activity. But for the moment, the inner space of illuminated silence is one that we can rest in, surrounded by gentleness, open to the presence of unexpected things – answers to a problem that we may have found difficult to arrive at before; or a sense of tranquility, acceptance and peace; or the quiet feeling of love that exists as a spiritual atmosphere. Each of these qualities may be found by going within and resting there for a while.
There are many kinds of spiritual practices. Some focus on techniques of varying degrees of complexity for taking one deeply into the inner space beyond the mind. Others presume that the means for doing so already exist as a path of inner knowing, and it is just a matter of allowing the remembrance to re-emerge.
Some practices focus on the breath, and allow the rest to open of its own accord. The reason this is possible is simple: it is because breathing is both a practical act which replenishes the blood and cells of our body with oxygen, and a spiritual act in which we take in Divine and holy light which links us with the spiritual worlds.
Connecting with one's sacred inner space can therefore be as simple as breathing. However, in order for this to be the case, we must let go of other things so that we can actually pay attention to our breathing. The repetition of a spiritual practice allows us to do this repeatedly so that the mind begins to release its capacity to command center stage, and ultimately becomes docile and gentle as a lamb.
When we are able to move just a little toward the inner silence in which the mind is less active, it becomes possible to focus attention either on the breath or on a thought, word, or phrase that is meaningful to us in order to center ourselves within the quiet of our inner space and to deepen our experience. The word, thought, or phrase we choose can be one that we have read or heard that we repeat to ourselves. Or, it can be a word that has established itself as part of a sacred tradition – one that already carries a powerful vibration because of the many people who have uttered it in a sacred way. Whichever we choose – whether to use a sacred word or to just breathe and feel the energy carried on the breath, or any other form of meditative practice, we have within us a way to release the mind and to enter a reality that will bring us to our deepest spiritual core.
A spiritual practice that involves working with the mind in this way, when practiced regularly, will do a great deal to help with spiritual deepening. It is not everything, for there is also part of a practice that involves bringing meditative experience into one's interaction with the world. But it is a way to begin to separate the wheat from the chaff, the false from the true, so that we can begin to live life in accordance with the deepest and truest principles that our hearts know and that our minds can consent to. These principles come from our sacred humanity and reside in the deepest origins of our being blessed and holy children of God.
Teaching
9 May 2012 - 5:05am
Healing Around the World
by Jane Carstens 07 May 2012
Tibetan medicine
Tibetan medicine is based on the close relationship between mind and body.
It advocates that each of us is connected to one of three energies (humours): wind, bile and phlegm.
How it works: Negative thoughts, stress, poor diet, and pollution cause imbalances in the humours,
leading to illness. This can be addressed by bringing mind and body back into balance through therapies
and lifestyle changes.
What it's good for: “Tibetan medicine is good for any ailment, whether it is physical or psychological,”
says Premgita Polster, Tibetan pulsing healer from the Tibetan Pulsing Healing Centre.
“This is because it is a truly holistic system.”
Hawaiian lomi lomi
This traditional healing massage treats the mind, body, and soul. It works on the premise that memories
are not only stored in the subconscious mind, but in every cell of the body.
How it works: Lomi lomi massage involves long, flowing motions to help the body let go of its old patterns
and behaviours, unwind muscles, relieve stress, and free energy. “Lomi lomi releases soft and deep tissue
by gently taking the body down through the layers of relaxation,” says therapist Julia Adams from True Nature
Traditional Hawaiian Massage and Healing Therapies. “When the body is relaxed, the therapist uses
acupressure to release muscular stress and tension, enabling the flow of lymph fluid which cleanses and
detoxifies the body.”
What's it's good for: Great for stress and tension relief, and improved circulation.
Ayurveda
Ayurveda, India’s traditional medicine, is based on the idea of perfect health where each person is an
expression of consciousness with a unique prakruti, or psycho-physiological type. It focuses on preventing and
treating root causes of disease.
How it works: Ayurvedic practitioners provide advice on upgrading a person’s lifestyle through diet and exercise,
and may also use individually tailored herbal compounds and rejuvenation and detoxification programs.
The practitioner uses their hands to absorb and project the prana (life force) that is all around us, onto areas
where the person’s own energy is diseased, depleted, or congested. This removes any bad energy and replaces
it with fresh energy.
What it's good for: “Ayurveda is the missing manual for life because we consider everything as healing and
everyone as unique,” says Dr Rama Prasad, Ayurvedic practitioner at Ayurveda Elements.
“Ayurvedic practitioners tailor each program to each person individually.”
Pranic healing
This attributes the causes of most physical, emotional and psychological imbalances to a contaminated aura
(the invisible energy field that surrounds the physical body). Healing both the physical and energy body is
required for good health and vitality.
How it works: The practitioner uses their hands to absorb and project the prana (life force) that is all around us,
onto areas where the person's own energy is diseased, depleted, or congested. This removes any bad energy
and replaces it with fresh energy.
What it's good for: “Pranic healing therapy is an effective and gentle wellness technique that works on both body
systems,” says Liz McCaughey, Pranic healing teacher at the Kumara Meditation and Teaching Centre in Perth.
“Pranic healing therapists can help a person heal their life by utilising their prana.”
Unani medicine
Also known as Graeco-Arabic medicine, this ancient tradition was practised by Hippocrates (the father of modern
medicine) over 2,000 years ago. It is based on the premise that natural systems, such as the human body,
are too complex to only look at its individual parts. The body must be looked at in a holistic way to understand the
nature and cause of disease. It has the Hippocratic theory of the Four Humours - blood, phlegm, choler and
melancholer - as its basic principle, including the notion that the body’s health is dependent on their balance.
Each person has their own unique composition of these four humours, which determines their general temperament.
How it works: Practitioners observe the person’s overall appearance, including their tongue, skin colour, posture,
and voice, check their pulse, and may press reflexes located on different parts of the body. Treatment usually involves
dietary approaches, herbal preparations and treatment to specific body reflexes, such as massage, the application
of heat and cold or suction cups.
What it's good for: “Graeco-Arabic medicine is good for most chronic disorders such as joint, respiratory and digestive
conditions,” says Paul Hysen, medical researcher and naturopath with the Graeco-Arabic Medicine Society in
South Australia.
Indigenous cures
To Aboriginal Australians, ‘health’ refers to the social, emotional, and cultural wellbeing of the whole community,
not just an individual’s physical state. Aboriginal people have a deep spiritual relationship with the land and look to
it to cure their illnesses. The ingredients used in traditional medicines vary from area to area, according to the
availability of the medicinal plants. Plant material is often bruised or pounded for a poultice, or extracted with water
to be taken internally. Those who have hurt others also require healing, to restore balance and harmony to the
community. Ceremonies and other healing modalities - such as chants, cleansing smoke rituals, counselling,
healing circles, bush trips to special sites, painting, vision quests and massage - are all important in healing a
person or community. Government authorities are increasingly integrating traditional Australian Aboriginal healing
methods into mainstream health care services in some parts of the country.
http://www.natureandhealth.com.au/news/healing-around-the-world
Blog entry
8 May 2012 - 11:10pm
~**~ Recharging Your Batteries ~**~
Getting Run Down
Our natural state of being is vibrant, happy to be alive. Yet, there can be times when we feel run down
and worn out. This does not mean that we are lazy or unfit for the tasks in our lives; it means that we
need to recharge our batteries and find a way of keeping them charged. Vitamins and extra rest can
be very helpful in restoring our physical bodies. And if we are willing to delve deeper, we may discover
that there is an underlying cause for our exhaustion.
Whenever you are feeling run down, take an honest look at how you have been thinking, feeling and acting.
You will likely find a belief, behavior pattern or even a relationship that is out of alignment with who you really
are. Perhaps you believe you have to be perfect at everything or you have been bending over backwards to
get people to like you. Maybe you are dealing with mild depression or simply have too much on your plate
right now. There may also be people or situations in your life which are draining your energy.
Once you get clear on the root cause, you can weed it out and better direct your flow of energy in the future.
In time, you might notice that the reasons you feel run down have less to do with how much you are doing and
more to do with the fact that in your heart, you would rather be doing something else entirely. From now on,
try and listen to what your heart really wants. It may take meditation, or just a moment of silent tuning in to gain
the clarity you need, but it is well worth the effort. When you know what you truly want to do, and honor that in all
situations, you will find that getting run down is a thing of the past.
http://www.dailyom.com/articles/2008/14237.html
Story
8 May 2012 - 6:42pm
YOU Are a Priority
Ascended Master, El Morya’s Weekly Message ~ May 08 – 15, 2012
Channeled by: Julie Miller
May 08, 2012
Dear ones the foundation which you create and build your great knowledge must be carefully laid and constructed so you can handle unforeseen and secondary, and your evolving spiritual practices that with care and consideration grow enthusiastically and empower you with strength, courage and so much wisdom. It is essential to understand the purpose as to why you build your spiritual foundations with Love, Wisdom and Inner-Power. The basic foundations that are your building blocks to understanding yourself is quite necessary dear ones as they help direct you to your next level or phase of understanding. The spiritual foundations I speak of are also known as the Threefold Flame A plume of pink, blue and gold – Love, wisdom and inner-power.
If you are not already well embedded in your basic spiritual foundations, as you continue to build up into higher levels, you may find yourself swaying with instability and uncertainty. Many dear souls who have not constructed their foundations thoroughly eventually find themselves facing blockages and stagnant growth. Then a lot of backtracking and correcting takes place. Each of you will reach great spiritual heights after experiencing lags of development, unforeseen circumstances that require you to step back for a brief period, and maneuvering through day-to-day challenges that occasionally spike just for a little excitement to keep you on your toes. {{Small laugh}}
Oh yes there are many stubborn ones out there among you who cannot admit their foundations are less than perfect, and suddenly all that was carefully constructed comes tumbling down. This is not a time to ridicule or make fun. It is a time to reach your love and compassion to these folks. No one has a perfect foundation. All foundations laid occasionally require maintenance and updating and this because YOU keep growing and evolving. All your wisdom and knowledge dear ones you will achieve through truth and this truth enabled wisdom and knowledge will direct to the important and necessary building blocks of your being, strive to live in harmony, compassion and love by living through your heart at all times.
From the non-physical side of your soul, each of you are immortal. Each of you are here living on your Earthly world to grow and become more than were in your previous life. As you grow and develop further along in this journey and path of the light, you are contributing to the overall growth and understanding of all people – THE WORLD OVER. Even though some of them have been very difficult, you needed the challenges you have experienced because they have helped you to fulfill the basic desire of your soul in this lifetime. Each day you read, practice, share, guide, or if you do the complete opposite you are creating by your choices now what your future will entail. It is never too late to change ones ways if they are old and not providing the greatest of good any longer, and adopting newer and more loving ways. Eventually, even the stubborn ones will concede eventually positive change is required and they have areas that require improvement. There is no one that does not require self-improving, no one is above another. Some of you have been on this path an awfully long time so they have been gathering information, practicing what they have learned, and aiming at perfecting longer, but they too know there is more; there always is more for everyone to learn and to become.
The concept of being separated from God was a grand illusion. Yet this illusion has served a great function that has allowed each of you to explore in vast detail what this concept is. Within time, you have discovered the wisdom and understanding of remaining connected which you always were to God, but also working together as a collective where everybody benefits from the experience, knowledge and growth of each other. There are more dear souls waking to this realization. They will catch up and they will contribute, learn and grow in their own speed through their own direction. We will speak of the stubborn ones that are among you for brief moment longer. The more stubborn ones will try to struggle against this unity, working together for the greater of good and towards Oneness with themselves and with God that includes the Unity of all Mankind as a working collective. The stubborn ones are not evil or wicked, they only require time to ponder and to think and most likely to re-think. No one can be forced into any path no matter the beneficial functions a path or way may hold. With love, compassion and understanding each person will come around as it’s the central nature of being who each of you are and within each of you is reason and truth. When the light bulb of understanding goes on, it is a most amazing light dear ones.
It is necessary dear ones to accept and understand even those people that may oppose your beliefs even if your beliefs are righteous and honourable. Appreciate and understand each person that you communicate with. Do not hold anger in your heart against anyone. It is more important to learn and understand the greater wisdom behind any words spoken or actions done. Understand dear ones the detrimental effects holding onto anger can have on your mind, body and spirit. You are emotional beings and you need to express what you feel in a healthful way that does not cause harm to yourself, those around you including harming Earth and all her beautiful creatures that share the planet with you. If you are angry, learn why and diffuse it efficiently and ensure there are no lingering effects hanging around by chakra and aura cleansing, and purifying your spirit through meditation and other methods that you have discovered as useful. Behind every outburst of emotion regardless what the emotion is, holds a lesson for you to learn and understand. Embrace these lessons as they hold knowledge that pertains to you.
From all the experiences you have endured you have revealed many truths about yourself and anyone who may have been involved. Let go of the negative adjectives you have been speaking and thinking and re-create your self-talk with positive affirmations and by telling yourself I love you more often. When you are truly ready you will be able to forgive those that have caused you harm and any harm you may have caused. If you feel guilty about something, discover why and forgive yourself for this heavy negative emotion. Let this baggage go dear ones. If someone has caused you to feel guilty take back your power with love and compassion. Re-building yourself gives you the opportunity to fine tune and attract the people to be part of your social network. Before you can truly love, you must love and care for you first. You are a priority. Never forget this. This is why I said earlier no one’s foundations are perfect. They require reconstructions and updating, and for some dear souls this may happen more often until they learn to break the cycles of self-destructing behaviours and ways. Love these folks, and love all people no matter where they are in life. You cannot change them because change must be wanted and must come from them; what you can do is love them unconditionally.
Dear ones please understand God does not look at any of you at any given time and think a mistake has been made. Never. Each of you are born of perfection, love and each of you has a distinctive purpose. You may not feel you are at times, but each of you are fulfilling your purpose right now just as you are. Even the most apparent error can position certain situations into action that would have never come to pass if were not for the mistake in the first place. Your growth and experiences that are created are part your accomplishment of God’s final outcome for each of you.
As we prepare to close our transmission today, know dear ones you are always surrounded by the love and light of God as this warm, divine presence is inside of each of you; living in your heart. Always move with love in all you do.
I am Ascended Master El Morya through Julie Miller
Blog entry
8 May 2012 - 3:36pm
Thank you to all who sent healing and prayers to my daughter. She had some virus, they don't know what it was, and ended up with virial induced arthritis. Dr's gave her meds. to reduce the inflamation. She is doing well now and the Dr. said everything will clear up in time. Thank you again.
Love and Light
Doug
Blog entry
8 May 2012 - 11:59am
I just want to quickly share my experiences on removing the pain form the body. I became more and more aware of this once I have had an injury but have not felt pain. How it is possible. The finding and learning I have is that the stronger emotion replaces another. Ie if you do some very intensive sports your body does not feel pain until you Finnish. The emotion of competition is stronger than the pain. It overrides that. By experiencing this multiple times I have started to wonder how come and I have started to play.
This is basically the concept I have of removing a bit the pain. It is not all that easy but if you can somehow create an emotion over another you can help yourself at least a bit. Compassion on your own body and kindness on it seems to help me.
You can also get in some pain by empowering the feeling that is creating it. The responsibility is within for many pains we have even tough it sometimes has been created by external source.
I am no free of pains and this is just to share a bit of my findings that have got stronger lately when I once again broke some parts at body and fix them with my mind “plays”.
It is worth on trying this. I have done several mind tricks to my kinds to remove the pain and it is just amazing how well it sometimes works. Not allways for sure.
Love
T
Teaching
8 May 2012 - 10:57am
Laughter is the Best Medicine
THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF HUMOR AND LAUGHTER
http://www.helpguide.org
Humor is infectious. When laughter is shared, it binds people together and increases happiness and intimacy. Laughter also triggers healthy physical changes in the body. Humor and laughter strengthen your immune system, boost your energy, diminish pain, and protect you from the damaging effects of stress.
.
Laughter is strong medicine for mind and body
“Your sense of humor is one of the most powerful tools you have to make certain that your daily mood and emotional state support good health.”
~ Paul E. McGhee, Ph.D.
Laughter is a powerful antidote to stress, pain, and conflict. Nothing works faster or more dependably to bring your mind and body back into balance than a good laugh. Humor lightens your burdens, inspires hopes, connects you to others, and keeps you grounded, focused, and alert.
With so much power to heal and renew, the ability to laugh easily and frequently is a tremendous resource for surmounting problems, enhancing your relationships, and supporting both physical and emotional health.
Laughter is good for your health
Laughter relaxes the whole body. A good, hearty laugh relieves physical tension and stress, leaving your muscles relaxed for up to 45 minutes after.
Laughter boosts the immune system. Laughter decreases stress hormones and increases immune cells and infection-fighting antibodies, thus improving your resistance to disease.
Laughter triggers the release of endorphins, the body’s natural feel-good chemicals. Endorphins promote an overall sense of well-being and can even temporarily relieve pain.
Laughter protects the heart. Laughter improves the function of blood vessels and increases blood flow, which can help protect you against a heart attack and other cardiovascular problems.
.
Laughter and humor help you stay emotionally healthy
Laughter makes you feel good. And the good feeling that you get when you laugh remains with you even after the laughter subsides. Humor helps you keep a positive, optimistic outlook through difficult situations, disappointments, and loss.
More than just a respite from sadness and pain, laughter gives you the courage and strength to find new sources of meaning and hope. Even in the most difficult of times, a laugh–or even simply a smile–can go a long way toward making you feel better. And laughter really is contagious—just hearing laughter primes your brain and readies you to smile and join in the fun.
The link between laughter and mental health
Laughter dissolves distressing emotions. You can’t feel anxious, angry, or sad when you’re laughing.
Laughter helps you relax and recharge. It reduces stress and increases energy, enabling you to stay focused and accomplish more.
Humor shifts perspective, allowing you to see situations in a more realistic, less threatening light. A humorous perspective creates psychological distance, which can help you avoid feeling overwhelmed.
.
The social benefits of humor and laughter
Humor and playful communication strengthen our relationships by triggering positive feelings and fostering emotional connection. When we laugh with one another, a positive bond is created. This bond acts as a strong buffer against stress, disagreements, and disappointment.
Laughing with others is more powerful than laughing alone
Creating opportunities to laugh
Watch a funny movie or TV show.
Go to a comedy club.
Read the funny pages.
Seek out funny people.
Share a good joke or a funny story.
Check out your bookstore’s humor section.
Host game night with friends.
Play with a pet.
Go to a “laughter yoga” class.
Goof around with children.
Do something silly.
Make time for fun activities (e.g. bowling, miniature golfing, karaoke).
Shared laughter is one of the most effective tools for keeping relationships fresh and exciting. All emotional sharing builds strong and lasting relationship bonds, but sharing laughter and play also adds joy, vitality, and resilience. And humor is a powerful and effective way to heal resentments, disagreements, and hurts. Laughter unites people during difficult times.
Incorporating more humor and play into your daily interactions can improve the quality of your love relationships— as well as your connections with co-workers, family members, and friends. Using humor and laughter in relationships allows you to:
Be more spontaneous. Humor gets you out of your head and away from your troubles.
Let go of defensiveness. Laughter helps you forget judgments, criticisms, and doubts.
Release inhibitions. Your fear of holding back and holding on are set aside.
Express your true feelings. Deeply felt emotions are allowed to rise to the surface.
.
Bringing more humor and laughter into your life
Want to bring the fun? Get a pet…
Most of us have experienced the joy of playing with a furry friend, and pets are a rewarding way to bring more laughter and joy into your life. But did you know that having a pet is also good for your mental and physical health? Studies show that pets can protect you depression, stress, and even heart disease.
Laughter is your birthright, a natural part of life that is innate and inborn. Infants begin smiling during the first weeks of life and laugh out loud within months of being born. Even if you did not grow up in a household where laughter was a common sound, you can learn to laugh at any stage of life.
Begin by setting aside special times to seek out humor and laughter, as you might with working out, and build from there. Eventually, you’ll want to incorporate humor and laughter into the fabric of your life, finding it naturally in everything you do.
Here are some ways to start:
Smile. Smiling is the beginning of laughter. Like laughter, it’s contagious. Pioneers in “laugh therapy,” find it’s possible to laugh without even experiencing a funny event. The same holds for smiling. When you look at someone or see something even mildly pleasing, practice smiling.
Count your blessings. Literally make a list. The simple act of considering the good things in your life will distance you from negative thoughts that are a barrier to humor and laughter. When you’re in a state of sadness, you have further to travel to get to humor and laughter.
When you hear laughter, move toward it. Sometimes humor and laughter are private, a shared joke among a small group, but usually not. More often, people are very happy to share something funny because it gives them an opportunity to laugh again and feed off the humor you find in it. When you hear laughter, seek it out and ask, “What’s funny?”
Spend time with fun, playful people. These are people who laugh easily–both at themselves and at life’s absurdities–and who routinely find the humor in everyday events. Their playful point of view and laughter are contagious.
Bring humor into conversations. Ask people, “What’s the funniest thing that happened to you today? This week? In your life?”
Developing your sense of humor: Take yourself less seriously
One essential characteristic that helps us laugh is not taking ourselves too seriously. We’ve all known the classic tight-jawed sourpuss who takes everything with deathly seriousness and never laughs at anything. No fun there!
Some events are clearly sad and not occasions for laughter. But most events in life don’t carry an overwhelming sense of either sadness or delight. They fall into the gray zone of ordinary life–giving you the choice to laugh or not.
Ways to help yourself see the lighter side of life:
Laugh at yourself. Share your embarrassing moments. The best way to take yourself less seriously is to talk about times when you took yourself too seriously.
Attempt to laugh at situations rather than bemoan them. Look for the humor in a bad situation, and uncover the irony and absurdity of life. This will help improve your mood and the mood of those around you.
Surround yourself with reminders to lighten up. Keep a toy on your desk or in your car. Put up a funny poster in your office. Choose a computer screensaver that makes you laugh. Frame photos of you and your family or friends having fun.
Keep things in perspective. Many things in life are beyond your control—particularly the behavior of other people. While you might think taking the weight of the world on your shoulders is admirable, in the long run it’s unrealistic, unproductive, unhealthy, and even egotistical.
Deal with your stress. Stress is a major impediment to humor and laughter.
Pay attention to children and emulate them. They are the experts on playing, taking life lightly, and laughing.
Checklist for lightening up
When you find yourself taken over by what seems to be a horrible problem, ask these questions:
Is it really worth getting upset over?
Is it worth upsetting others?
Is it that important?
Is it that bad?
Is the situation irreparable?
Is it really your problem?
.
Using humor and play to overcome challenges and enhance your life
The ability to laugh, play, and have fun with others not only makes life more enjoyable but also helps you solve problems, connect with others, and be more creative. People who incorporate humor and play into their daily lives find that it renews them and all of their relationships.
Life brings challenges that can either get the best of you or become playthings for your imagination. When you “become the problem” and take yourself too seriously, it can be hard to think outside the box and find new solutions. But when you play with the problem, you can often transform it into an opportunity for creative learning.
Playing with problems seems to come naturally to children. When they are confused or afraid, they make their problems into a game, giving them a sense of control and an opportunity to experiment with new solutions. Interacting with others in playful ways helps you retain this creative ability.
Here are two examples of people who took everyday problems and turned them around through laughter and play:
Roy, a semi-retired businessman, was excited to finally have time to devote to golf, his favorite sport. But the more he played, the less he enjoyed himself. Although his game had improved dramatically, he got angry with himself over every mistake. Roy wisely realized that his golfing buddies affected his attitude, so he stopped playing with people who took the game too seriously. When he played with friends who focused more on having fun than on their scores, he was less critical of himself. Now golfing was as enjoyable as Roy hoped it would be. He scored better without working harder. And the brighter outlook he was getting from his companions and the game spread to other parts of his life, including his work.
Jane worked at home designing greeting cards, a job she used to love but now felt had become routine. Two little girls who loved to draw and paint lived next door. Eventually, Jane invited the girls in to play with all the art supplies she had. At first, she just watched, but in time she joined in. Laughing, coloring, and playing pretend with the little girls transformed Jane’s life. Not only did playing with them end her loneliness and mild boredom, it sparked her imagination and helped her artwork flourish. Best of all, it rekindled the playfulness and spark in Jane’s relationship with her husband.
As laughter, humor, and play become an integrated part of your life, your creativity will flourish and new discoveries for playing with friends, coworkers, acquaintances, and loved ones will occur to you daily. Humor takes you to a higher place where you can view the world from a more relaxed, positive, creative, joyful, and balanced perspective.
Story
7 May 2012 - 6:54pm
The Unlimited Source Energy of God
Message from Ascended Master, Paul the Venetian
Channeled by: Julie Miller
May 07, 2012
Dear ones, I have come through this dear vessel today in reminder to you to see the beauty that surrounds you at all times. Even during the most adverse conditions there is beauty to be seen, felt and experienced. Certain events are coming your way, challenges both big and small, during these ever-changing times, it is important to see the beauty that is thriving and alive not only around you, but within you. Realize God, also known as the Creator or the Source to some has never abandoned His children. He is always with you; He lives in your heart dear ones. He moves with you through every event, every obstacle and in every step. He has given each of you many indications that He is there, you only need to observe, listen from within your heart to see and know dear ones.
As each of you moves forward deciphering your mission and where your path will lead you and you will be faced with unexpected challenges. You know this for you have already successfully reached through so many already. No matter how well prepared you may consider yourself or no matter how patient you may appear, there will come a time when ALL that will be thoroughly tested and you will rethink this vain belief. Some of you may face horrific events that will leave you completely overwhelmed due to the shock of what is required to endure the circumstance. These overwhelming experiences are to draw you closer to God, the Creator. To reach for his arms in comfort KNOWING His love for you is always accepting and unconditional. You will need to honestly and truly go within to your very soul to access the infinite power of your own strength, and inner power. His love for you will light your way through any grief stricken moment. All you need to do dear ones is open your heart to Him and allow the connecting energy flow between you ever more. Find solace within His energy and home within His heart.
Understand dear ones; you do NOT have to wait until you can no longer handle the situation you have found yourself in to reach the unlimited Source Energy of God. He is there ALWAYS and at ALL times for you. Remember, HE has never abandoned you. He has always been with you. It takes time dear ones to uncover the clutter that is there within your being through painful memories and discord from past events and situations from this lifetime and from others that have managed to carry over unto this one. Given the fact that time is required to remove this baggage does not mean it is impossible; quite the opposite dear ones. Remove the old ways that are no longer serving you any good, and only causing harm. Discover a newer way of living and being that is found through the heart with honest to goodness truth, honesty and LOVE. Love yourself for the beautiful person you are. Regain the power that was taken from you through difficult events that are keeping you from moving forward. It is your power to behold, no one elses. Once you are able to revisit that painful moment and see it for what it is and accept all that is there with no excuses given then you begin to love yourself and to heal through forgiveness. Not only are to you to forgive yourself but those that caused harm to you. Release the old hurt feelings that have been keeping you from progressing to God, he is waiting dear ones. He wants you to succeed, not to drown yourself in despair. Live with Divine Love and Beauty in every waking moment of your life. Know you are loved ALWAYS by me, by God and many others. Never feel you are alone.
It is relevant dear ones to go within and to heal yourself as your first step to correcting any errors along the way. We do not keep track by a list of what they are and we do not condemn you if you have a few more than someone else. You must come to learn the lessons and understand the growth possibilities for each one. At the time some of your hardships were excruciatingly difficult, you cried, screamed, didn’t sleep and worried so much; yet what you did dear ones is reach down within yourself, into your heart where your inner strength lives and you brought it to the surface. You know you ARE meant to survive and to succeed. Each of you has a built in determination that feeds your courage. Sometimes it takes one longer to see this, but eventually ALL of you do. Gaining the true knowledge of yourself requires a responsible outlook and acceptance of your complete self. All that you have done, regardless where your path has lead you has been based on choices. Your choices require responsible action and admittance on your part. You know you cannot fix what has already happened, but you can learn from what went wrong so you don’t repeat exactly the same methods that brought you to a particular event or situation.
It is time to change the negativity that has attached onto your mind, body and spirit just by the power of positive thinking and self-love. Seeing your truth cannot be forced. You must want to change and be willing to face all that is there when you do go inside to reflect and to learn. When you are on this road of deep self-discovery, understand that no one can force their truth upon you. You must find your own truth by simply loving yourself, through forgiveness, care and compassion. Once you are able to love yourself thoroughly you then will be able to love others wholly; you will find comfort within your own being in every sense of the word. Each of you has to learn the ability to perceive the truth. This truth will come about when you are able to push your Ego aside long enough to realize you really don’t have all the answers and you must be willing to put aside any ill-conceived prejudices and discover everyone has a truth and everyone has a story and beliefs. Everyone on your beautiful planet deserves to be listened to with respect and kind consideration. And this healing and acceptance ALL begins with you dear ones.
What you can give plenty of is God’s gift of Truth and Love. You are only responsible for your own choices, not anyone else’s. Realize dear ones that throughout all your experiences through your choices keep focusing on the bigger picture, moving through, finding peaceful release and calm. Each of your challenges were opportunities dear one to learn new solutions and ways of doing something by taking the initiative first. Step out beyond your comfort zone dear ones and discover a horizon of opportunities to learn new things and gain deeper understanding of yourself and the world around you. Find and discover the resonating energy that is inside your soul and lives through your heart that will direct you and draw you to new subjects to absorb. Learn to take a large problem and break it down into smaller components, into easier segments so you are not feeling so overwhelmed and conflicted. There is always a peaceful solution at hand that does not include panic and discord. My energy and love is available to ALL people that are on the journey of discovering the God Light that is inside every being of your world. By invoking my presence, I will guide you until you no longer require my guidance. Beautiful beings of light you, I am honoured to speak to you this day; as we come to the end of our discussion I remind you to really KNOW how deeply you are loved.
I AM Ascended Master, Paul the Venetian through Julie Miller
Teaching
7 May 2012 - 10:31am
By Ian Wolstenholme
www.loveoftruth.org
Self discovery
The Domains of Experiencing
There are four ways of experiencing reality. I call these the domains of experiencing which are body, thought, emotion and awareness. (Fig. above) Most people are identified with and experience their world predominantly through the domains of the body, thought and emotion. Identifying with these domains will lead us to be taken over by endless thoughts or lost in floods of emotion, a suffering that most of us know well. When we open to the spiritual world the domain of consciousness or awareness arises. We start to experience reality more from this domain. In the domain of awareness we experience reality as ‘I am pure consciousness’. We become detached from thought, emotions, body. It seems like ‘nothing matters’ because ‘I’ does not exist. It is an important step to integrate the domain of awareness into your life but a misunderstanding that occurs is that we then become identified with this domain. We believe we are being spiritual by holding ourselves in the domain of consciousness. We become identified with being just consciousness and cling to the experience which is as much a mistake as identifying only with the domain of thought or emotion. An integrated person will move freely from one domain to another. No domain is of higher value than another. When we are experiencing through the domain of the emotions it would be a mistake to talk as if we are in the domain of awareness that says ‘nothing matters’ when what I am feeling clearly does matter to me. We have differing needs depending on which domain we are experiencing our reality through. Each domain has it’s own needs that are absolutely natural for every being. The consciousness domain needs the body mind to exist. The domain of emotion needs love.
The Seer
The experience of reality through one domain is radically different to the experience of another domain. The self is the seer of our experience. I am the seer who sees myself experiencing life through the four domains. Sometimes I experience life through my thinking, some times through my awareness. The seer isn’t a watcher, the seer has attitude - it’s attitude is that of respect. Have there been times in your life where you have seen yourself acting in a way that appeared to be alien to who you feel you are? Or maybe you were acting out a rerun of how one of your parents treated you? At the time that you were acting that way, you were aware that you would act differently if you knew how, but this realisation had no influence on how you were acting at that time. This viewpoint, of seeing what you are doing, as you are doing it is a valuable faculty. You can learn to identify yourself as ‘the seer’, as I call this internal viewpoint. When you live your life identified as the seer of your experience, this view of yourself allows you to see that at different times you are experiencing life through the filters of the different domains. An integrated person sees reality from the viewpoint of the seer rather than identifying with the viewpoint of one of the domains. The self receives information through these four types of experiencing. How a person interprets this information will reveal who and what they are.
Our Personality and it’s Parts
Our natural tendency to act in a particular way is our character, which is the individual way in which we use our domains to experience life. Our personality is formed by storing and reusing ways in which we have behaved. When we give power to the personality it takes over and starts acting as if it is in charge. The seer acts as the manager of the personality and we need to give back the power to the seer so it can do it’s job as effectively as possible. At different times we act from different parts of our personality. We have many parts and voices. We are not just one whole person we are a whole cast of characters. The personality is not one cohesive whole but an accumulation of different parts, each created around a core attitude formed from actual ways in which you have behaved in your life. (Fig. right)
Sometimes we listen to one part of our personality and sometimes to another. This leads to conflict within ourselves and in our relationships. So how do we know which is the real part, the real me? Which part should we listen to? The truth is that when we become totally identified with any one part of us we have become an emotional hostage. That part of our personality has taken us over and convinced us of something. You can be dieting for two weeks when another part of you takes over that says ‘what the hell, I want to eat cream cakes all day today’. If you then act on that you have been taken hostage. The part that was committed to dieting feels completely frustrated and a failure. It happens to all of us we are all taken hostage at some time or another. The question is what to do about this? What is the path to freedom? The solution is that we can negotiate our freedom. All the different parts of us are meant to be there, there is nothing wrong in it. The part that wants you to eat cakes all day is OK, it needs to have a say. Your role is to listen to all the parts of you when they are active, they are trying to tell you something. The seer within sees all of this going on in you, it sees the cream cake disappearing into your mouth but may be powerless to stop it. The seer’s role is to act as the negotiator. From that viewpoint you can talk to the active part of you and ask ‘what do you need?’ You will probably find that a certain part of you needs to be loved, needs to cry, needs to be held. So now you have the chance to give that part what it needs. It wasn’t really a cream cake it needed, it needed to be held. Take the time to stop and ask what the active part is really trying to tell you. Then the negotiations continue, the part that was screaming for cream cakes may be fulfiled by being held and can agree to continue the diet in alignment with the committed dieter. (Fig. left) Shows the way in which our parts interact with the domains of experiencing.
Emotional Energy Communication
It is also useful to see that all the different parts of us respond more to the emotional energy of the person we are relating with rather than to the words that are being spoken. Seeing that we respond and often react to emotional energy as well as to what is being said can bring light to the many times you have felt at crossed purposes with someone and wondered why you were feeling what you were feeling as it appeared unrelated to what had been said. We have the ability to project our emotional energy in a way that can affect other individuals without our needing to speak. Normally how you are feeling emotionally is communicated to others, whether you are aware of it or not. This force can be focused and sent to one person, without others close by feeling the effects. Without realising it we make many of our choices from this unrecognised element of communication. (Fig. right)
Scripts
There are two ways of responding to life. One is a response that is in the present moment, we are being in the present. Another is a reaction that is coming from the past, something in the present has triggered us into our past and we start acting from that place in ourselves. When we become lost in the past I call this being in a ‘script’. A script is like a ‘frozen in time’ video of how we reacted to a situation in the past. The scripts are stored within each part of our personality ready to be reused should a similar situation occur. Scripts lead us into blame and resentment and so on. Many of our scripts are created during childhood and are actually part of our emotional defence system. The content gets rewritten or added to over time without the core attitude being updated. One problem with this is that ineffective and destructive ways of acting are stored and we continue to reuse them throughout life. The scripts prevent us from experiencing our real feelings, which inhibits our ability to mature by processing our emotions associated with painful situations in our life. Re running these scripts over and over again results in little true nourishment from our relating with others.
The objective is not to get rid of our scripts, but it is useful to learn to recognise the qualitative difference between being in a script and being in the present. Then you can start to catch yourself more and more quickly when you have been triggered into one of your scripts. One of the main problems that arises is that your scripts can be reinforced by your friends. Often they will want to support you when you are in a difficult situation but what happens is that resentment and blame is often validated and supported. What is really needed is a friend to help you see that you are in a script. Friendship becomes more real and nourishing when you can be as honest as possible and take the risk of not supporting each others scripts when you are able to see them. Becoming aware of what is actually happening inside of you is the point of knowing yourself. There are two main area’s where you can make a difference. One is in understanding what is happening within you and the second is that you can be active in the kind of emotional energy that you send out. Our needs and emotions are natural, you can learn to distinguish your actual needs and emotions from the personality scripts which appear to be our real feelings. So I am not advocating ‘following your feelings’ but I am saying that you can use your awareness to find out what it is that you really need. Seeing where you are in your unfolding self discovery will show you what you can do to live a life of integrity and respect, which is being in the present.
Living your life now.
who is ian wolstenholme?
Ian is an enlightened spiritual visionary, whose work is to support people to experience a greater depth within themselves. He has been working with people for over twenty years, facilitating groups, doing talks and giving individual person alchemy consultations. Ian is willing to drop the mask and show others who he truely is - without pretence or hiding behind an enlightened facade. Energetically this creates a space where your true feelings and thoughts can come to the surface and everything that you are can be seen and accepted for what it is. Ians approach is to guide you into your own empowerment , so you are able to accept all the parts of yourself and see them rightly, for it is only in doing this that you can truely be free. There is more on his background at www.loveoftruth.org/ianwolstenholme.htm
Blog entry
7 May 2012 - 5:04am
If I ever go to a court room accused of something again I will put a picture of a rubber penis there on a stand in stead of the flag hm of any particular state or anything it wants to represent. Times before I came with a bowl of cereal and won the case. The doctor was an English curse word but i don't know that many. now if i was i doctor i wouldn't want anybody to write things about me on the internet... but this people (including psychiatrists) actually think they can cure an illness what are they miracle healers. I am telling you those people are crazy. And the price and time for everything its a lot. Makes you wonder about energy healers and miracle healers don't let me get your innermost wish of god and love.
I wrote this after watching this:
2012 The TRUTH You're NOT Being TOLD Part 2 (Full Length 88min)
www.youtube.com/watch
Blog entry
6 May 2012 - 8:38pm
The Aspects of the God and Goddess
http://gaia-web.org
The Gaia Tradition views the Divine as both male and female, each of equal importance. Most Wiccan Traditions cherish the concept of the triple Goddess, but many of them see the God in only one or two aspects, usually the young horned god and sometimes the mature king. We, however, choose to relate to both the Goddess the and the God in three aspects, because we feel that there is wisdom to be gained from relating to both the divine feminine and the divine masculine in ways that affirm the entire lifetimes of all people.
Because there are many Traditions of Wicca, derived from many cultures, there are many names for the God and Goddess in each of their aspects. Some Traditions use names that all come from the mythology of a single human culture, for example the Greek or Celtic. Other Traditions use a variety of god and goddess names, and some Traditions will not reveal the names they use to non-initiates. The Gaia Tradition prefers to use titles, rather than names, for the God and Goddess in their aspects. However, we do have a name that we sometimes use for each aspect, in those situations where using a name feels more comfortable using than a title.
The Goddess
The three aspects of the Goddess are the Maiden, the Mother, and the Crone. None of these three terms means quite what our modern culture means by them. Each title is a term of reverence, however, and each mirrors a stage in the growth of human women.
The Maiden
The Maiden is the young Goddess; we use the name Brigid (pronounced "breed") from Celtic mythology for her in this aspect. Our use of the term "maiden," by the way, has nothing to do with sexual experience or the lack of it. Virginity is seen by the Gaia Tradition as a useless concept: because sex is such a deeply accepted and revered part of life, sexual inexperience is viewed as simply an aspect of early life, like inexperience with driving a car. By "maiden" we mean simply a young woman, still free and independent, who symbolizes the rebirth of life in all its forms.
The Maiden, in the words of Janet and Stewart Farrar, "... is Enchantment, the bright magic of the female principle, the fresh light of dawn that sweeps away weariness with the promise of new beginnings. She is the adventurous young flame that banishes indifference and leapfrogs obstacles, the lively curiosity that blows the dust off stale knowledge and gives it new perspectives. She is springtime, the first daffodil, the hatching egg. She is excitement; she is the carefree erotic aura that sets men and gods preening themselves. She is unselfconscious in a miniskirt – the cosmic pin-up, innocently skyclad, or unapologetically dressed up to the nines as her mysterious fancy takes her. She is the huntress, running free through the woods in pursuit of her quarry (which might be you) with her hounds beside her. She is danger if abused; she is joy itself if respected." (The Witches’ Goddess; Phoenix Publishing, 1987)
In the mythic cycle, the Maiden emerges from the underworld at Imbolc, returning to the earth from her time of retreat and transformation there. She brings the promise of Spring’s return, and with it another season of fertility, growth, and life. At Oestara, she meets and first couples with the young Horned God, and that coupling fills her body with the seed that will bear fruit at Yule when she, as the Mother Goddess, gives birth again to the young God. The two Divine ones are inseparable lovers from Oestara until Beltane, when she and the Horned God wed. As a result of that commitment, both of them move from youth to full adulthood, the Maiden transforming into the Mother.
The Maiden is symbolized by the wreath of candles worn by the Priestess whose body she shares at the Imbolc Sabbat, the celebration of her return to the earth. Her candle color is white, for innocence and newness.
The Mother
The mother is the Goddess in her full maturity; we use the name Ariadne, from the Minoan culture of ancient Crete, for her. Of all the older cultures of which we still have record, the Minoan is the best model of the fruitful, gender-equal culture towards which the Gaia tradition strives. The Goddess in her Mother aspect is the bearer of children, and therefore is a fully sexual being, with all that implies: no pretty little Virgin Mary here! Human women in their mother phase may or not have children, and may or may not have sexual partners; but all of them are treated with the same respect that men in their mature phase receive.
In the words of the Farrars, "She is Ripeness; she molds life within the womb, gives birth to it, nourishes it, teaches it, and slaps its bottom when necessary. She is mentally, emotionally, spiritually, and physically full-blooded and powerful. She may give open advice or exert shrewd influence which is unnoticed at the time, but which achieves its ends. The male principle is both her husband and her child. As mate, she does not tantalize, which the Maid may sometimes do; she will restrain him if the time is not ripe -- or if it is, she will give all, transmuting him to gold in the furnace of her love, just as she transmutes his seed into new life. Against anything which threatens what she loves, she may seem merciless. But that is only in the eyes of those who do not understand her (which sometimes includes those whom she loves). She is fertility itself -- yet her fecundity, which appears unbounded, is not blind or aimless; it has an overall balance, a symphonic richness, which tunnel vision cannot perceive. It is that overall balance which determines her actions; ephemeral standards of morality or equity, believed eternal by those who hold them, mean nothing to her." (ibid)
The Mother assumes her role at Beltane, when she weds the Horned God with whom she has dallied as the Maiden since Oestara. As all-mother, she then reigns with her consort the God-King over the year’s planting, growing, and harvesting. Her impregnation by him at Oestara is brought to fruition at Yule when she delivers the young Horned God who will replace his sacrificed father. After giving birth to the Horned God, the Mother enters a time of retreat and transformation in the underworld as the Crone.
The Mother is symbolized by the Shiela-na-gig, the bas-relief sculpture found over the doors of many early holy buildings in Celtic Britain. This sculpture shows a woman squatting to display her vulva, as a symbol of fertility, of sexuality, and (most importantly) of power. Her candle color is red, for passion and for the sacred loop of a fertile woman’s menses.
The Crone
The Crone is the old, wise Goddess; we use the name Cerridwen, from Welsh mythology, for her. A human woman in crone aspect, with long nose, warts, and wrinkles, is the image that most mundane people have of witches; she is more often an object of ridicule than of respect. However, in Wicca the Crone is the epitome of wisdom. Women who have reached their crone phase -- that is, have completed menopause -- are looked up to with respect and affection. These are the women whose wisdom enhances us all. We also understand that although their reproductive abilities are over, crone-phase women’s sexuality is by no means finished.
In the words of the Farrars, "She is Wisdom, the Jeweled Hag. She has seen it all; she has compassion for it all, but a compassion undistorted by illusion or sentimentality. Her wisdom is much wider than intellectual knowledge, though it includes intellect and does not despise it. Maid and Mother live within her as stored experience, and she within them as potential. (In this sense, the Three are Nine, for each contains all three, though with her own characteristic emphasis.) When called for, the Crone is baby-sitter for the Mother, and chaperone for the Maid, keeping a shrewd eye on both and maintaining the overall balance. To the male aspect she is a steadying influence, and an enriching one if he listens to her; she adds another dimension to his linear/logical thinking and prevents it getting the bit between its teeth. Like the other two, she is Love, but hers is a calm understanding love, complementing the heady love of the Maid and the incandescent love of the Mother. She too can seem terrible, because she is the gateway to Death. But she is also the Psychopompos who guides us through it, pointing the way to the new life where she will again be all Three." (ibid)
Having delivered her child, the young Horned God, at Yule, the Mother moves into her Crone phase. At the winter solstice, she retires from the earth to rest in quiet solitude, like the earth itself. Just as the apple, bearing her pentacle within its fruit, cannot grow in spring without the dormant time of winter, so the Goddess needs this time as the Crone to rebuild herself from her life during the past year and to prepare to re-emerge once again at Imbolc as the Maiden.
The Crone is symbolized by the cauldron of rebirth that she tends in the underworld, through which we all must pass and be cleansed before our rebirth into a new life. Her candle color is dark blue, for darkness, quiet, and repose. (Most other traditions use black for the Crone; but black symbolizes death, and Wicca sees the Goddess as cycling from Crone to Maiden after her period of rest, just as the earth cycles from winter to spring.)
The God
The three aspects of the God are the young Horned God, the mature God-King, and the aging Sacrificed God. Seeing the God in three aspects is less common in Wicca than seeing the triple Goddess, but we feel that the lessons to be learned from him fall into three categories, just as much as the Goddess’s lessons fall into three parts. An important difference, though, is that where the Goddess repeatedly cycles among her three aspects, the God is born, matures, and dies each year, to be born anew the next year.
The Horned God
The Horned God is the God as he first manifests: untamed, lusty, and free. We call him Pan, from Greek mythology. He has also been called Cernunnos (Latin for "the horned one" -- a name used by Gardnerian Wicca) and Hearne (a Celtic form of Cernunnos). Young men in their horned/y phase are an ever-brewing pot of hormones, needs, ambitions, and unpredictability. The wisdom of this phase is that these young men are doing what their natures push them towards, and that they will move on to the phase of full maturity -- when the time is right to do so. In the meantime, though, their energy and drive provide much of the force that moves humanity into the future, and into renewing our population.
The Horned God is born at Yule, which is the time for the incarnation of Divinity in the sacred stories of many religions, including Christianity and Mithraism. He spends his infancy, from Yule until Imbolc, in the underworld, where the spirits care for and teach him. At Imbolc, he follows the Maiden up into the world, and takes up his untamed life in the wood. He meets and first couples with the Maiden at Oestara, and the two have a passionate love affair from then until Beltane, when they wed and he becomes the God-King.
The Christians have slammed the image of the Horned God especially hard. Because he is the image universally used in the "old religion," he is the image the Christians have chosen to transform into their god’s chief opponent, Satan. In the burning times, when Pagans admitted worshipping the Horned God, the inquisitors converted that phrase into "the devil" on the confession sheets, thus "proving" that witches were devil-worshippers. Recapturing the concept -- and the image -- of the Horned God from the hell to which he has been consigned is one of the hardest things that a new witch must do in his or her first months in Wicca. But once we understand the Horned God as he was originally imaged by his worshippers, the lessons that he has to teach about being human are always worthwhile.
The Horned God is symbolized by the erect phallus and the stag’s horns, both being symbols of physical virility and sexual potency. (With our Divinities, as with humans, men reach their sexual peaks in youth, but women in middle age.) His candle color is green, for the green forests in which he lives, and for the "green man" honored by the Celts as the young Horned God.
The God-King
The God-King is the God in his full maturity and power; we use for him the name Lugh, from the Irish Celtic tradition. Lugh was the leader of the Tuatha Dé Dannan (children of Dana), and defeated Balor, the God-King of the Fomors, to become the chief god of the Irish pantheon. Some of his titles are "of the many arts" and "of the long hand." The God-King represents men at the height of their strength, power, and ability; he is a constant reminder, hough, that strength, power, and ability must be tempered ith love, compassion, and respect for all people -- men and women, weak and strong.
He has matured from his early life, when he was free of responsibilities and cares. His marriage at Beltane to the Mother has transformed him into the God-King, the lord of growth and harvest. At Litha (midsummer), he presides over the height of the growing season, and the height of both his and the Mother Goddess’s power. At Lughnasadh (the feast of Lugh), also called Lammas, he and the Mother celebrate the first harvests and the promise that the people will have enough to survive the winter. However, by Mabon (the fall equinox), the efforts he has expended during the growing season have weakened him enough that he transforms into the aging Sacrificed God.
The God-King is symbolized by the staff, which is both a weapon of defense and a symbol of royal power. His candle color is gold, for royalty.
The Sacrificed God
The Sacrificed God who gives himself for the fertility of the Earth and her people we name Baal, from Caananite mythology. Baal, Tammuz, Osiris, and of course Jesus, all self-sacrificing gods of middle eastern cultures, were carried into northern and western Europe, where the idea of the god who dies for the people took firm root. In many Pagan traditions, notably the Celtic, the earthly king, the consort to the queen, served in his office only as long as he was physically able to do the job. Some tribes had yearly contests at which the king had to defend his title against challengers; some rotated the king out after a period of time (usually seven or nine years); and some simply replaced him when he began showing signs of aging.
In all these cases the aging king, like the aging god, sacrificed himself at the end of his reign, either ritually or actually. ("As above, so below" is a common Wiccan saying, and applies especially here.) Ritual sacrifices were usually something like the Gaia tradition’s Mabon rite of preparing a man-shaped loaf of bread, putting it into a wicker basket -- also man-shaped -- then baking it on an open fire and sharing it among the members of the coven. Actual sacrifices sometimes used the real king and a real "wicker man" to contain him while he was burned to death; or sometimes a substitute was chosen to die for the king. These royal sacrifices continued well into historical times: for example, the death in 1100 William Rufus, the son and successor of William the Conqueror looks very much like a self-sacrifice. (Rufus was killed by an arrow, not by burning; but he knew about, and was prepared to meet, his death before he left for the hunt on that Lughnasadh morning.)
Once the Mabon transformation is complete, the God knows that he is too weak to continue to serve as God-King. He "retires," becoming the Sacrificed God, and begins preparing himself to give his life for the land and the people, so that both may have success the following year. At Samhain he completes his sacrifice, dying for his people and trusting the Mother to rule the world alone until her retreat begins at Yule.
The Sacrificed God is symbolized by the white-handled dagger that we use for cutting, in remembrance of his sometimes violent self-sacrifice. His candle color is black, for sacrifice and death.
Candles are used to represent the God and Goddess in their three aspects, primarily in the color of the candles on the altar to represent the aspect in which the Divine ones are presented at the current time of the year. Colors are also used to represent the directions and the elements associated with them. The table below shows our use of the colors:
As you can see, an effort has been made to make sure that no color is used to represent more than one thing in the table. Fire, for example, is orange here, so that red represents only the Mother Goddess. (Of course, if a candle isn’t available in a specific color at some time, we use whatever color can be found - such as red for fire.) Another difference is that we use black for the Sacrificed God, rather than the Crone Goddess, because the wheel of the year shows the God as dying each year, whereas the Goddess just retreats, to re-emerge transformed at Imbolc.
I decided to add this article even if it is a little outdated. I have worked with God and Goddess concept for so long that no matter where my journey takes me, it is my pagan roots that I come home to for understanding. I am an Eclectic Witch, not wiccan and a shaman of the Tethatu tradition. I am heading into my Crone stage of life. I have accepted my aches, pains and frustrating symptoms that occur at the worst possible times. I have no mother here to ask questions because mine is gone and all relatives other than my young children live very far away. I learn from asking others, reading and asking the spirits, primarily the female ones. Even with my own studying efforts and practice sometimes I need comforting words from women who have already been there. For me this phase of my life is like a rebirth and broadening of perceptions and more. I have been receiving signs and visions that tell many things including this upcoming change. I look forward to it as I have been in my maidenhood since a young young age of 7. I am looking foward to being finsihed this part and moving past the hot/cold flashes. I wore tshirts almost all winter this year.
Blessed Be,
Story
6 May 2012 - 5:19pm
The following is a channelled healing by the Healing Collective. This is an expansion from the channelling on April 27th.
When reading this just ask that the Healing Collective come and join you, and also take the time to see the changes happen to you as you read, and give your approval for the changes to occur to you.
Wishing you all love, joy and peace...
Angela
The following is said by Angela to prepare the group for the channelling:
I would like to ask God to please clear the room of any energy that does not need to be here tonight, and just surround each and every person with this white and golden light that both protects and comforts us.
I ask God to please close any and all openings, portals, gateways and the like so that it is only us in the room the Healing Collective, and anyone that God allows.
And I ask that mother earth come in and protect and surround us during this channelling as well. And that she help ground any and all energy that is leaving us tonight, into her womb to be transmuted to love and light.
I ask that the channel between me and the Healing Collective be opened and that I speak to the highest energy being that would like to speak to all of to us here tonight. I also ask that any and all beings from the Healing Collective that should be here in the room tonight to help us tonight with our healing, please come in you are welcome.
I give permission to the spokesperson to speak thru me now...
The following is said by the Healing Collective themselves:
**Note: This first sentence was toning done by the Healing Collective, where they would draw out certain vowels. I have indicated the tonnes, by writing the sentence as is sounded in the recording.
Weeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaare haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaappeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee toooooooooooooooooooo beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee here.
That was needed to release tension and anxiety.
We are here to ensure that the people in this room and reading this transcribed message, fully understand what is happening within their lives at this moment. You need to understand that life as you know it is changing. You all understand it on a conscious level. But we are going to be working on your subconscious tonight. We will be aligning your conscious with your subconscious. This is not always easy to do when you are fully awake. So we ask that you now close your eyes ... relax ... and we are initially going to send you wave, upon wave of peace. The peace that you feel when you are fully loved, fully protected and fully in the now.
We ask that you mentally give permission for us to cut any cords and remove any unwanted mental thoughts from you right now.
Just feel.
Focus on our words. Our words are simple and the more you focus on them... the stronger your peace becomes, and the reason is because we are downloading some information and energy. The information you will find within your dreams in the next week. But the energy which you can feel on the top of your head going down, down, down, down to your heart and down, down, down throughout your body....is aligning yourself, your DNA, your mitochondria and everything within your body to your truth. Not the truth that you perceive, but the truth of you and what you want to accomplish in your life. You will see that at times you will find certain information come to you that would have provoked you in the past but it no longer will. Or you will go out and try new things, or look up new information. Do not think this is out of the blue. It is your true energy coming to you.
We are working with your teams to help bring the abundance and alignment into your lives. As our last channelling mentioned this is about merging your life of your mental, your emotional and your spiritual body into one. As such we will work on each of these tonight.
First we will work with the mental body. This is the body that actually causes the most destruction in peoples lives. Your society has made it to be the most prized possession and therefore should be enhanced in any way shape or form. It is not needed to be so. Your mind is powerful and it should also be given breaks. This overuse is causing it to stay revved up with information that is not for your highest and greatest good. So... with your permission we will, over the next couple of minutes, do what is necessary for you to become more aligned in your mental body. Some of you will have old beliefs, old habits, old thoughts removed. Some of you will have new ones added. And some will have their mind energy body slowed down. Think of it as a meridian, sometimes you need to flush it to get all the excess out and sometimes you need to strengthen it. So over the next couple of minutes if find that you are thinking a lot about one subject do not worry. Just let it go down your grounding your cord. Think of it as flushing out of you. If you do not want this to happen right now just say so and you can do this at a different time. (3-5 minutes of silence)
Start focusing on our words again.
Ask that any remaining clearing continue to happen. A lot of energy was removed.
We will now start working on your physical body. Your physical body is a big part of who you are. But its not just the actual body you are in, but think of it as the essence of being in the here and now. That earth essence of your self, that mother earth essence of yourself, that gaia essence of yourself, that animal essence of you. Some of you have neglected her for a while, and it is time to open up your arms and fully embrace who she is. Because who she is, is who you are. She is a part of you. So we ask with your permission we will being that essence of yourself into your body and after that we will clear any energy blockages and flush your meridians that need to be done so that this part of you can be aligned with your physical body. You will find that once this is done you will feel more present in the here and now. You will get more enjoyment of just being, because all these three parts of you are all one. And they are sensing the same thing in different ways. Your body senses peace by that utter relaxation going down, down, down from your shoulders... down, down, down your torso... down your hips and down your legs and down your feet. You mental body sees it as just peace, your spirit body just feels it as the ahhhhh :)
So with your permission we will bring in your physical self, your gaia self, your animal self fully into your body. (3-5 minutes of silence)
Good
Notice the difference in your body, this is peace. But there is still some tension this is because your spirit needs to merge and be at peace as well. Over the next little bit we will both be helping your spirit self, your angelic self, your Plaeidian self, your Arcturian self, that self that is the true you, merge with your body. Accept it with open arms. While previously there was your animal self, this angelic light being self, is the part that makes your hope and dreams feel alive, its the part that makes you feel alive. Its the part that lets you know that you are never alone. As you are united with everyone else in this room, in this city, on this planet. And in fact, you are united with everyone in the universe, in a different way than those on your planet, but you are united. You are love, pure unadulterated love. At your purest essence that is what you are.
So ... we ask your permission to bring this part of yourself fully in alignment with your other-selves and we will do what is needed to make your three parts of you aligned, balanced within your physical body and energetic body. (1 minute of silence)
We need you to give permission to remove any outside influences that are stopping this harmonious merging together. Thank you. (3-5 minutes of silence)
Good
Now we will put each of you in a vortex. These vortexes are strong and powerful and they bring in positive energy, and whip out and whip away negative energy. Think of your united three parts in the middle all laughing and getting along finally. This vortex will keep anything from interfering with that.
We are sealing this in with gold.
We are asking mother earth to ground any excess energy down, down, down into the ground. Down, down, down into the middle of the earth, into her womb where it is transmuted into light and love. We are now filling you with divine energy.
Good
If you see yourself feeling out of alignment feel free to call on us, or also talk to your mind, your body and your spirit and see what is causing a rift between them. And we can help fix that and bring you into alignment again. Think of it as sisters usually you get along, but they have their spats as things are brought up. Its about mediating and bring everybody back to remembering that they love and cherish every single part of that family, of that unit of your being.
That is our main point for tonight. We ask that you bring your mind back into your body, feel yourself coming in and in. You are so relaxed at this moment but its about waking up, and realizing where you are and whats around you.
Good
We send you away with love and with clearing rain, as it is appropriate that any and all clearing that done today, let these tears of mother earth wash away your internal sadness. As the plight of your true self is beginning.
We send you with love <3
The following was said by Angela:
I thank the Healing Collective, and God for being here tonight with us, and mother earth. Thank you.
I ask that the channel between me and the Healing Collective be closed. And that those that need to go, go at this time, those beings of light. I ask God to surround us all with his yellow and gold protective energy to seal in any and all that happened today, to protect us from any of the energies from the outside world.
Thank you
Teaching
6 May 2012 - 11:45am
Menopause as Shamanic Journey
gailfaithedwards.wordpress.com
Soul-Shaman
From a shamanic perspective, menopause is an initiation process into ageless and ancient midlife mysteries. Why look at menopause from a shamanic perspective? Because shamanic awareness implies deepening, as well as developing personal power, or spirit power. Not power over anyone, or anything, but an inner strength, a power from within.
Traversing the Wild Terrain of Menopause from a shamanic perspective is walking a beauty path of inner knowing and self realization. Soul work. We are talking about a natural, chemically induced, spiritual growth process, an age-appropriate initiation that connects us to every other human who ever lived to midlife on the planet throughout time. This ancient passage also links us in an unbroken line back to the ceremonies held by ancient indigenous peoples throughout the world, such as the ancient Goddess cultures, the early Mesolithic hunting-gathering societies of Eurasia, and New World cultures.
Like all true shamanic initiations, menopause is a complete metamorphosis that consists of three distinct phases. In today’s world, if you are a woman presenting early menopausal symptoms, your medical doctor may refer to the first phase of this initiation as peri-menopause and offer you hormonal replacement therapy (HRT) to ease the symptoms.
If you are a man, your midlife changes likely bewilder you, and may drive you to take pharmaceutical antidepressants to mask your pain. You can certainly choose these routes if you want to. But please consider another option. Consider a life-affirming, life-honoring surrender to the natural world. Consider Traversing the Wild Terrain of Menopause from a shamanic perspective.
Allow your unique passage, your sacred story to unfold, unsuppressed, before you. Honor the soul of your menopause and welcome your changes. Allow your menopausal/andropausal symptoms to point the way toward the nourishment you need.
Heart palpitations? Nourish the heart. Uptight? Anxiety-ridden? Jumping out of your skin? Nourish the nervous system. Depressed? Nourish your spirit. Generally run down? Feel like shit? Nourish your immunity. Trust the infinite wisdom of your body/mind/spirit.
Allow yourself the opportunity to choose a path that will bring you to the door of self realization, self acceptance, and self love. A path that will lead you into relationship, and therefore connection, with Mother Earth and all your relations. A path that will bring you into resonance with the medicine plants, the nourishing, tonic, and blessed herbs. I encourage you to choose a path of healing and nourishment, a path of beauty, a path of grace.
The Wise Ones Say
…Hear the voices of the wise ones calling across the ages. Let the soothing sounds of their wisdom stories inspire you, and show you the way.
Wise ones the world over refer to the first phase of our midlife passage as isolation. They call it the descent. They know it as a down time. They say it is the cocoon. This is Persephone being dragged down into the underworld, the dark world of Hades. This is the dark night of the soul.
During this often painful part of our midlife journey we may yearn for time alone, may literally ache to simplify our lives, cut our losses. Both women and men may become irritable, preoccupied, scattered, and suffer memory loss, fatigue, headaches, and insomnia. Feelings of regret, remorse, and depression are common during this time.
If you find yourself sinking into the black hole of depression, consider surrendering to it and allowing, perhaps even welcoming, the descent into your deepest nature. Depression can often be a call from deep within, is often the soul’s yearning for deeper meaning.
Give yourself the time and permission to go into the darkness willingly, to uncover the wisdom lying there. Uncover your deepest strengths, your deepest truths, the stuff of which you are made. Reclaim your authentic voice. Allow this brush with Saturn to enrich and empower your life, even as it breaks you and brings you to your knees. This is the shadow side, and intimacy with it will bring depth, weight and measure to your soul.
Often, midlife depression accompanies emotional growth and indicates that some serious, life-altering changes need to be made. If we ignore the call of the wise-one-within for midlife change, we may remain depressed, stagnant, and immobilized for the rest of our lives.
Use your growing shamanic awareness to traverse this terrain carefully as it winds and turns, like an underground tunnel, until a light is seen. Dance on the edge, balance on the rim for awhile, even fall between the cracks, just have faith, the light will appear. This is a good time to get to know, and use regularly, an array of safe and effective herbal allies that will nourish your spirit and help keep you grounded.
Herbs such as lavender, rose, lemon balm, cannabis, skullcap, and St. John’s wort all have solid reputations as allies that nourish the spirit. Revitalizing ginseng and angelica are also excellent friends during bouts with depression and general low energy.
The continued growth of our human consciousness, and the consciousness of our planet, requires that we give in to our soul’s longing at this time of our lives. We are being challenged now to process lingering emotional baggage that we may not have had the time or inclination to deal with before. Doing the work we are being called to do during the initial phase of menopause prepares us for, and leads us into, the second phase of this human evolutionary process, which is death.
Though death is a difficult concept for us to confront willingly, given our culture’s repulsion and denial of it, we are actually being called upon during the second phase of our midlife passage to face death, and all that death represents, head-on. We are being challenged to become like the Buddhist monk, who lives with the constant awareness of death on his/her shoulder.
We are being asked to summon all the courage, strength, and grace it takes to give death to our former selves, to who we have been. Midlife is a time of dealing with loss and learning to let go. We must bid farewell to our youthful promise, the richness and fecundity of our childbearing years. We may be called upon to say goodbye to a beloved parent or spouse. No matter how death, and the mysteries surrounding death are presented to us, we must give ourselves permission to mourn our losses.
Doing this work requires time alone and a lot of thought, support, and psychic energy. When we have fully examined each and every part of who we have been, cried over all our many disappointments and losses, raged and ranted over all the should haves, could haves, and would haves, all those dreams that never quite materialized, the love that didn’t last, or was taken to soon, and finally put them all to rest, it’s done.
We are ready for the third phase of this ancient, eternal passage, this shamanic mother-father-rite, our re-emergence, reintegration, and recommitment. Our midlife renewal. We have undergone a complete and utter metamorphosis. We are reborn, have given birth to ourselves anew. And this is as it has always been, and shall always be.
Did you know that hot flashes and night sweats, experienced by both men and women, are kundalini energy rising up the spine, transforming our circuits, altering our brain chemistry, physically and energetically calling forth enlightenment and wisdom? Did you know that the hormonal and chemical changes that are going on in our bodies and brain during midlife are affecting our minds and spirits and doing the same thing? Literally making us wise. It’s true!
Our culture, for the most part, doesn’t acknowledge any of this. Our culture denies the spiritual aspects of midlife and completely ignores the fact that well joined couples often experience menopause together. So few couples remain together long term, that few of us realize the depth of the hormonal interplay between a man and a woman who have been loving one another over many years.
A couple’s hormones become completely coordinated and interdependent with one another over time, and produce a constantly fluctuating array of hormones in response to one another. Energetically, and hormonally, a well-joined couple is one united blob in a constant feedback loop.
In one study of eleven monogamous heterosexual couples, the testosterone levels in the male partner rose to their highest levels simultaneously with the ovulation of the female partner. This was the case in twenty-five out of the thirty-two cycles studied.
During midlife, intense hormonal changes are happening to both partners, individually, and in concert with one another. We are partners in a long, slow dance, an incredibly drawn out process of renegotiating and rewiring our relationship for the next phase of our lives together, our elder years. More than any other relationship in our lives, our intimate relationship with our mate can be counted upon to illuminate old wounds still in need of healing.
It takes a lot of time, space, attention, true listening, patience, forgiveness, and especially love, for couples to make it through these midlife changes with a renewed sense of love and commitment to their lives together. We all know that the relationship between a man and woman who share a loving bond is a living entity with a soul, intelligence, and energy all its own. It is a great and magical mystery, a sacred thing, due utmost respect, proper nourishment, and care.
excerpt from: Traversing the Wild Terrain of Menopause; Herbal Allies for Midlife Women and Men by Gail Faith Edwards.
I am a shaman. To be specific I am a 3rd level shaman of the Tethatu tradition. I keep a few herbs on hand and some I grow. At the moment I only grow a few varieties of sage, 2 different lavender and mint. I don't think my Stevia is growing this year. It is hard to buy seeds of plants I would like to grow in town and I don't like on-line shopping much. I do have about a dozen different herbs in stock though, including St. John's Wort, Valerian, Chamomile, and a few others and some are used during ritual as offerings and to be burned for purification, protection and other reasons for a ceremony.
I post this article for myself to re-read because I am entering this phase and I understand it is more than a physical change to our bodies and for others to have a different perspective than what a doctor might speak of.
Blessed Be,
Blog entry
6 May 2012 - 11:16am
The chakras are our inner mandalas.
Our source of chi.
Our private stores of soul energy that fuel our Being.
Meditating upon an image that sets those orbs to spinning
is the secret behind opening yourself and, therefore,
your soul so that you can access the true essence of your being.
A wellspring of creative, loving and healing energy that is yours for the tapping.
Love ~ Light ~ Joy ~ Peace
http://www.squidoo.com/heart-mandala
Blog entry
5 May 2012 - 2:10pm
Spotlight on BRCA: A Filmmaker Turns the Lens on Herself
Once, Joanna Rudnick could barely bring herself to tell anyone she had the BRCA gene mutation. Today, she’s reaching out to other women, and telling her story.
By Sherry Baker
www.mamm.com
.
.
Joanna Rudnick’s first reaction upon finding out she had the BRCA1 gene mutation was to slip into a self-protective state of denial and secrecy. She confided only in family members and a couple of close friends, then stopped talking about it. But inwardly, her mind was a muddle of information, decisions and fear.
Having the genetic mutation gave Joanna, who was 27 at the time, a 36 to 85 percent chance of developing breast cancer in her lifetime and a 16 to 60 percent chance of having ovarian cancer. Stories about BRCA usually compare it to a ticking time bomb. Suddenly, she felt isolated, especially from other friends her age. Who could possibly understand what she was going through? Most young women don’t have doctors and genetic counselors talking to them about having their breasts and ovaries removed. They can date without feeling the pressure to find Mr. Right in time to start a family, and they don’t have to worry about passing on a dangerous health legacy to their children. She barely understood it all herself.
That was then. Today, during a phone interview, you can almost see Joanna’s warm brown eyes sparkling as she enthusiastically talks about her life and her desire to help other women. Directing In the Family, a documentary about BRCA that features her own story, was an act of liberation. “One of the greatest gifts I received from making this film was being able to talk about it, talking very openly about my own fears about getting ovarian and breast cancer,” she says. “This generation is the first to have this information, and I wanted to normalize it.”
.
“A deleterious mutation”
Everyone carries two copies of the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes, which help keep cells from growing out of control. However, a small percentage of the population is born with mutations on one of these genes, which come with a higher-than-normal risk of developing cancer, particularly at an early age. (Between 5 and 10 percent of all breast cancer cases are BRCA-related.) What’s more, women and men who carry the mutation have a 50 percent chance of passing it on to their children.
Joanna, her sister and her brother grew up under the shadow of illness: Their grandmother and great-grandmother had had breast cancer, and their mother, Cookie, had been treated for ovarian cancer at 44. Not surprisingly, Joanna got her degree in science journalism, and her sister, Lisa, became a radiologist specializing in mammography. “I doubt it was a coincidence,” Joanna says. “Preventive medicine was always part of our family conversations. We grew up with a lot of difficult health situations—our father has heart disease—so we wanted to educate ourselves.”
When the scientific community discovered the strong link between BRCA mutations and cancer, Lisa began wondering whether her family’s cancer history might be hereditary, especially given their Ashkenazi Jewish background. “She and my mother were skeptical that we had this link because nobody in my family had had breast cancer before 50, but they still wanted to find out,” Joanna says.
She had just returned from an exhilarating trip to Nepal and India when Lisa called to say that she didn’t have the mutation. But Cookie did—which meant there was a good chance Joanna did too. She went for the test, knowing in her heart what the results would be. “My mother and I are spitting images of each other,” she says. “I know that doesn’t mean anything, but it’s a natural connection, so I suspected I would test positive.”
Joanna's sister Lisa, a
radiologist, teaches
Joanna how to read a
mammogram
A month later, with Cookie at her side, Joanna returned to the genetic counselor’s office and got the answer she’d expected: “Positive for a deleterious mutation.”
Looking back now, Joanna doesn’t regret finding out at such a young age, but if she had to do it again, she would have prepared herself better. “I would have spent more time having conversations with family members and seeing what it would mean to test positive,” she says. “I would have taken some time to reflect and consider the implication on my own life.”
.
Ready for her close-up
A healthy woman with a BRCA mutation can choose to go for frequent checkups to catch any signs of cancer early, perhaps taking drugs like tamoxifen to reduce her risks. This choice leaves room for surgical choices later on, but it also means living with a lot of “what ifs?” and worry over every ache and lump.
Her other option is to have surgery to remove her breasts, ovaries or entire reproductive system. This doesn’t eliminate her cancer risk entirely, but cuts it to less than that of the general population. At first glance, it may seem like an obvious solution—who wouldn’t want to keep from getting sick?—but for a young and single woman, the prospect of altering her body and losing her fertility can be devastating.
At the time she found out her status, Joanna was working as a film producer for PBS’ American Mastersseries in New York. She eventually moved back to Chicago and took a job with Kartemquin Films, a nonprofit company whose productions often air on cable and on PBS’ P.O.V. In between jobs, she came up with the idea of making a documentary about women and the BRCA test. She worked up a proposal for Kartemquin co-founder and artistic director Gordon Quinn, who green-lighted it and served as executive producer. “In a strange way, developing the proposal was in a sense something I was doing for myself,” she says.
Though Joanna hadn’t planned to appear in the film, Quinn encouraged her to tell her story to the camera. “He showed me that this was the most honest way to do it,” she says. “Losing all that anonymity—it’s not the way I was brought up, but it was a filmmaking change for me and a growth change.”
In the Family follows Joanna everywhere from doctors’ offices to Capitol Hill to the lab that manufactures and processes the BRCA test. She visits a plastic surgeon to learn about breast reconstruction, laughing as she tucks silicone implant samples under her shirt. She watches women in Mardi Gras masks posing topless for a calendar to be distributed by FORCE (Facing Our Risk of Cancer Empowered), an advocacy group for people affected by hereditary cancer. The “models,” all FORCE members, have had mastectomies—with or without reconstruction—and Joanna admires their self-confidence and sexiness.
Also bared for the camera is Joanna’s relationship with her boyfriend Jimmy. They’d begun dating after she started filming, and he found out about her BRCA status and her work by Googling her name. At first things seem to be going well—Jimmy moves into her apartment and sits by her side at doctors’ visits—but the long discussions about cancer risks, surgery and the future are clearly draining for both of them. Toward the end of the film, Joanna’s eyes brim over as she quietly announces, “Jimmy and I broke up.”
Her BRCA status, Joanna says, wasn’t to blame for the split. “There’s a tendency to want to make it about the gene, but to say it was would certainly not be true,” she says. “The constant conversation about children and genes would put a strain on any relationship, but if we were right, I don’t think that would have prevented us from being together. We were just two people who were not meant to be.”
The Co-Stars
The other stories told in Joanna’s film illustrate the broad range of ages, ethnicities and genders affected by BRCA. Martha, a single mom with metastatic breast cancer, works to make other African-American women aware of their risks. Olga, a Latina singer from Tucson with a strong family history of cancer, gets tested, worried as much for her young daughter as for herself.
Cousins Rich and Jeff joke about being men with the BRCA mutation, even as they worry about passing it to their own children one day. (Tragically, Rich was killed in an accident less than a year after filming.) Stacy, Rachael and Corrin are close-knit young sisters who take the test together. Rachael, the only one without the mutation, cries out of guilt, relief and sorrow.
Linda, only 10 when her mother died of ovarian cancer, considered having her breasts and ovaries removed after she had her two children, but in the bustle of her career and family life, those plans were set aside. At 42, she developed ovarian cancer, followed two years later by breast cancer that quickly metastasized. Linda and her siblings are all BRCA carriers. “In retrospect, if I could have turned the clock back, I would have had all those surgeries,” she says as Joanna nods reflectively. “It may not be the life that you want, but it’s life. You don’t mess with that.”
She died shortly after that interview.
.
Playboy and Previvors
Two other women play an important role in Joanna’s documentary. Christie Hefner, daughter of Hugh and head of The Playboy Foundation, helped support the film with a postproduction grant and sponsored screenings last year in Chicago, Los Angeles and New York.
Hefner sees no irony in Playboy’s involvement in the film. “Playboy has always promoted open, honest communication about issues related to sexual health for both men and women,” she says. “We also have worked to leverage our readers’ interest in the women of Playboy to raise their awareness of women’s health issues.” She also points out that the foundation has a long history of supporting breast cancer initiatives.
Sue Friedman, DVM, founder and executive director of FORCE, applauds Joanna’s efforts to bring BRCA into public awareness. FORCE offers information and advocacy to those who have hereditary breast and ovarian cancers, those with strong family histories and also to “previvors”—people like Joanna who haven’t had cancer but are at elevated risk. “We face some very tough issues, and Joanna Rudnick’s film brought them out in the open,” Friedman says. “We don’t promote surgery or any one option over another; we support informed decision-making. And the most important thing, in my opinion, is to connect people to the cancer genetics experts who will share the latest information.”
.
Vigilance is a choice
Toward the end of In the Family, Linda’s husband, Luis, urges Joanna not to wait too long before having surgery. Having just buried his wife, he doesn’t want to see another young woman’s future cut short.
But making the film has reinforced Joanna’s conviction that for her, the right choice is to keep going for her breast MRIs and vaginal ultrasounds. She also takes birth control pills to reduce her risk of ovarian cancer. The term “watch and wait” sets her teeth on edge, because it suggests that she’s not being proactive about her health. “I’ve decided on surgery,” she emphasizes. “I just haven’t done it yet.”
She’ll have her ovaries removed by age 40; if she hasn’t had children by then, she may look into options like freezing her eggs. The mastectomy will happen “when it’s right for me,” she says, adding that her mother’s experience has made her feel more comfortable with the idea. Last fall, Cookie had a bilateral mastectomy and reconstruction after being diagnosed with early-stage breast cancer. “Even though she removed her ovaries, she got breast cancer later in life, which is definitely proof of the gene’s power,” Joanna says. “But she’s doing what she can to protect herself, and that tells me, wow, I can do this when the time is right.”
Her directorial debut helped Joanna let go of the “fantasy” of having a husband and family before a self-imposed deadline. “I’d still like to have children, and I’m hopeful I’ll meet a man who knows I have this genetic mutation and will be totally okay with it,” she says. “You can’t rush a relationship. It doesn’t mean I want children any less, but I’d rather be with the right person.” She’s upfront about her genetic history with the men she dates, but she doesn’t go into great detail until they ask.
Joanna wants to see a day when no one will feel stigmatized by their genetic history. She praises the efforts of FORCE and others who educate the public about hereditary cancer. Most recently, actress Christina Applegate joined the ranks by publicly discussing her BRCA mutation, breast cancer and prophylactic double mastectomy. “People talk to me and say they worry others will reject them,” Joanna says. “It’s not anything any of us did wrong, and we shouldn’t be judged for it—it’s just something we inherited. It’s an incredible freedom to realize that.”
For more information about Joanna’s film, or to purchase a copy, visit InTheFamilyFilm.com orPbs.org/pov/pov2008/inthefamily/index.html. Images from the film courtesy of Kartemquin Films: Chicago. To learn more about FORCE and hereditary cancer, visit Facingourrisk.org.
Blog entry
5 May 2012 - 12:02am
Have an amazing weekend, be blessed in so many different ways, enjoy each second of this you call life or realm. Feel it with all your being, persue silence, and connect to your heart. You will glow!!!
Good nite everyone!!!
Gabriela
Blog entry
4 May 2012 - 1:20pm
www.quantumk.co.uk/quantumk_video.htm
This 23 minute video is a healing resource using Quantum K. Please turn the volume on your computer
Namaste,
Kate
Teaching
4 May 2012 - 10:47am
THE GREAT SPHINX AND ITS MESSAGE - PART II
lightomega.org
By Julie Redstone
Another name for the Great Sphinx of Gizeh is 'transmutation' or 'becoming'. For the conception of the Sphinx is evolutionary if we think of the long arc of time, and transformational if we think in terms of the present accelerated time period we are in.
The idea of a human form above an animal body is not meant to be a static image, but one that rises out of the earth, giving birth at the first level to the domain of instinct and especially to the instinct for survival, and at the second level to the higher instincts which become the prototype for the advancing human being. These higher instincts have only been partially realized today. For being human is also an evolutionary process, and an understanding of what 'humanity' involves changes along with the consciousness that supports it.
The body of a lion, traditional in usage within ancient times, supports the human form above it, communicating strength and nobility, especially the nobility connected with protection and nurturance of both cherished ones and ideals. The lion's body relates to the single-minded devotion to the protection, upholding, and containment of these ideals, the way one would protect, uphold, and contain young ones in one's care.
All that we really know of the Sphinx is its grandeur and its longevity, and yet the image speaks to the heart in mysterious ways. Beyond the mystery of its origin lies the mystery of its message which is both human and transcendent. It is not without meaning, for example, that the Great Sphinx faces to the East. It is an affirmation of its eternal relationship with the Rising Sun, the prototype in ancient times for the victory of light over darkness. Though modern research, writings, and discoveries, both alleged and real, have found mysterious passageways and aspects of construction of the Sphinx that allude to purposes that are both astronomical and other-worldly, its spiritual purpose is to concentrate an energy of hope and of affirmation to last throughout time, and especially to be present during the 'end-times' that would bring about the last great battle between light and darkness.
It was understood by its creators that the Great Sphinx would communicate this meta-message throughout the course of humanity's evolution. Though the scientific mind with its rational and investigative approach would only gradually learn what the Sphinx of Gizeh was in its origins, purpose, and construction, the message of the Sphinx would nevertheless speak to a deeper layer of human consciousness and as it did so, would transmit an energy the way a beacon transmits light. This energy would embed itself in the layer of truth that resonates with the deeper knowing of humanity, and would allow the unconscious or subconscious self to feel identified with the Sphinx, even while the conscious mind might have little knowledge of such identification.
It is in this way that the spiritual message of the Sphinx was to be transmitted across the centuries – not primarily through scholarly research but through the energetic transmission of a current of hope that transformation into the higher aspects of humanity is possible for each individual and for the world as a whole, and that the victory over darkness is assured by the rising of the light.
This spiritual intention and the construction that emerged from it was a gift to a fledgling humanity, barely conscious, then, of its spiritual origins, following a period in which its original knowledge had receded into a blurred awareness. The Sphinx stood and stands as a visible testament that one day humanity will rise again in understanding and in glory, and achieve its full potential as reawakened beings in full possession of the knowledge of its Divine origin.
Teaching
4 May 2012 - 10:40am
THE GREAT SPHINX:
ITS MEANING AND MESSAGE
lightomega.org
The Great Sphinx stands on the plain of Gizeh in Egypt, communicating its message of love, devotion, and overcoming as it has done for the past six thousand years. The message it carries is timeless: It is the Sphinx's love for God which causes an inner victory over the lower forces of its own nature. This message is captured both in the Sphinx's construction and its orientation: a noble human head on top of a lion's body - a composite figure, part human, part animal - that rises out of the earth to face the rising sun each day and to follow its passage across the sky.
The Sphinx adores the sun - Ra, the supreme God according to ancient tradition. It waits for it to return each day. It is the Sphinx's adoration for the sun that causes it to rise out of itself, out of the earth from which it is made, to reach continually for the higher level of its being, called by the light. This adoration causes the life within it to become holy: forever striving, Life meeting Light.
The construction of the Sphinx represents humanity's future: the triumph made possible by love of the higher self over the lower; of the human, spiritually-driven self over the instinctual, need-based self; and of the Divinely-led and inspired self over the self that is closer to the animal kingdom. This is the reason for the human head on top of the lion's body: what is most human within us, what is capable of perceiving God and of wanting to be joined with God, ascends out of animality and instinct in order to follow the path of the Sun.
Timeless, yet relevant to today, the Sphinx's voice speaks to us from the past concerning the joyful reunion that can occur when human will is no longer personal but becomes joined to Divine will. This joining makes possible the transition from the human to the Divine. It makes possible the emergence of a 'sacred human' - one who rises out of instinct and personal desire toward the higher ideals of purity, service, and love for God. The Sphinx stands as a lodestar or magnet for the future of mankind. It prefigures what is later to be called the Biblical 'Israel', for 'Israel' is the name of what it means to become a 'sacred human'. 'Israel' is also the name for what it means, on the collective level, to become a holy people - a people whose life is dedicated to serving God, and to honoring all life on earth as sacred.
To attain the goal which the Sphinx represents is to undertake the journey of purification. This journey requires long, deliberate effort, motivated by the desire to reach the goal. What is this goal? It is the eternal marriage of Life and Light that love seeks and that the Sphinx represents. It is the Covenant, the purpose for Creation - its beginning, and the place of its return. When the soul reaches a certain stage in its own development, love calls it and inspires it to seek its own higher nature, moved by the stirrings within itself. Then a partnership takes place between human effort and Divine assistance in pursuit of this end. This partnership, this marriage of intention between God's purposes for humanity and human purpose is the meaning of the Covenant. It is also the motive force and the method for that which leads to it - the process of purification.
Story
4 May 2012 - 10:28am
Power of FREE WILL and how Justice functions *channeled by IsIs*
Dear beloved Souls
What is Justice? Is it about condemning strangers who YOU do not like how they live?
No. The Judgement happens through YOUR VICTIM. If your victim can forgive, all is balance again and good. If the pain is too much, or the wound gets hit again, they might not want to be connected to you at all anymore, which simply blocks you from entering Heaven, where Victims ALWAYS go after a long suffering, having pure Hearts. Do you see the Fair Logic behind these Universal Laws? It allows exactly, what YOU chose by free Will to happen to you.
Also, Children, who get hurt, go to Heaven directly. There is even a special Dimension, a special Place, created especially for Children, who have been victimized during an earthly Journey, so they can play and heal their Soul from the Experience.
You cannot manifest an unwanted Manifestation for another, and then decide if YOU get punished or not, or judge the Ways God does things, you cannot UN-MAKE your own Nature in which God made you. Let us say, you created a Manifestation which was not created by the other Soul’s Free Will FOR THEM, and force them to accept it- it is not possible within God’s Creation in this way. They also have here a responding Free Will. God created all, including you and the other Souls.
When People go around your World and ABUSE Judgement to harass other innocent Souls who done nothing directly to them or know them in private as friends, family or lovers, you will have to get confronted with the Action you took against them. That can be, for example, a Man who is attracted to another Man, you have no Right to judge what intimate Connection they “feel like”.
There are male and female Souls. They chose for themselves, before Birth, how they want to live their Lesson and what they want to learn and go through. That original plan, has nothing to do with free Will Decisions OTHERS take during this Souls Journey, its about this Soul only. Sometimes, two Soul-Mates can incarnate in the same physical Gender Body. That is part of their individual Life Lesson and Learning on spiritual Levels, and simply, WHAT IS AND EXISTS IN NATURE, WAS ALL MADE BY GOD. God knows, why he created Creation the way it is.
Sometimes, God’s Ways seem very mysterious to many of you, even more so within a limited physical Perspective. But finally, there is a good Reason why you cannot grasp God nor SEE God directly. It is impossible, not only in a physical Life Form, but afterwards as well. You can feel and hear God, but you CAN NEVER SEE GOD DIRECTLY. How come? Because God is EVERYTHING, and that includes you being like a Particle of God, a tiny little Spark.
It all makes Sense, when you look at it in a deeper Way. It’s about Trust, absolute Trust. In some ways, the physical Body has become a “trap”- sometimes spiritual Truths are only seen/recognized, when you close your physical Eyes. That means, you have to rely on the deep Feeling within your Core Soul’s Heart, that God leads you and knows, what is Best. You have to trust, God will always do the greatest things for you and EXCEED ALL YOUR OWN WISHES AND EXPECTATIONS, while walking through the Dark, not sure on what you are stepping at times. This is what the physical Journey is also about, partially.
This Experience, while building this type of Trust, strengthens your Intuition. Your Intuition is nothing physical, although it is linked to physical Functions. The Body can signal you things “intuitively”, because the Soul feels this Intuition, and the Body reacts being bonded with the Soul during Life. You feel tension, you feel like not walking through this or that Alley, and then find out, you were protected by inner Guidance.
Intuition is a very important Ability OF YOUR SOUL. It’s a Skill which stays with you eternally, and the better you train it now, the easier and more Fun it will be after, because with a strong, well-functioning Intuition, you can communicate better in the other Dimensions and Life Forms.
In the spiritual Realms, you don’t have a Tongue made out of Flesh to speak. When you encounter another Being/Soul, you connect energetically and speak through intuitive Telepathy. You connect very deep and easily with all Beings around you, and exactly for THAT REASON, the physical Lesson must be learned first or you cannot enter these Worlds. It is really and fully up to YOU, if you WISH/WANT to enter these Worlds or not. Why would God force you? Why would some of you think or even say to others or publish openly statements, that God would FORCEFULLY ASCEND ALL TOGETHER WITHOUT ASKING ABOUT WHAT EACH SOUL WANTS? God cares, always and without Exception, to uphold your Free Will and always LISTENS TO YOUR FREE WILL.
God has other Physicality Rules in these Worlds, some contradict the earthly physical Laws completely, it seems your Society would think. Of course, the universal and spiritual Rules in God’s Creation, are always the same. But in these other Worlds, you have a different Body, a real physical Body, which is NOT FLESH, and therefore, it’s a different next Life Form including many Worlds, not just one Globe you all live on, and it therefore functions under different physical Rules.
Respect for another’s Energy Field and Well Being, is a PRIORITY to master to the point you would never even THINK of hurting another, or disrespecting another. This is an important Key, to gain Access to the heavenly Worlds.
There are also lower vibrating Worlds, from which at times due to different Reasons, a Being or Spirit flees and sneaks into your Dimension. Many Souls, who have performed Black Magic within your Dimension, are to carry Responsibility for their Actions. This kind of Chaos is simply not going to happen ever nor allowed in Heaven, and therefore, you really cannot be mad at Heaven securing itself. This Security System was put in place long before any of you have been incarnated in the current Life Form you know. God knew, that when he gives Free Will to each Soul, many sad events might be manifested on the Path of Learning and Training, but many “Mistakes” really, are forgiven. One cannot be perfect, one is made to strive for Perfection and keep up the Growth eternally. That is what it means, to HAVE ETERNAL LIFE. It never ends, it always continues, grows, expands, changes.
God is generous, in ways many of you forget in daily stress. God gave you more than you can IMAGINE, you aren’t even using your physical Abilities nor Brain to the fullest! The Forgetting became so bad, you became a MYSTERY TO YOURSELF.
Be courageous and adventurous like a Child. Re-Member YOURSELF and motivate yourself, looking for the PRIZE OF LOVE always. Keep going and better yourself each Day, shape yourself and bring the BEST out of YOU.
This is finally all it is about. You and your World. You and your personal Relationship to God. You and your own INDIVIDUAL LIFE PATH AND SOUL’S PATH.
It is about nothing else but YOU, for YOU.
Sending out Healing Wishes and Joyful Light to the Planet, may all of you decide to shine and focus on YOU.
I AM ISIS.
This Text can be shared and distributed with Credit to IsIs reincarnated as Susan Elsa.
Blog entry
4 May 2012 - 12:00am
May you Walk in SunShine/Ly-o-lay-ale-loya
Blog entry
3 May 2012 - 4:37pm
From: http://awakenamiracle.wordpress.com/2012/05/03/healing-the-pain/
As a spiritual person, I have become quite fond of the peaceful, feel-good emotions that permeate my being after a meditation. When I connect to source, and let universal energy course through my body, I feel soothed and content. All is well. I love this feeling. But then, who doesn’t love feeling good?
I love it so much that I have found myself avoiding any negative emotions that make their way into my experience. I think that on some level I believed that if I was truly spiritual I would’t need to experience the negative. I would be so enegetically high I would simply float above them. If I was feeling off, I would try my best to avoid expressing these emotions for fear of bringing everyone else around me down. I would seek out quick-fixes or other means to distract myself from the feelings that lingered inside. I was afraid if I let my true emotions flow, they would be so painful, I would…well, I think the expression is keel over? I wasn’t entirely sure but our mind has a way of making us think the worse. Our fear has a way of keeping us trapped. Again, who likes feeling bad? Why would we willingly venture into the lion’s den of our emotional body? After all, some of our external distractions (television, internet, shopping, eating, drugs, gambling) can really numb us from the pain…temporarily.
Life, as beautiful as it is, also has a way of giving us the information we need to move forward at the exact time we need it. This past weekend I was blessed to have the opportunity to attend a healing spiritual retreat. At one of the workshops, the speaker pointed out that the purpose for pain in the body is to call our awareness to something that needs our attention. Pain’s main function is to call our attention to some unbalance in the body. Somewhere, something is energetically off and one needs to go within and listen to what that pain is there to teach you. Is there something in your life that you have been ignoring? Perhaps there is a change you need to make in your life that you have been avoiding? Perhaps there is some emotional processing that you need to do that you have not allowed yourself to do? Whatever it is, there is something that needs your attention, and if you allow it to be, pain can be a great teacher and healer in our lives.
"Suffering is not caused by pain but by resisting pain." -Unknown
What I am also beginning to realize is that by resisting the pain, I create even more negative emotions. Underneath it all I had my emotional pain, but then I also created a fear or resistance of that pain on top of it. I was making it harder than it needed to be without even knowing it. When we’re afraid, we always imagine things to be so much worse than they really are. By ignoring the pain, I was making it out to be more than it really was. It became the monster in the closet with ten legs and sharp claws. Yet, when I turned on the light I realized it was just an out-of-control pile of dirty clothes that needed cleaning. The clothes would not kill me, they just needed my loving attention.
While emotional pain can feel unpleasant while we are experiencing it, I now know that it is not greater than I am. I am not my pain. I will no longer give it more power over me than it deserves. Yet, I will strive to give it the respect and attention that it calls for. For myself, paying attention to pain is more of an allowing. I resist the urge to numb what it is I am feeling. I allow myself to feel what it is I need to feel. I sit in silence and allow the pain to run its course through my being. I do everything in my power to surrender all resistance and remind myself that this too shall pass. I cry. I release. I listen. I learn. But most of all, I heal.
"For me, singing sad songs often has a way of healing a situation. It gets the hurt out in the open into the light, out of the darkness." – Reba McEntire
Story
3 May 2012 - 12:32pm
THE POWER OF LOVE
Message by the one & only Egyptian IsIs reincarnated as Egyptian Susan Elsa (Copyright 2012)
Dear beloved Souls
This is IsIs speaking, and today I come on a serious Note. Of course, it is always advisable and healthy, to keep the Fun in everything you do or experience, just at Times, you have to stand up from your Seat.
As explained in a previous Message, there are many Levels, Multi-Dimensions and Worlds in Creation. At the Moment, You are in only one of these many, many Worlds.
I would like to explain to you further, how Creation is “built”. It might be helpful to visualize now, all these different Dimensions or Levels like STAIRS. Each Stair, builts a Step closer to Heaven. Of course, again, there are many “Stairs”, like in a Stairway of a big House. One Stair goes from this World up and down. Other Stairs go from other Worlds up and down.
Now, the Times we are in right now, are all about Love. It is all about how the Power of Love can uplift us now, to climb more Stairs than before, because we have had enough of a Break, catching our Breath.
Through these different higher and lower Levels/Dimensions of Energetic Vibes, some of us slided to low, and pulled all together down a bit. This is how it works.
The more People on the Planet “send out” a particular Energy or Emotion, the more it manifests. The more “heavy Feelings”, the more the Energy pulls the whole Planet down. The more “light Feelings” or “LOVE Feelings” especially, the more does the Energy lift us up and the whole Planet with us. This is why some of you feel 2012 to be a very chaotic Year, where 2 opposing Energies or basic Forces are “battling” a last Time.
In some ways, it is true. In other ways, there can never be a battle between “good and evil”, because evil never really could stand up to Good- the whole Power of Evil which some of you feared in the past and are healing now, has been ALWAYS ONLY AN ILLUSION. It is like a Nightmare, from which you wake up and REALIZE, oh, it wasn’t real, it was “just a Dream”.
It feels real, for a Purpose. We are supposed to learn, and stay spiritually clean during our “School”. Love, is part of us, and is supposed originally to be our GUIDING LIGHT, always and throughout any Life Time! Our Souls, or higher Self, which is another Title People gave your Light Body, which is eternal, is supposed to be always consciously CONNECTED with YOU DURING YOUR EARTHLY JOURNEY. The earthly Journey does not mean, to “take a Break” from your Soul and be ONLY PHYSICAL BODY/VESSEL.
In ancient Times, we did not live like you live today. We kept a strong Bond to our higher Soul Consciousness and to important past Lifes. Not all Past Lifes are healthy to RE-MEMBER. Some, take time, others are already concluded fully and the Lesson FINISHED. Some, are so affecting emotionally and/or spiritually, you cannot progress in a current Life Time fully and easily, if you do not integrate this particular past Life. We are not made to be here 50 to 100 Years and then, go back into a higher Soul Consciousness, having the two Perspectives or Lifes SEPARATE. What meaning would it have then, to come here and live a temporary Life, if not for the purpose of remembering it afterwards, at least, THE LESSONS YOU’VE LEARNED?
Isn’t this how we grow larger than we were and keep constantly progressing? We analyze the past including past mistakes or unresolved issues, and we learn from them and find new ways and solutions. This is how I became the IsIs you all today think you know so well, but most of you to be honest, have not remembered me yet, and also, not all can. If you never had a past Life in Egypt, your earthly Journeys have taken place in very far away locations, different Times and Cultures, you literally DO NOT KNOW ME.
In a higher Consciousness, my Name is not IsIs, nor is it Auset, nor is it Lady of the Throne or any of these limited, human Words. Only a few chosen Souls, of which almost NONE live today currently in a physical Body/Vessel, know who I am. They know MY SOUL.
All others I ask kindly to step aside, and let me be me. Just so there are no misunderstandings:
I am getting stronger and stronger by the Minute, and even if most People today do not KNOW my real Story, the worst Parts you DO KNOW. What I had to do through, was almost too much, and now I am here, to not only live and share Knowledge with all of you in Peace, but also to heal and enjoy my Life, because I did not enjoy it in ancient Egypt. It was pure Torture, after Osiris was killed. I ran around Lands, crying and crying like the Nile River. I screamed so many Times, I can’t even count them. I also used all my Magic, to put a Curse on Set- he had no Right to ruin my Incarnation like that. I have had absolutely enough and anyone, who now comes into my Way, hurts me on purpose or touches in any slight Way my healing Wounds, will regret it extremely.
I have made a personal decision, and in the past I was holding on to lots of Pain, I was holding on to bad Souls, trying to help them. I have a very strong motherly Instinct. I always believed in the good in each Soul. I fought and fought and fought, for thousands of Years! All that, because I kept the hope to see the worst Souls change and emanate Light again and Love. I admit openly, and right here, that in the Past, I did have difficulty accepting FREE WILL in these cases, I always wanted to help, I could not accept to see “evil decisions” or sadness even, or pain. I am all about HELPING others.
After all I experienced, it was LOVE which gave me such unlimited strength. I have lived since then a few Life Times, trying to keep up the Patience and heal as many Souls as I can. Over and over and over again. When I think of how perfect my Beloved One is, I can’t but to have Strength. His Love gives me the Power, to keep going.
Every time I broke down, it was my Love that gave me back my Belief and held me throughout my weakest Years.
The Times are over now, where it was healthy to have patience with the Ones who hurt us and interfere in our Development. It is wrong, to focus on low vibrating, polluted Souls who polluted themselves by free Will. If some want to leave the "Gam“ Field” and go rather break things, let them. Don’t allow yourself to fight for someone not worth it and FIND BACK TO LOVE.
Your Love and Yourself, is the most important Priority. I am talking about a healthy Ego. You do not have to be Ego-free, it’s IMPOSSIBLE. Your Ego, is the Core Consciousness or Mind within YOU. You HAVE TO take care of your Ego as well, not be egoistic and selfish, that is not the case when you LOVE anyways. But chose your LOVE over crying for unworthy, bad Souls.
I really mean this. Let go of them now, and let them fall into the Abyss they chose. Don’t torture yourself, as I did, being sad FOR THEM, it will only cause you to sit there like a mourning Mother, and cry and cry and Tears won’t heal them nor change their Mind.
Focus instead on your own Soul, what you deserve, focus on the Rewards heading now toward all the Good Souls you encountered in your Journeys. Give all your Love to your Soul, to your own Mirror.
The biggest trick of Evil, is that it used your COMPASSION to pull you down. There have been many tricks in the past, who caused good Souls to be pulled down by heavy others. A good Heart can be cheated and abused by a bad Heart. Don’t let anyone play with your Good Heart meaning well for them any longer.
Empower yourself and BELIEVE FULLY IN LOVE.
Each one of you has an eternal Love. Now is the time we all come together again, or not. It is your decision, if you want to be united with your Love, or if you want to attack, let’ say, another Soul and Lovers, which then causes YOU TO LOSE YOUR LOVE.
Karma is running and flying now, through each Town, City and Country. Bad Karma, meaning, bad resulting Energy coming forth from a negative Emotion, Energy or Word sent out before, manifesting now against the One’s who performed the FREE WILL BASIC THOUGHT which led to the Manifestation, must be completely healed in Order to ascend.
You cannot ascend, if you carry heavy Luggage still. It is the most important time, to be working on all these Issues and spiritual Debts in 2012.
I mean this now from the Bottom of my Heart, from my Soul to yours, please hear my Voice:
THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS ALL SOULS ASCENDING AND BEING EQUAL.
It is a big Lie, which could have serious Consequences if you fall for it. You have to BE. You have to LIVE. You have to MAKE DECISIONS. You have to LEARN. All these Actions and Journeys, HAVE A RESULT, depending on WHAT YOU SHAPE AND DO IN YOUR PHYSICAL LIFE THROUGH THE FREE WILL “TOOL”.
You must TAKE ACTION now, and DECIDE that you wish to ascend. You can open your Heart and say” I am open for your Love God and I receive healing Light into my Soul”. Another good Wish, a sign of Fairness and Justice in your Mind, would be to ask for all your Karma by free Will, to receive it and dissolve/heal any Bad Karma. To ask freely God, to send you the BILL YOU MUST PAY.
This smoothes your Karmic Debt already extremely, and is very courageous. Like that, be aware, all bad past could come at you, sometimes at once, but you can also resolve all of it at once, which is an advantage in 2012. The energies around us support exactly that right now, and you can take advantage of it anytime.
To the Ones who ignore their Karma, Truth, the divine Order to respect other Life Forms and Souls:
You’re DONE by the End of 2012. YOU ARE FINISHED, with Seth. You are going in the “best” CASE, far away from all of us, into Isolation, and sit there, until you become sour and fall into Ashes. You will have to sit there, in NOTHINGNESS, and face all you done to others. You will face it, you will suddenly feel it inside if your own Soul.
Be aware, any Move you make now, to hurt me or another innocent Soul, will be your own free Will Creation for your own designed “Hell of Separation from God, Love and all Good”. I am not accepting any more Lies or Dirt being thrown at me, and I demand you to step back. YOU DO NOT decide for me! You do not decide for God! You ACCEPT GOD'S LAWS FOR EVERYONE, just like clean Souls all do! I will endure all you do to me, or others I love, and then, I will watch YOU boil in your own Soup, for all Words of Insult you threw at me while I was mourning, for all Torture you done to me, while I was living my own Life doing my thing. For all the Attacks and Rudeness toward me and Osiris, and my Situation, you will be blocked once and for all from entering Heaven with me and Osiris. No problem, enjoy your temporary Flesh, I don't mind if you make my temporary Life a stressful Battle for myself- I HAVE ETERNITY AND YOU LOSE IT LIKE THAT. Get that in your Head and RESPECT other People!
Its all about LOVE, and FEAR.
Fear has had a dirty grip on our Planet for a long time. Love unites, while Fear separates. Finally, we are speaking here about the symbolic Story of ADAM & EVE. Adam and Eve LOVE EACH OTHER. They are ONE.
You are a t a Cross point now, and one Path leads to the “DEVIL”, the other Path leads to the Kingdom of Adam & Eve. Think deeply about what I am saying here, if you want to learn some real Truths, because the Devil never had any Power. He tricked you.
All he tried, was to separate Adams & Eves, to weaken them.
I AM IsIs and I send forth LOVE & UNITY to the Planet, leading all Adams & their Eves back together in HEAVENLY LIGHT. And so it IS IS.
This Text can be shared and distributed with Credit to IsIs reincarnated as Susan Elsa.
Story
2 May 2012 - 11:21pm
I don't know about you but I have been through an emotional roller coaster this past month or months or has it been a year LOL!! However long it has been I do know that a lot of people have been feeling the effects especially over the last few weeks, so I asked the Healing Collective if they could shed some light on what has happened and what we can expect for the month of May.
Wishing you all love, joy and peace...
Angela
My dear ones ... you are in the midst of a massive transition. A transition from duality to triality. Some of you have heard of this and we are here to confirm it. Think of it as merging of you mind, body and soul into one being. You all have access to these three parts of yourself, but you only have used one or at a max two at a time, but you are now switching so that all 3 are in sync and working on the same level at the same time. The reason for the upheaval in your lives is that you did not previously see how unbalanced your lives were. How much of your previous life was to get ahead in life, whether it was your career, love life or friendships. But you are now waking up the the new paradigm, one where you know how important you and your soul and your happiness really is in your life. This should not be at the expense of the other parts of your life but rather there to enhance and fulfill the other parts.
Our dear channeler here, is working hard to move her physical body into alignment with her spiritual body. This has been one of her biggest challenges and yet now is the time for her, and yourself to move forward. Why now you ask, why not last year, last month or even last week. Its because the universe and yourself is shifting. We are not being grandiose when we say the universe is shifting... your little planet is making a big impact in the universe. Have you noticed the out pouring of love and compassion in your wold lately? Think about the news, how much you see of certain people moving ahead and helping others on a grand and small scale. People that even a year ago would never lift a finger to help others are now donating their time to their child’s school, to an organization or to a fundraiser, all because they feel called to. All these small changes are like a wave, where when one small wave, merges with another small wave and with another wave ... a bigger and bigger wave is felt farther away. So while at the initial wave sight all you see if a ripple, miles away there is a tidal wave. Out here in the universe all your small deeds, all your small enlightments are having a huge impact for the better.
But just as your small changes are impacting the universe, the changes in the universe are also impacting your world and causing your sun to send so high energy to your planet to make an even bigger wave in your life and beyond. Now don't worry this will calm down but you will be feeling the effect throughout the year in some smaller and larger doses. May will be a calm time. A time when a lot of you will spring, pun intended :) , into action and move forward with the changes you have been thinking about as in the last month. A lot of you have worked through and removed a lot of the blockages and baggage in your life. Some of you may find this a time for quiet reflection, a time when you turn inwards and see what your soul really wants in life, as this is a reflection on how it would be best for you to get your mind, body and soul into alignment.
We have set a energy packet into the earth grid, that when ready you can access by going into meditation and asking us or God to align you with the energy packet. This packet will download source energy, which will activate you DNA to remember what and who you truly are. This action is not to be taken lightly as you need to know that this energy change will cause the old feelings, emotions and behaviours to leave, but during their leaving you may find yourself a little blue, as Angela is found of saying. Just realize that this is showing you the energy is working and you are moving ahead. It will also remove any energetic blocks that are ready to go. If at all during this transition you are uncomfortable, please ask us to intervene and slow down the process so it works over a longer period of time.
This is our gift to help you all fulfill your destiny and live your life in true alignment of who you really are.
We are sending you waves and waves of love, which will be huge tidal waves by the time they reach you :)
Love
Story
2 May 2012 - 6:50pm
ALL People Deserve Respect and Love
Message today from Master Hilarion
Channeled by: Julie Miller
May 02, 2012
Welcome and many blessings to each of you and to this dear one who has agreed to the transmission today that is beginning as we speak.
So many are hungry for the truth, a deeper and more meaningful truth; one that will aid in healing all wounds and to bring further recognition of a greater appreciation of their real self. That deeper and profound truth is not far at all dear ones. You find all truths by going inside yourself to reach a higher understanding of yourself. Much of what is found is confirmations of what have been pondering about and sometimes reaching inside yourself for answers will bring about astonishing surprises. Believing in your inner-voice and trusting what you feel within your heart requires practice and much faith in yourself and what you believe to be true. You will come to the conclusion quickly if you are honest with yourself, a lot of what you found to be true one day has been known to change within a short time and this because of your own personal growth and developing awareness continues to grow and expand.
Many already know who I AM; I am a healer, Master of the Fifth Ray. Even though healing is my favoured focus, I also am able to aid in uplifting and helping you find balance along the journey you are currently working at perfecting and becoming all you can be through your God Presence. All of you have a preferred area of study or concentrated work within your spiritual activity. Knowing what you really like, what fully motivates you gives you a lot of confidence and it’s this confidence of within the areas that are comfortable that give you the strength to reach beyond these comfort zones and sample other concepts, spiritual practices and other endeavours that are for the highest of your good. The more you are able to learn and adopt into your current mode of practice does not hinder you, but brings you into balance and fulfillment of being more complete, and more knowing. The more you are able to glean and make your own, the more you are able to guide when others seek help even if they do not ask for you specifically. The journey you are on is not all about learning and containing what you learn to yourself, it’s also about sharing what you have learned through the various methods you took without being judgemental or allowing the Ego to interrupt clear fact with unneeded biased opinion. Help each other, guide one another through respect, compassion, love and charitable kindness. Each of you has something to contribute and no one is better than the other, not in my eyes and not in God’s eyes. The differences that are very evident for all people are important and beautiful. You learn from the differences of other people and the interactions that take place. Welcome those lessons with love not with dread. Reduce the need to criticize and increase the outpouring of love instead.
There is an increased distraction moving through the world of late; a lot of upheaval on a global scale. It is utmost important to dissolve these chaotic distractions as much as possible. There are many remedies at your disposal that can help. Simplify your day-to-day living dear ones. Don’t allow yourself to get drawn into circumstances you know are no benefit to you or they are NOT of the highest of good for you and those closest to you. Meditate often, relax and calm the mind. Re-connect with nature, leave the city hustle and bustle behind if you can. And never forget to shine your light and your precious love that is always unconditional to everyone. Work with one of the healing flames or cord cut and cleanse. The few suggestions I have just provided are just that, you will discover what is good for you and what will bring you comfort and healing every day. Taking on a calmer approach dear ones is also beneficial to your overall health. Stress reduction is always important no matter where you are on your life and spiritual journey.
Within your busy day and schedule you keep, set time out for you. Time for you is healing time. This time can be spent anyway that brings you joy and happiness. On your calendar or appointment book, slot some quality YOU time. Solitude is good dear ones. Allow your mind to completely empty of all thoughts. You can achieve a contented bliss state merely by walking past shops window shopping, sitting on a park bench on a pleasant day listening to the nature all around you, have a long richly scented bath; the choices are endless, the time is yours. The healing received during such intimate and solitude moments with yourself has been well observed to help work through troublesome issues and accomplishing tasks with more calm.
Take the time to listen what is going around you dear ones, make a point to slow down so you can later look back at all you have accomplished and be in awe of it all, for it is incredible so far. Take notice of every growth and transition, love yourself every step of the way and love those around you. A major part of your spiritual development is being able to accept everyone as equal and deserving of love and respect.
A new worry that is increasing and it has come to our attention that it is not only for children and that is cyber bullying. Dear ones there is never any need to use harsh words upon anyone. Cyber bullying has attracted a lot of attention due to the increase of electronic device usage and computer usage with the young people of Earth. But the young people are not the only ones being plagued by heartless words that hurt more than the sharpest of weapons. Most of bullying stems from people and children alike that are lacking of love, attention and find themselves feeling jealous of another individual. Sometimes there are other factors involved. We of the divine work through both people; the victim and the one who uses threatening and unkind words. We pour waves of love and brilliant light. We are working at helping one child, one adult at a time. I urge you dear ones, if are aware of any such behaviour speak up where you live, don’t be ashamed or hide. I will be beside you and so will others. By bringing light to your situation you are then able to bring help and healing.
The journey of your soul thus far has brought you to many experiences. Don’t look back at missed opportunities, and at the sighing, “What-ifs”. Sometimes the pull to what could have been can be very strong, and you need to be equally strong to move forward. With truthful honesty look back at each opportunity you feel you have missed and look at the choices you had then. You cannot relive the past and re-choose, but you can learn to from it and then let it go. Release all the what-ifs and missed opportunities from yesterday and put that energy into today, NOW and create the fabulous future that is approaching. Your heart and your mind will appreciate the lessoned weight when you are finally able to move past what “could have been” and your complete self will also appreciate your ability to move past trauma or a difficult situation without feeling any amount of pain or discord. Forgive dear ones; forgive yourself and anyone involved with any memory that has been holding you back. Accept the lessons within each one. Release any old feelings of anger and hurt to God. He is waiting for them. He has been your anchor for all your difficult situations and has been beside you for all your joyous occasions also. His love for you, for every child is never-ending and is unconditional.
When you are able to successfully reduce the clutter and distractions from your mind and the chaos that is apparent in your everyday life, then you will be able to hear me softly beside you. The healing of my Emerald Green Ray of Light will help you reach a deeper calm and peace of mind. There is a great healing wave moving across the Earth, and each of you are included. Everything can be achieved dear ones when you live through your heart and shine your light and love into all you do. You are deeply loved and I am honoured to have had this time with you and this vessel. Remember God is always with you and my love for you will never be extinguished.
I AM Master Hilarion through Julie Miller
Teaching
2 May 2012 - 10:09am
The Best Aging Secret: Make Time Your Friend
How to Be Timeless
By Deepak Chopra
We've all been conditioned to look upon time as our enemy. This belief is wrong, but it's so deeply ingrained that if affects even the most gifted people.
Years ago, I was riding in a car with a woman who had been labeled by the media as one of the most beautiful women in the world. She had everything, since talent and wealth were also hers, but her health tended to be fragile.
"How can I help you?" I asked her.
She looked embarrassed and didn't want to answer. For the next few miles, she gazed wistfully out the window as the passing countryside. Then she blurted out, "How I wish I could be young again."
I didn't hear vanity in her words but a helpless wish, the kind any of us might have when we don't think it can be granted.
She looked amazed when I replied, "There is a way that you can influence your aging and even begin to look and feel young once again."
Such a statement might sound ridiculous unless you understand that aging does not have to be purely a function of time. The clock seems to be ticking off the hours, days and years. Given enough time, the ocean will wear away the shore. But human beings are privileged. Unlike a rock, which cannot defend itself against wind and water, or a machine, whose parts wear out over time, humans have a relationship with time.
And like all relationships, yours can be good or bad.
What's your relationship with time like?
Right now, you have an up-and-down relationship with time. Certain things cause time to be stressful and nerve-wracking. Other experiences make time carefree and joyous. When asked to explain relativity for the ordinary person, Einstein pointed out that time drags when you're at the dentist but flies by when you sit with someone you love. We think we're just using words when we say, "I'm on a deadline," "I'm running out of time," "There aren't enough hours in the day." But every cell in your body is participating in those experiences. If your deadline is crushing, if you're running out of time to save your mortgage, or if you go to bed with a dozen unfinished items on your agenda, those extreme pressures have made time your enemy.
It isn't time's fault. All the damaging effects of running out of time—high blood pressure, imbalanced hormones, digestive problems, insomnia, increased susceptibility to disease, increased likelihood of anxiety and depression disorders—reverse themselves when your relationship with time turns from bad to good. When you make time your friend, hundreds of billions of cells will silently thank you, because a healthy body must run on time. Unseen by you, hundreds of biological cycles are being coordinated inside your body. The most basic life rhythms, like breathing and your heartbeat, are actually clocks that bring dozens of other rhythms into sync with them. In a fascinating way, your body has learned how to master time even as you struggle with it.
Aging can be seen, not as time taking its revenge, but time out of joint. When your bodily clocks are perfectly coordinated, the processes that keep every cell vibrant and functioning with perfect efficiency—in other words, the processes we see in a young cell—can be maintained for decades. Even when a cell grows old and dies, that doesn't cause life's rhythms to grow old. It's invisible slippage at the level of time that is the real culprit in again.
Simple ways to make time your ally
Here's a guide to the simple things you may often overlook when you neglect to make time the ally of your body.
Keep regular hours. Eat and sleep on a regular schedule.
Avoid drastic changes in diet and activity.
Set up an orderly work environment. Reduce distractions.
Rest quietly once to twice during the day to let our body retune itself.
Take yourself out of stressful situations sooner rather than later.
Take your time; don't rush.
Make decisions when they arise. Don't procrastinate or get distracted.
Pay attention to what is directly in front of you. Focus on one thing at a time.
Don't multitask. Dividing your attention leads to confusion and weakened focus.
Protect yourself. Avoid the temptation to plunge into high-risk situations.
Stay within your comfort zone.
Put your house and finances in order.
Address underlying anxiety.
Release underlying anger. Learn to do this without losing control or hurting others.
Renounce violence in thought and word.
Become more resilient emotionally.
Eliminate chaotic influences at work and in your primary relationship.
Live as if you have all the time in the world.
How to be timeless
Your ultimate goal, living as if you have all the time in the world, is functional immortality. It happens to be how every cell in your body is already living. Immortality comes naturally; giving in to time requires effort. As mundane as these points may seem, especially those early on in the list, they can be used to shift your awareness. It's not the mechanical doing that makes a difference but settling into life's rhythm naturally and with ease.
I'm reminded of a therapist I know who gets patients whose lives seem out of control. He surprises them by saying, "Go home and clean your house. Make your bed every morning. Watch the sunrise for five minutes. Don't skip breakfast for a week. Watch the sunset for five minutes when you get home from work. Then come back and we'll discuss what's bothering you." He wants to see if they are capable of solving the simple disorderliness in someone's awareness before addressing deeper psychological issues. Even a basic change can subtly retune the body.
Teaching
2 May 2012 - 9:59am
The Road to Awakening
http://www.worldblessings.com
.
.
Beloved Ones, the road to awakening lies within each soul and does not need to be sought outside of the self. It is a path of truth that has been implanted within the soul since the time of its beginnings, a path that leads irrevocably to the center of its own life and to the center of the life of the world which is God. It does not matter in pursuit of this truth whether one is a Buddhist, Christian, Moslem, atheist, or Jew. The experience of inner truth can come to all alike, irrespective of what the mind believes. Holding this fundamental premise assists the process, however, for if one does not believe an experience is possible, then one will not seek it or open to it when it arrives. Sometimes, light is strong enough to circumvent this resistance, and sometimes the resistance prevents a step forward from being taken, at least for a time.
The fundamental approach to an awakened state comes through the realization that there is something larger than the physical reality we live in, something that gives meaning and context to it. Simultaneously, there is a growing awareness that there is something vaster to the self than the one who goes through their days in what appears to be an ordinary way. This understanding does not come as an idea, for ideas are plentiful and can be disputed and argued about from different vantage points. Rather, the path to awakening is built on a foundation of experience, and it is one experience after another that leads the soul to the deeper knowing of who the self is and who God is. Such a path cannot be argued about for it just is. It also cannot be validated by any other except to share certain external similarities, for it belongs solely to the one who is having the experiences of deeper truth.
In the presence of new experience, the mind or ego may seek to discredit the reality of what has been seen, heard, or felt. Especially in the beginning stages of the awakening process, it is important to understand that in order to move forward, the ego must be set aside so that the soul can make itself known. This is not always done easily or with grace. Therefore, in the face of inner criticism or denial of one's very own experience, it is important to remember that there is another source of validation than the mind. This is the heart, which can stand on the foundation of its own inner knowing and not be compromised by the traditional arguments of logic and the need for proof that appeal to the mind.
Walking forward, step by step, denying nothing, opening to whatever the time reveals to one's own waiting heart, is the way of assisting with a process that is essentially one of Divine discovery, built into each soul's own capacity and essence with its own timetable and sequence of stages. If allowed to take its course, it will lead one most effectively from one level of awareness to another, until there is no longer doubt about what is real.
Making a space for this to occur within one's heart and one's life is an important ingredient in the process, for it encourages the more subtle senses to register feelings and impressions that may be covered over by more practical concerns of the day. Therefore, one who would travel further down a path of awakening would do well to develop a daily practice of sitting quietly in meditation or prayer, or just in the silence of receptive emptiness, in order that the tendrils of light and truth from other dimensions of one's holy being can reach the level of conscious awareness.
There is no need to fear this process and no need to hesitate as the path opens ahead. Although choices inevitably arise concerning how to integrate new revelations into one's present life, including relationships, career choices, plans for the future, etc., nevertheless, nothing has to be hurried and nothing has to be forced. All can wait until the time feels right to make whatever decision is contemplated. For the new that comes into being also brings with it new clarity and conviction, allowing a platform to be created from which to view all decisions that must be made.
All of one's heart and all of one's mind can be focused on the process of spiritual movement, for this process claims to be the most central one within a given lifetime. And yet there is sometimes fear of allowing it to become as important as it actually is because of practical considerations, relationship concerns, and a deeper level issue that has to do with trust.
Trust in the process can exist if one understands that in the course of spiritual awakening, love is the only guide. Love of the Divine Creator is built into the soul's essence and identity and into the path of emergence itself, and this Divine Love cannot but have one's best interests at heart. Although the smaller self may complain, at times, about what is being asked of it, the larger self will always know that the vistas and opportunities that are opening before its inner eyes will only serve the highest good for the self and for those whom one loves.
Over and over again as the roots of spiritual awareness find their way into deeper levels of the heart and mind and begin to transform the self from within, one must remember that love is the foundation for what is happening, and it is sufficient to this purpose. For it is God's love for each soul that has made possible the spiritual evolution of mankind throughout time, and it is this same love that is now making it possible on a much larger scale. Therefore, trust love. Trust it to lead one forward from level to level of new awareness and greater openness. Trust it to assist with the process of letting go of what no longer corresponds to one's emerging identity, so that one can step forward into the bright new day of a holy and sanctified life.
May all beings awaken to the deeper truth of who they are. May all come to know the holiness and Divine beauty that lives at the core of each self.
Blog entry
2 May 2012 - 6:56am
A mind-blowing and Life changing videowww.youtube.com/watch
I absolutely love this video and information it's given.
Teaching
1 May 2012 - 8:07pm
Waiting
Julie Redstone
http://www.worldblessings.net
There are many passages of spiritual development and growth that require a period of waiting. During this time, it may appear that little is happening, and yet a great deal may be happening. The 'forty years' in the desert of Sinai, the 'forty years' of the Flood, are examples of periods of time that were involved with great transitions, 'forty' being the word for a 'period of sacred time of great duration' from the human standpoint.
So, too is it today with waiting. Often, there are passages that must take place in time that require endurance, patience, and perseverance, even while it appears that no visible movement is taking place. Such is often the way of Divine unfoldment which does not take place on the level of the visible or predictable, and which does not grant power to the ego 'to know.' This is very difficult for the human embodied self that must wait without visible signs of support, but it simultaneously casts the personality and the entire mental-emotional being into the realm of the soul, allowing the wishes and desires of the soul to become paramount over the needs of the ego.
Waiting is a passage, a passage of hope, of trust, and of endurance, that must often be gone through so that change can take place.
There are those that wait in distrust and with great fear.
There are those that wait in doubt or confusion about what is happening.
There are those that wait with optimism and trust.
And there are those that wait in unknowing -- leaving all in God's hands.
The latter is the waiting that gives greatest power to the soul to dismantle the needs and desires of the ego, and to take its place as the greater source of authority within the human life. It is the soul that benefits from waiting, even while the embodied self may be in pain. And it is the soul that institutes and creates from the vantage point of its own purposes, so that the greatest spiritual attainment and movement can take place.
Many suffer during times of waiting, because the bedrock of trust in Divine unfoldment has been sorely depleted, and because fear has taken its place. Many suffer, and many desire 'to know' when, how, and where things will materialize. This is entirely natural from the human standpoint but it is not the way of Divine unfoldment which does not separate itself from the Source of all movement, namely, the Source that is God.
Divine unfoldment does not require knowledge, it requires trust. It does not require planning, it requires surrender. And in the midst of this surrender great truths are being born within the heart, truths concerning the soul's relationship with God and truths concerning the meaning of life itself. Waiting brings these truths to the deeper levels of the heart, even while the emotions and mental process may be experiencing deep distress.
Overall, the intrinsic benefits accorded by waiting may only be known after the period of waiting has passed, or sometimes not even within a given lifetime. Yet, most often, the transitions of the heart are known by the embodied self within the lifetime in which they are endured, and the great benefits that come to those whose souls become further empowered in this way are often known to the conscious self.
Waiting is not something that the ego would choose. It is something that the soul must choose and must be empowered enough to do so. This enables the embodied self to endure a period of difficulty or distress. When the soul is empowered in this way, then all difficulty begins to be absorbed into a sense of greater purpose, and all trials are seen as part of the great Plan for each soul that brings each being, in their own unique way, into Divine wholeness.
Teaching
1 May 2012 - 10:02am
The soul speaks today with a voice that asks to be heard.
SOUL AWARENESS - THE LIFE OF THE SOUL
Julie Redstone
The life of the soul is a life of meaning. It imbues each gesture, thought, and deed with the full integrity of being that comes from conscious connection with the Source of life. It infuses all responsiveness to life with the love that is part of this connection. Though the life of the soul may be covered over, doubted, or misperceived, it remains as the center of life and truth that resides within each human being.
The eternal quality of the soul can become known to the embodied self, but not before a passageway is created between the personal self and its higher aspects. This passageway permits the opening to a deeper level of knowing, feeling, and sensing than has been possible before, based on the thought process of the conscious mind. Though the mind as we know it has been important throughout history in assisting the process of evolution to move forward, today, at the point of maximum expression of the rational, it now retreats into a secondary place in relation to defining reality. It does not do this of its own accord, however, but rather because a new energy that seeks balance begins to infuse the body and awareness – an energy that brings forth new perceptions based on the intuitive and the sacred, rather than on the rational. Now, the soul steps forward into the growing light of spiritual awareness, and what may have made little or no sense to the rational mind, begins to awaken memory, truth, and recognition within the deeper self.
Within the soul awareness of every being lies the line of connection that makes of each heart, one Heart, and that makes of each identity, one greater identity with all other souls on the earth and with all other souls that live. For the identity of the soul is not merely a planetary identity, but one that resides within the nexus of a spiritual universe containing many layers of expression. The awareness of participating in this vast, mysterious, and heretofore invisible universe comes to each one who opens to soul awareness, bringing with it the understanding that there is abundant life everywhere, and that God, by whatever name God is called, is at the center of that life.
The historical term for the eternal and unified part of the self has been called 'soul' by many traditions and cultures, and so it is today as well. More recently, however, the higher aspects of individual being have also been referred to as the 'higher self', the 'I Am Presence', and the pure Spirit. Each of these names refers to the soul in its aspect of the Eternal and Infinite – the part that remains one with Divine essence and consciousness. The soul, being multi-faceted, also has a part that can move closer to earthly embodiment and physical awareness. This part contains the memories of multiple lifetimes, as well as the learning gained from each.
By whatever name it is called, the soul speaks to us today with a voice that asks to be heard, allowing those who listen to receive its messages and guidance, often amplified by the additional guidance and loving intentions of expanded souls who live within the realms of light. These beings of light help to uplift and make possible the joining of the human embodied self with its higher aspects, so that soul awareness can increase and life can be lived from the place of God-centeredness.
To live as a soul is to live in the consciousness of Unity and in the awareness of Love which is the central binding force that holds universes together. It is to recognize one's participation in the immensely complex and textured fabric of Creation that is pure Divine gift, and to seek to live in accord with the universal harmonic that joins all realms of existence.
This, then, is the beginning of soul awareness, an awareness founded in love and in the knowledge of the sacred Oneness within which we draw breath. Such awareness allows the human self to live freely beyond the confines of thought and emotion, to create freely with an understanding of the power of thought and intention, and to feel the presence of the one Heart that beats through all individual hearts, giving meaning to life and nourishing all that lives.
Blog entry
30 Apr 2012 - 5:11pm
I- Ching Hexagram: 27: NOURISHMENT
Nourishment refers to more than a healthy diet. It is the care-giving function.
Eating properly implies care for oneself; providing healthy meals in the home is a sign of caring for the family.
The writer of a great book or composer of an inspiring piece of music also provides nourishment,
by caring deeply about the quality of his or her work and offering it to the world.
We can know others by observing what they choose to nourish in their lives.
Do they properly feed and develop their bodies?
Do they cultivate their spirits, their intellects, their moral values?
Do they nourish and care for those around them?
If so, to whom do they devote their energies?
The most successful people are temperate in eating and drinking, thinking and dreaming.
They strengthen the world by nurturing everyone's higher nature.
Pay heed to your thoughts and impulses, ignoring those that undermine a healthy and persevering attitude.
A wise person is temperate in the consumption of food and drink, because to be otherwise only leads to discomfort;
the fact that temporary pleasure may precede the discomfort does not influence the person of mature character.
In the same way, be discriminating in your words and actions, lest a desire for temporary advantage lead you to cause pain for yourself or others.
Enrich your character and you will naturally nourish everyone around you.
[my format]
Story
29 Apr 2012 - 7:06pm
The Holographic Healing of Love
Melchizedek’s Weekly Message ~ April 29 – May 06, 2012
Channeled by: Julie Miller
April 29, 2012
There is a sacred level of healing within my energy dear ones and you will discover this healing as you delve into your path deeply with fervor and dedication. The Flower of Life Hologram of Love is THE revered symbol of unconditional love. All the five elements are represented by various sacred geometrical shapes: Fire – Star Tetrahedron, Air – Octahedron, Earth – Cube, Water – Icosahedron, and Spirit – Dodecahedron are all visible and recognized within the flower of life. If it was possible for you to look, you would see in your DNA/RNA this flower of life holographic pattern. Even the finest and minute of your atomic cell construction has this pattern within it.
Unconditional Love is a compelling force dear ones and once you have activated the Hologram of Love and it begins to rotate you WILL truly become magnetic within every cell of your physical body, thus attracting all you need to become a universal vibration of elevated wisdom. When you reach my energy you will discover ways that will help clear your lower three dimensional vibration states and in time open up to the fifth dimensional vibrational state. Like any kind of deep spiritual learning, discipline is required to be maintained throughout all phases.
The Hologram of Love is an active technique to raise your own energies that work with the Heart Chakra. Strengthening and conditioning the Love that is within you, will empower you to begin constructing positive changes in your life that will have optimal results that will affect not only you, but those closest to you. Love is where you begin, and you begin with the love that is within, nurture it, don’t be selfish; be selfless, share this love with others without expectation – after all Unconditional Love is to love without expecting anything in return. It is for the joy of the gesture of genuine kindness and charity towards others.
Through your thought intention and working with your heart chakra you will find your body awakening, responding to the higher frequency of energy and of healing light. An instant feeling of rejuvenation will be felt, leaving you free of stress, in turn this allows your body, mind and spirit to continue naturally and heal itself. I am speaking generally because I know you will want to find from your own intuition and guidance if this is for you. Healing with thought and with the Hologram of Love combines ancient wisdoms of Egypt, Mayan, Hebrew and Kabbalah and was practiced by the Ancient Atlanteans for self-discovery and higher learning.
The multi-layers of thought patterns are the primary cause of disease and of any breakdowns in your physical body. The instrument of the Hologram of Love admits all levels of mindfulness and having the capability to heal and revitalize any method of construction by positive thought and loving thoughts. The Holographic Healing of Love has the ability to get into and heal initial thought patterns and change your emotion and cell memory to that of the infinite life form. Once you are able to heal through this evolved method, you have changed your cell structure forever.
Dear ones, this method of healing requires no medication, only effort to meditate through your heart energy and steadily working to expand this into the unconditional love element that is the initial core of each of you. Yes you will have to remove old belief systems that involve social, family, past and present life situations and teachings. You will have to learn what it is that is no longer serving you any good, and go through the steps that will bring you into an expansive consciousness of advanced awareness also discovering the Divine being that is within you.
Once you have mastered this method of healing, the routine that is done daily will only take less than five minutes each morning, and can be done more than once per day. What you are utilizing is Perpetual Light dear ones, a light with NO beginning and NO end. The more you amplify this light around your body the more immune to sickness you become. Your belief in this Light and with the Light itself, it will dissolve all negative energies and emotional blockages. Another method similar to the Holographic of Love healing method is the Kundalini. Kundalini is healing but with a more gentle love vibration.
When you activate your Light Body, you then manifest the circular consciousness rather than the linear state of inactivated state. The perpetual light dear ones is absorbed into your body’s cells and encourages the healing. This amazing, divine light can be used to reprogram cell memory of your body so you have the power to manifest what it is you want from your body. It does sound incredible and it is all very achievable. When incorporating the Holographic of Love healing into your spiritual routine and practice you will defiantly be improving your over-all well-being. Not only will your well-being feel rejuvenated but you will be to finally be rid of embedded emotions that have been weighing you down too long. I have seen dear ones, the results that many people have experienced once they master this technique. They range from feeling less lethargic, calmer and more loving, some have been able to quit smoking and/or drinking, shadows from past hurts from emotional hurtful words and actions will be released, and the flow of positive energy increases the more you work on this throughout the journey you have embarked upon. It is worth the effort dear ones. Yes it will take some time because you will need to be able to not only understand the words that are black and white in front of you but relate with them through practice until you get an Ah-Ha feeling giving you the indication you TRULY get it. Just like any spiritual meditation or practice that involves healing, it cannot be rushed or forced, allow yourself the time to learn each phase. I have no schedule that demands when you are to learn a specific concept and neither does any Angel, Master, God or other deities. You learn what you are drawn to at your own speed.
I have thoroughly enjoyed talking even though briefly today on the importance of Unconditional Love and the effects on your health and those around you. I do love you, each of you and my energy is reachable for all people regardless where they are at on their spiritual journey that is leading into deep enlightenment of self, the Universe and with God.
I AM Melchizedek through Julie Miller
Teaching
29 Apr 2012 - 10:24am
The intertwining of soul energies creates a dance of life
.
.
RESONANCE - THE SHAPING OF REALITY
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
The patterning of energy emitted by each soul as a result of choices made in thought, word, or deed, brings into proximity energies from the surrounding spiritual environment that resonate with the energies being sent forth. This principle of 'energetic resonance' is magnetic in its effect, for the emitted energies, whether emotional or otherwise, draw to themselves corresponding forces in the spiritual environment which join with these to create a synergy that amplifies the energy in two individuals if we are speaking of a partnership, or in a group of individuals if we are speaking of a family, community, or larger collectivity.
Where this joining takes place for healing purposes, such an amplification or synergy in relation to the shared energies may be useful, since it more easily brings to the fore those healing issues that are shared in common. In a spiritual setting, it also enables two people or a group to receive more light than each could do on their own. However, when the emitted energies have a destructive intent and meet up with others of a similar vibration, the effect is more destruction since the cumulative effect of the energies is greater than the sum of the individual energies, taken alone.
This interactive patterning of energy is not something that human beings are generally aware of, yet it is something that will become more conscious as each soul comes to understand and care about the effect that they have on the surrounding environment. This level of awareness and of responsibility can only occur, however, when an individual consciousness feels linked to the greater whole. Such a perceived connection then motivates the further purification of each and every thought and action that would have a deleterious effect on that whole.
As long as human beings were not conscious of their effect on others and did not perceive themselves to be part of a greater unity, such an effect could be treated indifferently or carelessly. It is only when relationships are perceived in their full measure of interconnectedness, that the resonant patterning of energies becomes a primary means of regulating both what is shared with others, and what is put forth in order to attract the desirable to oneself.
From the standpoint of meeting those other souls with whom one most deeply resonates, it is necessary to first activate and send forth the soul qualities that one wishes to share, before others can be drawn into one's energetic orbit. The principle of resonance operates in this way: that one draws to oneself that which one resonates with as a common vibrational frequency. For this reason, each individual soul will seek, in the future, to become attuned more clearly and more continuously to the vibrational frequency that they are sending out, if what is desired is to draw to themselves those with whom they can share the greatest intimacy and the deepest experiences of life.
The idea that opposites attract also has popular currency today, and there is truth in this as well. However, relationships in which certain qualities are polarized on the human level, are generally ones in which the soul has chosen to amplify a particular quality within the self that has gone into dormancy or recession, and for this reason chooses a partner who will draw that quality out of oneself. This choice also takes place according to the principle of resonance, but under these circumstances, it is resonance in relation to a quality that is in need of engagement or enlargement that the soul, at its own level, has chosen to work toward in a particular lifetime.
Over time, each soul comes to be able to rely on its own intuition to distinguish more intimate soul friends from those who are less intimately connected, and this, too, is a result of energetic learning. For one's conscious self can distinguish through the shared energy that takes place, which souls are closest to one's own spiritual essence and purpose, and which are further away. These distinctions which are made more unconsciously at this time, will, as light increases, become more natural and frequent, and will draw to each soul the ones that each belongs with at the deepest levels of meaning and experience.
Teaching
29 Apr 2012 - 10:15am
Maintaining harmony within one's emotional house
.
.
LIVING WITHOUT BLAME - THE WAY OF PEACE
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
There are circumstances that arise, today, in which it can feel entirely justifiable to blame others, both on the collective level and on the personal, and yet the energy that we give to blame is not conducive to producing any effect other than to cast us even further into a depth of discouragement and despair.
Blame is the ego's way of protecting itself from feeling helpless. It arises in situations of frustration and deprivation, and instead of allowing us to feel grief-stricken or filled with loss or sorrow in a way that would help us heal, blame creates an active component of feeling – a sense that there is something we can do about the distressing circumstances we are dealing with. By engaging with blame, we tell ourselves that we are taking an active step in asking that justice prevail, or that others who are the cause of our distress become different.
Here, it is important to separate two things: the desire that circumstances that cause pain, suffering, or deprivation be different, and the energy of anger or blame which we bring to the situation. For this energy, instead of being useful to us in a larger sense, ends up using us so that we do not see the full picture of how to work within the situation or what changes within ourselves the situation might call for.
This is the truer version of life's opportunity in relation to situations of deprivation or pain – that we find within ourselves a willingness to trust and to align with the positive in life rather than the negative, by being willing to absorb our own pain, and instead of sending back into the world more pain that others can receive from us, to hold our own pain within ourselves and send back good instead.
This attitude may feel like it is beyond us, especially in instances where pain seems too great or deprivation or loss too severe. At such times, it is necessary to pray for an enlargement of the heart so that it can become big enough to hold what needs to be held, knowing that it is possible with Divine help. For this is the challenge of deprivation and sacrifice, not that we accept it in the sense of doing nothing to change the external conditions that may have led to it, but that we become able to find a measure of enlargement within ourselves so that we can bear pain without creating more of it for others. We do this not because we wish to suffer, but because we are identified with the lot of all in life, not just with our own lot.
The expansion of the heart in relation to its capacity to hold loss and sorrow and its desire to convert these into something that will be of benefit to the world, has a transmutative effect on the feeling of anger or blame. That is, it removes the need for these, and instead gives us a capacity to live freely and in peace with whatever circumstances life brings to us. Such a perspective does not create passivity as some would fear, but reflects a determination to be a force for good in the world and one that will be of benefit others.
In addition to this motive, another arises from the fact that blame and anger take from us precious energy and focus that would otherwise be able to contribute to the forward motion of our own lives in immediate ways – in decision-making, in planning, in imagining, and in just being able to be in the present in an ease-full way. Often, hidden from our waking consciousness, yet active, the negative energies that we hold within ourselves are disturbances to our own sense of peace. Sometimes we can feel them directly as eruptive anger or as another disturbing emotion. At other times, they operate as a wound below the surface of perception that cannot be healed because it has been left unattended.
The place of peace lies in the freedom to choose which emotional currents we will permit in our emotional house, and which we will leave behind. Those who seek peace must seek also to let go of the desire for anything that would conflict with this goal. The mind may not know how, but the heart knows the way. To begin to create peace within the heart, it is necessary to lay down one's arms, metaphorically speaking, and to determine to live in a way that is blame-free. When the heart truly desires this, the soul will find a way to teach the lessons of peace and the mind will progressively learn to accommodate.
May all beings who seek peace in the world find rest in the knowledge that it already lies within them, waiting to be found.
video
28 Apr 2012 - 10:07pm
Student, Melissa Wills, talks about the loss of self-respect in American girls today and what she has done and plans to do to help alleviate this issue.
.
Melissa Wills is a senior at Bozeman High School, where she is president of Project X^2. Project X^2 is a club that works to empower girls and boys alike to have more self-respect and self-worth. The club has transformed from focusing on women's issues to an altruistic club that engages not only with the school, but with the entire community. Wills is also active in the Rotary Interact Club and National Honor Society at the high school. She plans on pursuing Women and Gender Studies in college to support heightened equality for women around the world. Wills' other passions include ski racing, backpacking, soccer, family, and the outdoors.
.
About TEDx, x = independently organized event
In the spirit of ideas worth spreading, TEDx is a program of local, self-organized events that bring people together to share a TED-like experience. At a TEDx event, TEDTalks video and live speakers combine to spark deep discussion and connection in a small group. These local, self-organized events are branded TEDx, where x = independently organized TED event. The TED Conference provides general guidance for the TEDx program, but individual TEDx events are self-organized.*
.
(*Subject to certain rules and regulations)
Story
28 Apr 2012 - 7:12pm
Friendship REFLECTS Your I AM Presence
Message from Ascended Master, Saint Germain
Channeled by: Julie Miller
April 28, 2012
I have come to embrace you, to nurture and guide you with a release of the Violet Flame to aid in clearing ALL negative remains from past discord, current disharmony or any other form of negative energy from your consciousness and begin anew with a fresh slate. The times I have come and involved the Love of my Unconditional heart to help center you is endless, and I will NOT turn my back on you now, not ever my dear chelas.
I have come with a request and that is for each of you to hold strong to the flame that is alive within your heart that represents your God Presence. Nurture this flame to a roaring flame of understanding and flowing love that enters you into a correct relationship with the many cosmic and divine beings you hold so dear to your heart. With the nurturing Violet Flame and your commitment to refrain from speaking ill of your brothers and sisters that are also trying to figure out their journey you will be improving your ability to see beyond the temporary toils you have been enduring and moving away from illusions – one step at a time. Each person no matter where they are on this journey deserves to be respected and thought highly of. I encourage each of you to be observant of your brothers and sisters, and willingly reach to them when they appear to be struggling to understand a concept or idea. Share your wisdom and your vast knowledge without including bias or opinion but with care and by being factual. Your willingness to step in aids in balancing karma not just for the person you are helping but for yourself also. Make a point to use the Violet Flame to help clear yourself from negative debris left from helping others. It is welcoming of you to send a wave of healing love from your dear compassionate heart to who you shared this quality time of learning that worked two ways. When you find yourself taking a ‘teacher’ role you are also the student at the same time. This is a perfect time to practice your mastered patience and understanding.
Do you dear chelas, think asking you to look out for each other too much of me? Throughout the ages true friendship operated from this basis. Acts of kindness, consideration, being respectful and other God-Like attributes have transcended your human awareness of your own consciousness. When you take the time to truly understand the insightful quality of your own spiritual self you will find yourself willing to involve your heart, become disciplined and with your wisdom to accept the will of God. You will not fear vulnerability or humility because you have acquired a maturity that speaks volumes of your victories of the challenges you have overcome. From all that you have endured and learned, the knowledge you have gained is insurmountable. Share this wisdom; allow others to learn by you within their own way. They cannot be you, and you cannot be them, but by working together you both get closer to any achievement or goal you have planned.
And you know if you take the time to listen not with your ears so to speak, but with your heart, that you too will receive the same consideration and help for your own growth and achievement when you ask through dedicated prayer that is filled with pure love each and every time. None of you will ever go without guidance. I and my Master Brothers are available to you for support, love and guidance and we will direct you to humans who have attained knowledge that can assist you from this plane. Knowing this dear chelas, each of you must follow your free will and choose and agree to what you find in front of you. We cannot enforce only direct, nurture and support. Each of you deserves to see the grace from attaining a certain victory over a certain difficult circumstance or situation.
Know dear chelas we of the divine, angles and deities included straightaway answer the call that has been made by intense sincerity that illustrates the purity of your heart and shines your glorious I AM Presence. Every time we are called and the call is filled with pure intent that began from your heart allows us a larger ease to make a difference in the activities of your world. Many of you have read the stories of the masters; these illustrations give you an understanding that we also understand the ways of your world for we also have lived through various humans in order to receive experience, wisdom and knowledge. I encourage each of you my dear chelas to extend your personal boundary, see what else is out there and learn all you can. Learn not only from books but from observation of yourself, observation of others and of the nature that is very much alive around you. There will never be an end to your learning; it is as perpetual as my love and devotion to you.
When you do call for our assistance by means of prayer or decree your words must be filled with your heart, set any angers aside and allow your heart to speak through you. The power of your words when spoken with love will radiate your genuineness of love and of light. When you are called to help another sister or brother, even if they are not on a spiritual journey, you will be radiating your God-Like qualities being that of forgiveness, purity of thought and action, gentle, compassionate, being polite and generous with love from your unconditional heart. It is not difficult dear ones, requires only the want to work from the highest form of yourself at all times for the goodness it brings you and the joy you feel as a result.
I ask each of you to learn sincere admiration of your I AM Presence that is within your own precious heart, it is in actuality the living presence of God inside of you. The more you work with your I AM Presence the stronger your connection becomes; the infinite flow of love is felt from the heart and fills your entire body, mind and spirit with renewed zest and completeness. It is the constancy of practicing the use of your I AM Presence in all your daily activities that achieves the momentum from your experiences and brings you to a complete understanding of yourself. You are filled with so much gracious beauty and wisdom my dear chelas. I am honoured to have been called to the side of each of you during various moments in this lifetime.
Whenever you follow the prompting of your heart you have no mistakes. Even though you may think of errors as mistakes, they really are opportunities given to you to learn a newer way, to change and adopt another way to coming to a solution. By no means are you limited. When you have followed impulses that had no heart or love involved the lessons will be invariably different. Nonetheless they are not mistakes, only new opportunities to change and break certain cycles that often become repeated. There is no special time or situation when the Violet Flame can be invoked. Do not only require its nurturing attributes when you are deep in despair, call for its wave of healing every day dear ones. Even while you are moving through a difficult moment in your life, go within yourself and seek the mighty strength of your I AM Presence. Feel an instant calm take over you and a greater peace and harmony fill heart, body and spirit. You will not have any difficulty achieving success over any situation when you are able to bring forth your I AM Presence and make use of the Violet Flame daily.
I am grateful to have this time today to speak with you. My words are given to you with love and reverence. Be gentle with yourselves, share knowledge, love yourself and love ALL people. Never skimp on the charitable nature of your true and generous spirit.
I AM Ascended Master, Saint Germain through Julie Miller
Teaching
28 Apr 2012 - 9:51am
One Earth, one Heart, one human family.
.
.
THE PERSPECTIVE OF ONENESS
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
From the perspective of oneness, there is only one being that represents the human family. The body of this being is the earth, and the consciousness of this being is the earth's consciousness. The several billion inhabitants of the earth, are all part of a larger life that exists within and around them, for whom their individualized consciousness is but one part.
From the perspective of oneness there is no separation between the individual person and the earth, nor is there a separation between one person and another. This does not mean that all people are alike in their individual characteristics. It means that all people are joined in a common bond of identity within a larger whole.
The unity of the family of man has been spoken of for generations. It is implied in all the great historical documents that nations of the world have generated throughout time. It is understood as a concept, however it has not been possible for this concept to become a living reality until now. Now, for the first time, it is possible due to the higher vibration of light entering the earth's physical and spiritual atmosphere, for individuals to experience this state of oneness both within meditation and outside of it. Now, for the first time, it is possible that humanity can begin to recognize itself as having a common origin, common purpose, and common destiny.
Within the perception of oneness, the sacredness of life pervades all living things. There is no exclusion for any living being based on their history, their actions, or their beliefs. All are included within the sacred circle of life and all are souls. The animal and plant kingdoms, too, participate in this circle - animals to a lesser degree than humans in a conscious way; plants to a lesser degree than animals in a conscious way. However, life is more than self-awareness or self-consciousness, and so both the animal and plant kingdoms are also part of the earth's body and of the earth's being. They are part of the creation of what exists as one whole.
To understand oneness it is not necessary to engage in scientific proof on the level of the mind. It is necessary to open the heart more fully to embrace the understanding that we are all one. The heart provides the first path of approach to the experience of unity and oneness. Later on, the mind, through its capacity to make observations and to acquire knowledge, will perceive the energetic basis through which all matter participates in a network of connective energy, and will know through scientific means, that nothing is really separate from anything else. It has already been said in poetic form that "we are the stuff of which stars are made." This is both physically and spiritually true. One day it will be said that "we are the stuff of which the earth is made and of which light is made." We are all mixtures of earth and light.
The perspective of oneness creates a way of relating to life that places the ego in a less prominent position than it has had before this. It places the interests of the self in a parallel relationship to the wellbeing of all. Here, it is not a matter of whether one aspect in this parallel relationship is given fifty-five percent importance and the other forty-five, or visa versa. It is a matter of shifting perceptions so that one goes back and forth continually between awareness of the self and awareness of the entire world.
he ways in which the earth's energy-resources are used offers one arena in which this shifting awareness can be observed most noticeably, since, in the past, individuals, groups, industries, and governments have generally considered their own specific needs regarding energy consumption to be paramount, with far less regard for the needs of others or of the world. It is true that there is a general consciousness of wanting to not deplete the world's resources, but in terms of the seriousness with which this is taken, the part of perception that relates to oneness versus the part of perception that relates to the specific needs of the self remain in a very unequal balance, with self-awareness and the needs of self playing a much larger part on the screen of one's personal awareness. This is true of individuals, and it is also true of groups, businesses, industries, and governments.
The shift has not yet been made to the consciousness of oneness which, when present, prevents the self from taking what is not rightfully one's own since this taking creates a disturbance in the fabric and wellbeing of the greater whole. Put differently, the self begins to realize that 'I cannot have more if, somehow, that having harms you'. Sharing, within this new perception, becomes more important than having. Not creating harm to others becomes more important than fulfilling an ideal of personal comfort that might have been taken for granted in an earlier time.
All who live at this time on the earth are here to participate in the self-conscious awakening of the earth's inhabitants to the awareness of oneness. There are perils in the process and there are difficulties to be faced, for there are also forces that exist within the earth's spiritual atmosphere that would counteract such a development. Nevertheless, all who inhabit the planetary body at this time are being infused by a new vibration of light that is present, and the capacity to experience the truth of being 'one body' and 'one consciousness' can begin to dawn now.
From the perspective of oneness, there is no longer a need to be afraid of the disintegration and abandonment of the idea that life can be lived in a solitary way. This fear presumes that it is necessary to separate oneself in order to preserve one's identity. Identity does not need to be based on separation. This is the new discovery. One can have an individualized identity and yet be joined with others in joy and love at the same time. Identity, based on separation, is precisely what is changing at this time, and a new identity for individuals and for the earth as a whole is taking its place. This new identity will usher in a new capacity within international relations for cooperation instead of conflict, and for negotiation instead of war. It will usher in the possibility, for the first time, of a world at peace.
Teaching
28 Apr 2012 - 9:44am
Behold a new Earth arising. The light within each one is being born.
.
.
RESPECT FOR LIFE
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
The power of the human soul lies in its existence - its freedom to become whomever it chooses to be. This freedom is unqualified. It is not limited except by the soul's own choices. The greatest expression of this freedom is demonstrated when the soul reveals all of its dormant potential, that is, when it becomes who it is truly meant to be. Lesser expressions of self may seem easier to attain and more pleasant in the moment, but they contain less freedom. The fullest expression of self and of life is what brings greatest joy to the soul.
Respect for the life of others is a consequence of honoring others as souls, equal in their right to unqualified freedom. Though souls differ from one another in countless external expressions, their right to exist as themselves is the sacred gift of liberty which belongs to the individual and which must be honored as we honor our own lives. This respect for the right of souls to exist, to live, and to pursue their own ends lies at the foundation of democracy. It forms the basis for a future society which will blend individual differences in a working collaboration with God at the center. Such a collaboration is not easy to attain at present since we currently deal with others not as souls but in terms of their more superficial personality expressions. It is also not easy to attain because God is not at the center of our meetings with one another. Yet, the possibility for such a society to evolve and to exist is real because it is based on truth: the truth that we all are souls, and that we each have the capacity to live from our essential nature to a far greater degree than is presently possible.
The encouragement of diversity of expression within a broader understanding of the commonality of our soul-nature is the task of a future society, one which we can help promote. The government of such a society will rule according to more fundamental principles than political expediency. It will elevate the status of its poorer members, seeking to grant them the equality of existence that befits the dignity of individuals. In aiming to abolish poverty, such a society will rely less on competition to promote the wealth of certain segments, and more on common humanity to promote the wealth of all segments. Such thinking will not be considered ungrounded idealism at that time, but rather the logical outgrowth of a view of life in which all others are seen as part of oneself, part of a living whole. Just as an individual would not cut off their arm and think that they were better off, so it will seem in relation to the people of the world. We will respect their life knowing that it is part of our own. This view of planetary life will hold the awareness that one segment of society cannot be significantly better off while another segment suffers, without negative consequences to all.
Respect for the life of souls also asks us to look again at the principle of competition among individuals, groups, organizations, and nations. This principle has often in the past taken humanity in the direction of violence and destruction, whether that competition was for land, for resources, for religious dominance, or for political power. Wherever wealth, dominance, or superiority have been given importance over the values of peace, harmony, and concern for others, an imbalance has been created in which large groups of people suffered, or the earth itself suffered. At this time in our history, this has occurred to such a degree that the earth itself is now in jeopardy, becoming less able to support the life it is meant to carry. In any culture or civilization, ongoing behavior that extensively departs from the basic values of the heart and of God creates an imbalance which eventually must be corrected, sometimes with radical changes to the culture itself. At the core of this correction is the requirement that we return to those values that once again emphasize the heart's truth - values that share concern for the life of all people and affirm the spiritual purpose for which souls exist.
Respect for life and for the life of souls places an emphasis, first and foremost, on the essential dignity and worthiness of all persons, maintaining this principle in the face of pressure, even when other values claim the right to crowd it out. To live in such a way is what it means to truly be human, and it is the return to our essential humanity that lies in our future as we come to recognize ourselves as spiritual beings. This recognition will also reveal to us that the earth, too, is a living organism, one whose life must be respected as we respect our own. Now, at this pivotal time in our history, we can choose to align ourselves with the forces of materialism and indifference that are common and present in society today, or we can place ourselves firmly on the side of life and seek in every way we are capable of to contribute to the life around us. We are given this choice as souls, and can respond in freedom to each opportunity we have to address the way in which we do things. When we realize that 'quality' is a function of holding supreme the values of the heart and soul over all others, we have the means to soften our lives so that we live in accordance with the directives of our soul in a manner that God intends for us to live. This, ultimately, is the future for the earth, and it is ours to begin if we choose to do so now.
Blog entry
27 Apr 2012 - 10:11pm
Dear hearts of light,
a while ago i gave somebody a distance healing through my crystal skull Kazu-Anu with kundalini reiki.
You can do it also with other forms of distance healing.
You can also just juse your thoughts and intention to give somebody love and light.
You do it on the following manner:
You hold your crystal skull in both hands and you ground yourself through meanings of a grounding cord that goose deep in mother Earth
and anchor that within the heart crystal of Mother Earth.
You open your heart chakra and your hand chakra´s with the intention that they are open and it just happens that they open themself.
Visualise the person where you want to give healing and/or love and light to inside your crystal skull and you surround your crystal skull
and the person in a colour that your crystal skull gives you and you let the energies via your heart flow through your hands into the crystal skull.
Just let it flow till your crystal skull says that it is enough.
You close with grounding yourself with a grounding cord as you did start with.
That is it dear beloveds.
You can do the same with yourself, thus placing yourself in the crystal skull.
I wish you all a wonderful and magical day.
In loving service with love and light,
Swen.
Teaching
27 Apr 2012 - 10:04pm
Dear hearts of light,
a while ago i gave somebody a distance healing through my crystal skull Kazu-Anu with kundalini reiki.
You can do it also with other forms of distance healing.
You can also just juse your thoughts and intention to give somebody love and light.
You do it on the following manner:
You hold your crystal skull in both hands and you ground yourself through meanings of a grounding cord that goose deep in mother Earth
and anchor that within the heart crystal of Mother Earth.
You open your heart chakra and your hand chakra´s with the intention that they are open and it just happens that they open themself.
Visualise the person where you want to give healing and/or love and light to inside your crystal skull and you surround your crystal skull
and the person in a colour that your crystal skull gives you and you let the energies via your heart flow through your hands into the crystal skull.
Just let it flow till your crystal skull says that it is enough.
You close with grounding yourself with a grounding cord as you did start with.
That is it dear beloveds.
You can do the same with yourself, thus placing yourself in the crystal skull.
I wish you all a wonderful and magical day.
In loving service with love and light,
Swen.
Teaching
27 Apr 2012 - 10:33am
Burst into singing all ye lands, for the time of awakening is here.
.
.
EMBRACING THE LIGHT
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
There are many, today, who seek to do what is right and good in God's eyes, who, nevertheless find themselves at odds with this inner directive when it comes to some form of attachment that is difficult to give up or some form of loss that is difficult to resign oneself to. Then, the commitment to embrace the light can be sorely tested as it comes into contact with the remaining areas of emotional need that have not yet detached themselves from the ego and given themselves to God.
Attachments of all kinds fall into this category – to things, places, people, hopes, even to a sense of one's personal identity. All of these can be let go of in progressive stages as one seeks to substitute a planetary identity for the personal one, attachment to God for all lesser attachments, and hope that lies in the expansion of spiritual truth, for the smaller hopes that may be present.
Embracing the light involves the heart's reaching out in love to do what it can to serve God and Life in a way that will be of benefit to all. With respect to each action taken or to be taken, it requires considering whether the action is mainly self-serving, or if it will be of benefit to others. Such a perspective does not necessitate the abandonment of the self and its wishes, since these, too, partake of the soul's purpose and essence. Yet it places these in service to the greater good, understanding that the good of the Whole and the good of the self are inseparable.
Herein lies a step that must be taken in the forward progression of spiritual truth – it is to know beyond doubt that the self cannot benefit if others are diminished; that the self cannot advance if others are held back. This underlying premise can infuse the heart at deeper and deeper levels of understanding as it opens to greater light. Then, it no longer becomes a struggle to contemplate waiting for something or letting go of something, for security lies in knowing that all will be well if it arrives in God's time and not in one's own.
The light of God is both a sacred mystery at the heart of Life and a tangible aspect of what human beings are meant to experience. In its primordial beginnings, it is the divine Source out of which all that is was created. As a tangible experience within embodied life, it is the divine Presence that exists within all that can be sensed by hearts that are opening to deeper layers of their own identity. This Presence is the essence of all that lives and the spiritual core out of which everything is made.
The divine Presence is God individualized within Creation. Within itself it includes the force of light and love in a seamless unity that embraces all. Within itself, it also includes the blueprint for Creation that perpetually unfolds to reveal the new. To embrace this Presence is to reciprocally open oneself to love and revere the Divine and holy purpose that is manifested within Life, and to love and revere the one Source that gives rise to all of existence.
As light's expansion brings one to a deeper sense of identity, there is no longer conflict or separation between the love that one gives to the Presence and the love that one gives to oneself. It is for this reason that surrender does not diminish the self but rather expands it. Indeed, the holy Presence of light within each one is joined to the same Presence within all, and what is essentially a unity of One cannot be in conflict with Itself. Therefore, one's true purpose can never be at odds with the truth of another's purpose Though it may appear that way on the surface, beneath the surface all exists in harmony.
For this reason, increased light makes possible concordance and peace within relationships and between nations. It makes possible the resolution of what appear to be insurmountable differences. In the presence of these difficulties, if one were to go to a deeper level, the source of harmony and love, based on oneness, would be found.
Ultimately, to embrace the light is to allow the heart to love freely and without restrictions, and to let go of all labels that may seek to limit that love. In this way, one welcomes the Divine to permeate one's entire life. Such is the future toward which mankind is presently moving, and it will enable all disparate and separate elements within human consciousness to exist in harmony and peace.
Teaching
27 Apr 2012 - 10:26am
Behold a new Earth arising. The light within each one is being born.
.
.
THE POWER OF LIGHT
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
"To those who have, more shall be given" is a statement from the Bible (see below) that has perplexed many, since it is counter-intuitive in a moral sense - an ordinary sense of fairness ordinarily telling us that to those who have less, more should be given. Such a statement becomes understandable, however, when applied to the above principle of light amplifying light. For it is the power of spiritual light, wherever it arises, to resonate or infuse the light already present within an individual, group, or a society, so that this light becomes stronger and brighter and is raised to a higher frequency of vibration.
God's light spans all dimensions and levels of reality, moving through time and space as a current of radiance that affects both individual life and human history. Where light is present on the earth, where consciousness is capable of holding light and the heart is capable of centering itself upon it, there the greater light may enter and make itself at home, illuminating with greater force all that it finds that matches or resonates with it. Often, this produces the many kinds of spiritual awakening that take place, for light, upon entering awareness, wakes up those capacities and perceptions that have been dormant, bringing into consciousness sensitivities and clarity that existed before only in potential. It is the illuminating power of light that creates true inspiration, both large and small, the perception of other worlds, the capacity to distinguish between moral truth and moral falsehood that represents itself as truth, and the illumination and enlargement of the heart so that it can love more, with greater strength and depth. All of these effects are produced by the increased presence of light within the body, heart, and mind.
By contrast, where light encounters darkness within an individual, group, or society, it is part of its innate capacity and function to set it free – to release it so that it is no longer hidden or bound within the structure that it inhabits. Darkness exists at many levels and can affect emotion, thought, motivation, physical functioning, and the capacity to sense the reality of the spiritual worlds, including the reality of God. Its primary function is to create a sense of separation between consciousness and the reality of the Divine through doubt, fear, and the instillation of counter-ideas about reality that create mistrust and disbelief concerning the goodness of God and God's purposes.
The freeing function of light is a powerful force for good. When light encounters darkness, it attracts the darkness to itself, moving it out of its place of residence and hiding and exposing it to the light of day. In this way, do individuals become aware of feelings they may have carried for a long time without every having been conscious of them. In this way, too, do the crystallized forms of darkness that reside within the body, causing symptoms of varying kinds, become separated from the physical context in which they live. These then begin to release as energies, instituting a healing process that could not have taken place without light's presence.
The power of light is the strongest force in the Universe. It is the force of Divine intention and Breath - the same force that was present in the act of Creation. Though the exposure of darkness to the human psyche or upon the planet may create an upsurge of difficulty as areas of negativity and separated consciousness become seen and known for what they truly are, in the end, the process heals because of the release that is taking place. This is similar to the way in which a fever that liberates heat becomes part of the healing process, or the way in which other symptoms become active in the body as part of the freeing of formerly bound energies.
It is useful in all cases, whether in pursuit of a general strengthening of light or whether in need of healing and of greater assistance with removal of darkness, to call upon the light of God, for the calling upon it opens the door that allows it to enter. In addition to words of affirmation such as "The light of God is with me, surrounding and upholding me," the greater purity and openness of the body to receive light, achieved through the process of purification, is a powerful force for stabilizing light within the physical dimension so that further healing and transformation can take place.
Mat 13:12 - For whosoever hath, to him shall be given, and he shall have more abundance: but whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away even that he hath.
award winning artist - Julie Watkins (Path to the Light)
Teaching
26 Apr 2012 - 9:27am
Be still, and know that I am God. -Psalm 46:11
.
.
BELIEF, FAITH, AND KNOWING
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
.
To know something, to believe something, and to have faith in something are all different things. They reflect degrees of involvement with knowledge that can vary from the most superficial awareness to the most profound perception of our deepest being. We can think something with only the surface of ourselves, and we can know something with the totality of who we are. How we know, and at what depth we know, determines how we live. For this reason it is useful to ask: How do we know that God is real? How do we know that Light is real? How do we know that the process of purification is real? These are important questions for us - questions that require reflection.
To begin with, let us ask: What is it to 'know' something? What is it to 'believe' something? What is it to 'have faith' in something?
We believe things with our minds. Beliefs are ideas. They are concepts. They give us a picture of reality that others can agree with or disagree with. Beliefs are thoughts that can be put into words and these words can be communicated to others. Beliefs, however, are not absolute truths. They are opinions about reality, not reality itself. In the realm of belief we can have our own opinions, others can have their opinions, and we can agree or disagree, remembering that the truth of our beliefs is relative.
Having faith in something is different than this. Faith, in a spiritual sense, does not have to do with relative truths but with absolute truths - truths that exist for all time. Faith relates us to an unvarying, underlying reality that we share in - one that we assume exists whether we believe in it or not. Unlike beliefs which are of the mind, faith is not just of the mind but of the heart as well.
Here is an example of the difference between belief and faith: We think something with our mind about God. This is our concept of God. We think, for example, that God is the creator of the Universe and that God must have had a reason for wanting to create the Universe, that is, that it was an intentional act. We can think that the reason for this act is unknown, or we can think that the reason for this act was the wish to extend love. Whichever we think, we are still in the realm of concepts. We are still in the realm of opinions.
Faith comes into play when we tell ourselves that our concepts are true - when we hold them to be true even though we don't have any proof that they are true. Then we have crossed the line. Faith is not concerned with proof. This is because faith is of the heart as well as the mind. Faith occurs not just because we think something is true, but because we want it to be true and our minds tell us that it may be true. Faith combines our heart's wish and our mind's belief into an inner affirmation that the possible is real. Faith is the affirmation of this reality.
When we have faith, we believe in the invisible. In doing this, our mind faces a clear choice between doubt and trust. Faith makes the choice to trust based on the joining of mind and heart. It makes the choice to suspend doubt and cynicism and to say "yes" to the thinking of the heart rather than to rational thinking. In place of rational thinking faith says: "I can believe in what I do not see, for it is not physical sight that gives reality to things but heart and intuition that gives reality to things." Faith is based on the willingness of the mind to side with the reality of the heart which holds that what is subjective can be equally real to what is objective, even though it may not be proveable in a physical sense. Love is like this, a subjective fact whose existence cannot be proven but whose reality is nevertheless very real.
Those who take exception to faith as a way of perceiving reality, often do so on the basis of scientific rationality. One of the most common arguments against faith is this: if you cannot see it, touch it, or feel it with your senses, you cannot know it exists. Further, if no one else but you can perceive it, then there is even less chance that it exists.
This is a very common argument against faith - one which requires proof in order to believe something. This argument is valid, but only within the realm in which proof operates, the realm of science, not the realm of life. It is valid within this realm because scientific thinking defines a methodology which is based on proof as a way of dealing with externally verifiable facts. But a methodology is not a cosmology - it is not a way of understanding life and how existence came to be. For this, something else is needed. Science as a methodology is only capable of understanding what is within its domain - the domain of the physical. This is important to understand. Science is not reality but a tool with which to explore a portion of reality. There are many other portions to which it does not apply.
Scientific reality or the scientific mind, for example, can have little to say about the phenomenon of 'knowing'. For 'knowing', unlike both belief and faith, participates little, if at all, in the mind. Indeed, if we say that belief is based in the mind, and faith is based in the joining of heart and mind, then 'knowing' can be said to be based in the body - in our very being itself.
Knowing is based on our experience of something. In knowing something, we do not think or speculate about it. We perceive it so deeply within ourselves as true that we don't have to discuss it, and no matter what anyone else says about it, it does not alter our reality. In this sense, we can say that experience just is. It cannot be proved or disproved. It can go to more and more profound levels of conviction, but it is generally only we ourselves who can testify to it. Our experience is the most interior, private part of ourselves - the part with which we feel the most certain because it lives within us at the deepest place.
To experience something is to know it. To experience something deeply is to know it with a degree of certainty that gives it more power and influence over our lives than other things. Here is a common example of our knowing something: When the sun shines on our skin we feel warmth. We don't need anyone else to tell us what we feel. We know that we feel something we call 'warmth'. In relation to the sun, we have an ease with our knowing since others share our experience and can understand it. But we can experience things that are just as real as the sun shining on our skin that others cannot see, and know them to be true with equally strong conviction. Our problem in doing so is that when others cannot validate our experience for us, we frequently invalidate it ourselves.
It is this way with the perception of God and Light. The experience of God and the energy of light can be as real to us as the warmth of the sun on our skin. Yet, because we are alone in our perception, it is often difficult for us to appreciate that we know something. This is complicated by the fact that it is also difficult for us to put such experiences into words because we don't have the language to do so. And so we try to do the best we can, knowing all the while that words are inadequate in communicating our experience to others. We know that the experience of God or Light can be felt in our bodies, and it is unlike thinking about something or having faith in it. This is what purification teaches us.
Here is the point that all spiritual life strives for and the point of purification as well: to go beyond both faith and belief into knowing - to bring each of us to the point of experiencing God in a way that is so real that it will be impossible to deny. All of spiritual life is directed toward this knowing. We seek it, we long for it, we search for it, and when we find it, it leaves an imprint on our soul.
In the realm of spiritual experience, there are many people who are afraid to know what they know. They may have had intuitions about things that are quite deep. They may have had experiences of God's presence that have come to them like a whisper or a gentle breeze that hardly lets you know it's there. Yet, because an experience doesn't last, they are inclined to say that it wasn't there in the first place.
Here is fear speaking - the thought of being seen as foolish or crazy. Within the spiritual realm, we can know something for a moment and it can change our life forever. Many people have had such an experience and have been afraid to claim it for themselves because of the lack of proof that it actually occurred. As a result, they let go of something that could have changed the rest of their life because they were afraid to claim it as real. The imprint of spiritual reality does not exist in time, it exists in depth, and if we claim our knowing, a moment is more than enough to convey to us the impression of eternity. This is how powerful spiritual reality can be.
Knowing something, then, can change our relationship to everything in our life, because it changes us in the deepest sense of who we feel we are. This is the goal of purification, to bring us into the knowing of Divine reality through our experience. This knowing takes us past faith and belief into certainty. It takes us past doubt and cynicism into certainty. It takes us past opinions, discussions, relative truths, and spiritual debates into a peace and certainty that nothing can eradicate. Knowing of Divine reality is the single most important event that can change a person's relationship to life. It is our future, and what lies before us as souls.
Teaching
26 Apr 2012 - 9:17am
Unity of the known and the unknown in a heart of innocence
.
.
THE PURIFICATION OF DOUBT
Julie Redstone
http://www.lightomega.org
.
,
Beloved children of God, there are those of you who do not yet believe that God's reality is real, who continue to feel based on rational premises, that what is credible and trustworthy is what is connected with the power of science to verify things and with the power of mind to understand them. This perspective, which emphasizes the intellect, has been hard won over many thousands of years, and for many it is not one to be relinquished lightly. And yet there are, today, many more available ways of knowing things than have existed in the past, and many more that bypass the mind entirely. In order to move into the new, such ways must be assimilated and given a home within the heart so that the new reality can have a place in which to reside.
Doubt, beloved ones, occurs within the mind. The heart, by contrast, may feel a degree of conviction about something even while the mind is uncertain and doubtful. Furthermore, in addition to the heart with its access to emotional and intuitive truths, there are also other senses now developing within the human brain and awareness which are giving rise to new pathways of knowledge and to a new appraisal of the nature of reality. This change in the mechanism by which we know things is coming about because of the increased presence of light on the earth - light which is unfolding human potentials that had previously lain dormant. As a result, new capabilities and new sensitivities are developing among many, and these require a relinquishing of control by the mind in order that they be given a chance to expand and to contribute to knowledge of a different kind.
Doubt, in addition to creating uncertainty or disbelief on the mental level, is often accompanied by emotional attitudes that are reflections of the division within the self. One part of the self may be willing to believe something or to trust it based on non-logical criteria, while the other part looks on contemptuously with an attitude of superiority or disdain, undermining the capacity of the first part to feel firmly rooted in its own point of view. Contempt and disdain, as well as the attitude of superiority which often accompanies these, are not necessary accompaniments of doubt which can be open-minded, curious, and innocent. They are the effects of dark energies which attach themselves to the mental process in order to control further movement toward the light. Often, the very existence of these dark energies is also doubted, and so a situation is produced which is fertile ground within which the mind's desire to remain in control can take root, while the heart and all the other developing senses remain undermined and disregarded.
In the presence of doubt, what is needed is to return to a heart of innocence where not knowing is acceptable in relation to uncertainty. With an openness to non-know, and with a desire to leave oneself available to new experience, the mental process can be defused so that the emotional components of contempt and disdain can be eliminated or at least minimized.
For those who, in following the dictates of the heart over the mind, feel a need for reassurance that they are not acting foolishly, let this be said:
In the presence of doubt, wisdom can arise, perhaps even more so than in the presence of premature certainty. Therefore, it is not doubt that needs to be discarded, but rather the impression that one can make a serious mistake by going in an unfamiliar direction, and that the price that might have to be paid would be too great. This price, the darkness would have one believe, is the undermining of the most central beliefs that one has held onto.
Such is not the case, dear ones. Exploring new terrain does not have to undermine all one's most cherished beliefs unless these beliefs are already in question and are ripe for questioning. Then, doubt, comes as an activating and health-giving tool, useful to both mind, heart, and imagination in producing a new evaluation of what the conscious self has deemed to be real and true. Sometimes, the picture of what is real and true must change in order that something that has greater truth in it may become known, and for this purpose, openness to increasing truth in the presence of doubt is always a useful perspective.
For this reason there is no need to fear being in a state of doubt or uncertainty. It is only the desire of the ego-mind which is accustomed to being in control that creates a fear of the unknown, and that would ward off the possibility for acknowledging another way of knowing that could be beneficial. If the mind is assuaged with the understanding that one is pursuing greater truth, and that in order to do so, the unfamiliar must be absorbed and understood as well as the habitual, it may become more possible to keep an open-mind and to allow other ways of perceiving reality to come into being.
The denial of the existence of dark energies that affect the mind can simultaneously have a repressive effect on the pursuit of truth and on an ability to open to new vistas. For these energies work to create subtle and seductive rationalizations as to why one should reject the new and cling to the old. The process of rationalization itself is often fueled by dark energies, and their victory lies in the ability to convince the conscious self that something that is being put forward as a new idea is either ridiculous, dangerous, or not worth looking into.
Beloved ones, let the desire to open to the greater being of who you are be your guide in this situation. Let it guide you toward the knowledge of your heart which is more firmly connected with your soul and with Divine truth than your mind may be, irrespective of what the current view is that the mind may hold. Breathe into your heart in the presence of doubt and let go of fear, and the rest of the process will work toward the further opening to your awareness of greater truth and understanding. Blessings.
Blog entry
25 Apr 2012 - 8:06pm
Street pastor touched by those he meets
found in Alberta Sweetgrass Aboriginal Newspaper, March 2012 issue
written by, Heather Andrews Miller
Twenty years ago, Peter Schultz saw a notice about the First Nations Alliance Church posted at the Canadian Native Friendship Centre.
“I knew right away that I would enjoy being a part of that church, and I’ve become involved as a member of the worship team at Sunday afternoon services, while still attending the church where I grew up in the mornings,” he said.
Through the years, he has extended his reach to the inner city agencies such as the Mustard Seed, House of Refuge Mission, the Hope Mission, the Bissell, and the Boyle Street Community Centre.
“My doctor persuaded me three months ago to retire so now I have more time to train people to work downtown where there is so much need,” he explained.
His 20 years as a licensed practical nurse at the University Hospital followed by an additional 10 years in the home-care industry gave Schultz an intimate look at people from all backgrounds and all walks of life.
“When I first felt a calling from God to work in the inner city, I wondered how the people would relate to me,” he said. He had never experience the day-to-day fight for survival that many of them experience, as he had lived a safe and secure life, and had never been involved with any kind of substance abuse. “But God gave me bi-polar so I’ve been as high as you can get and as low as you can get, so I felt I could fit right in.”
Schultz was influenced by German author Karl Mei who wrote stories about Indian people who were always the heroes, as opposed to the Hollywood westerns where they were always the enemy.
“He had a major influence on German people, giving them a love for Aboriginal people that continues to this day,” Schultz said.
Schultz enjoys the cultural activities as well as meeting people on an individual basis and often attends round dances and other ceremonies held in the various agencies downtown.
Schultz feels the best way he can help the people he meets is to be like Jesus in all his relationships.
“I took a big risk. I have let over 200 people stay overnight at my place during the last 20 years. Because I never asked for any favours, I built an immediate trust with them, so I’ve got a number of people that trust me more than anyone else,” he explained, adding that many were women who were unlikely to ever trust a man again.
“There is a wonderful promise in the Bible that all things work for good to them that love God and fit into his plans. So I don’t care what happens to me, if I get beat up or falsely accused of any kind of transgression and end up in jail, that’s okay,” he concluded. “I would welcome it because I would have a whole new audience of souls who need guidance and trust and friendship and I’d be truly working for Jesus.”
Story
25 Apr 2012 - 7:30pm
Balance is Essential
Message from Archangel Uriel
Channeled by: Julie Miller
April 25, 2012
Bless your dear hearts on this beautiful day that is before us. I am honoured once again upon the acceptance of our dear vessel’s permission to come forth and speak to all of you. How busy you are with your journey, how wonderful it is to see the busyness and the learning.
All your chakra centres are very important. They hold valuable information about you and how to utilize these energy centres effectively and efficiently. I am to briefly discuss today the Sacral Chakra. This chakra is associated with the colour orange and is very important. This centre is all about your sexuality that is often noticed with creativity and art. These are the vital expressions of the powers of creation; both the non-physical and physical. When this important chakra is open, your true loving feelings flow and you are able to express yourself without being overly emotional. You will find yourself open to intimacy and find your passion thrives when this chakra is open. During this state you are finding no problems within your sexual nature.
Sexuality can be a touchy topic with some people and it has little to do with maturity, it has to do with themselves and their feelings and beliefs on the subject. When this chakra is under-active, you may find yourself not very open to anyone, possibly aloof and detached. If you’re the sacral chakra is over worked, you may find yourself always emotional to all people and during this over active state you might notice your sexual needs are higher and more intense. I will not direct you one way or the other besides to find balance with this incredible energy that is derived from this centre. Just like anything in your life, even in this chakra - balance is essential.
Each of you have been given free will on how to express your creative abilities. You have the choice to direct which way to go with this strong force. I have seen some people; men and women both create a negative situation just to have an opportunity to learn. This does not mean I wish for you to begin fighting with your best friend or your spouse if there is no cause dear ones. There is potential for further understanding and increased growth in your personal and spiritual lives through any situation regardless if you induced it on purpose or if it blew in out of nowhere. All situations and events give you a learning opportunity that will eventually bring you to complete satisfaction and understanding.
The task at hand for many dear ones who share the Earth is learning to find structure and order just for their day-to-day lives. Order and structure does come when you are able to understand the root to what causes the disorder without passing any blame. Through your thoughts and words, your expressions and how you relate if positive or negative has a huge effect on the outcome. It is through your expressions, either verbal or written that receives most notice, but before you speak or write it is your thoughts that need to take precedence. Take the extra time to show compassion in everything you do to all people you meet. How you choose to communicate and greet those that you meet and pass by is what is remembered.
There is an important matrix dear ones that holds the blueprint of your existence. Inside this form, called Metatron’s Cube is anything that you might require to bring forth in your current life for both physical and spiritual purposes and for your progression. This matrix holds every prototype from which you can produce and make things manifest as you develop and improve on all points of your existence. This matrix also holds directions for the many steps you may take to reach a specific part of your journey. Metatron’s Cube also holds a full guide to help you completely understand your spiritual and physical self that includes the most archaic knowledge. It is this knowledge that is sought for that will help bring in more focus and determination that will through study from going within and reading material on your own that will lead you a higher level of appreciation. We will not stay with the talk of sacred geometry, but it is an important part of your self-discovery and growth. The study of Metatron’s Cube is important for you to pursue when you are ready to absorb the deep and primal meaning of this matrix. I do know what each of your individual blueprint is. I will with your help make sure what is written remain true by encouraging you to listen to your body’s wisdom and what it tries to tell you.
With the coming changes that are affecting not only yourself, but those around you and of Earth herself, make a point dear ones to find calm and peace of mind. Learn to stabilize the chaos that moves around you through grounding and being in touch with nature in all her glory. You do not have to actually be outdoors to do this. All you need if you cannot get out is have your feet flat on the floor, close your eyes and visualize your feet growing roots through the floor and into the Mother Earth. You take your visualization further and try to feel the coolness of earth, smell the earth if you can and see the comforting earthly tones and colours. When you feel you have had enough and you are in a calmer state, simply reverse the roots; draw them back up to your feet and gently move your feet from where you rooted yourself. This is an exercise that can be done anywhere. The spiritual foundation that you are creating within the Power, Love and Wisdom will be strengthened when you can approach its creation with calm that you brought out through your love for all people and yourself. The foundations you are busy creating and restructuring is optimized when you can direct your strength to each part with clear focus and dedication. I will help you dear ones understand the true nature of what you are creating at various stages of your journey. Sometimes all you require is a little nudge or reminder, other times you might need clarification through a different learning means.
The ideal way to live your life and is how I live my life dear ones is with your feet firmly rooted with the earth and your head is in heaven. I am both Heaven and Earth and so are each of you. When you are able to see your life from this height dear ones, you will see just how large and wonderful you truly are then you will come to actually see the concerns that affect your daily life is really very small and petty. Each obstacle that you have faced, you HAVE risen from it, become stronger. Have you not experienced feeling 10 feet tall and your head was in the clouds? I know some of you have and many still do and most is not from over inflated egos, it is from living this way. By reaching your full balanced potential; spiritual and physical, this is how all of you can learn to live. The enormity of your purpose is not to think small and be small but you are here to learn on a grand scale and to be all that you are meant to be and that is GREATNESS. I will light that creative fire that exists within each of you, I will work with your creative genius, open and evolve your Sacral Chakra and help you flow with balance in all parts of your journey. Invoke my aid and we will become a divine team. You just might at some point here me cheer for you to reach the sky and actually touch it.
My support, guidance and love is always here for you, it will never waver or change.
I AM Archangel Uriel through Julie Miller
Teaching
25 Apr 2012 - 10:24am
The gift of self-knowledge is freedom.
The responsibility of self-knowledge, the need to choose wisely.
.
.
THE PRINCIPLE OF CONTAINMENT
Julie Redstone
www.lightomega.org
.
.
One of the primary principles of purification has to do with containment. To 'contain' means to hold back, to hold within, or to carry something within a vessel, enclosure, or organism. In relation to purification, what we contain are energies of darkness that we do not wish to go out into the world. We hold them within our bodies until they pass from our consciousness. The principle of containment relies on two more fundamental principles that are at its foundation: that of energy, and that of identity.
Energies that are not love and that are not light are carried within each human being. They pass through us as emotions and as thoughts but they are not who we are. This is a fundamental tenet of purification. We feel and think often in negative ways, but our feeling and thinking is reactive to the world of events that we have lived with since childhood. Our feeling and thinking are conditioned by these events and form our personalities. These personalities are not us. They are emotional vehicles available to us for our learning. They are not our souls which have a positive nature.
Any person who thinks and feels can learn to make this distinction. They can learn to perceive energies passing through themselves and to not identify with them. These energies are in our bodies; they are also in our subconscious minds. They come and they go. They sweep through us in waves of emotional intensity, but eventually they subside. As souls, we can learn to observe the movement of energies within ourselves and to wait for them to pass without acting them out in words or deeds. This is a great help to others with whom we are in relationship. It is also a great help to ourselves since what is acted out comes back to us and we once again have to deal with it, while what is contained eventually sets us free.
The second principle of containment has to do with identity. For most people, identity is connected with the personality - with our personal tastes, preferences, hopes, fears, and goals. These are all real and valid on the level at which they occur, but they are not the highest or truest part of who we are. Our personal self is based on the life of our ego, the life of our feelings. It is not our soul-self. It is not our pure spirit. Our soul has a goal of its own and that is to become what it is meant to be - the Divine pattern with which it was created.
Our soul represents our reason for existing on earth; it reminds us of our true purpose for being here. When we identify with our personal self or personality it is hard to contain negative energies, first, because we believe in them - we believe that they are us - and second, because there is no reason for doing so. It is only when we see and feel a higher value in not acting in negative ways, ways that are separated from love, that we can begin the hard work of containment. Only then can we strive to find ways to separate from our negative feelings and to eliminate the acting out of these feelings. This is because there must be a purpose for doing so, a purpose that is important to us, a purpose that our soul strives for such as purity, God, truth, love, a better world. We must hold an ideal within us that fuels both the process of purification and the specific effort of containment.
To contain something does not mean to deny its existence. If we feel sadness, grief, fear, or anger, then these are the things that we feel. We can know and feel these feelings without acting them out. We can do this, because we are identifying with our soul-self that believes there is a better way to be in the world, a way based on love and on God's truth. But what is God's truth?
There are many levels to this question, yet the one that concerns us here is the truth of how we are meant to live with each other, the truth of who we are. God has created each of us to become instruments of Divine love. We are each here to participate in the healing of the world and the upliftment of life. It is our choice whether we do so or not, but our fundamental identity tells us that we are meant to do so as the pure spiritual beings that we are.
All that we give to the world, for better or worse, has an effect on the world whether we know it or not. When we send out good into the world through our thoughts, words, or actions, we contribute to the raising of the collective consciousness of our fellow man. When we send out evil or dark or angry thoughts, we contribute to the darkness and fear in which many people live. We are each very powerful, and so the choices that we make about what we are contributing to the world are significant choices whether we perceive their effect or not. It is partly for this reason that containment of negative energies is so important. It is important because as powerful beings, we affect the world not just through our larger actions and deeds, but through our words and even through our thoughts and gestures. To become conscious of this is a great privilege and a great responsibility. To become conscious of our power means that we must learn to use it wisely. Without wisdom, we walk around blindly releasing whatever is within us, not knowing the effect that we are creating.
There is a popular idea today in the psychological realm that concerns the beneficial effect of catharsis - the free release of emotional expression. The gist of this idea is that we will feel better if we give vent to something. This idea has truth in it at a certain level, but it is a limited truth with specific limitations. It is better to give vent to feelings than to deny them or to suppress them. It is better to be ourselves than to not be ourselves. However, giving vent to something has more consequences than we presently hold ourselves accountable for. Our emotions affect all those most intimately connected with us, and even if we don't express ourselves forcefully, our feelings get inside those we know.
This is a spiritual fact because at our core we are energy beings - spiritual beings sensitive to the energies of all of life. As we become more responsible and more concerned for the welfare of all, we must learn to contain our energies and to be realistic about our moods and their effects. This does not mean to eliminate feeling or to deny emotion. That would be a reduction of our aliveness. What it means is to not assume that our negative emotions are as real as we believe them to be. When we feel these emotions, we can try to stay grounded in the conviction that they are not our truth or reality, and can begin, however gropingly, to search for the positive feelings that lie deeper within us and are part of our essence: love, joy, innocence, trust, kindness, tenderness.
What would we be like if each of us lived in our truth? We would relate to each other as souls. We would love each other as children of Creation, children of God. We would help each other at times of separation from that love to find the way back to God. We would not justify our feelings based on the external circumstances that we happened to be dealing with at a particular time, but would know that we had within ourselves the means to remain steady and faithful to God's presence within us. In a word, we would perceive the sacredness of our life and the lives of others, and would steer ourselves emotionally in whatever direction was necessary to maintain that sacredness.
Containment, then, is not meant to subdue the life within us. It is meant to transform it, to enhance it - to bring us into a higher, more positive emotional state in which we recognize ourselves as souls and each other as souls. We engage in the effort of containment not on our own, but with the support of God's light and love. Without these, we can make an effort of will to hold back our negative feelings, but we will often not feel strong enough to do what we are setting out to do. Without God's help, we are limited by our own ego-nature from being able to detach from feelings that seem all too real to us. With God's help, we can experience Divine light as a steady flame within us, sustaining and holding us when difficulties arise. With God's help, we become capable of transforming our lives so that we are lifted out of the negative energies that have dominated us, into a space of love and light that is our home.
video
25 Apr 2012 - 2:08am
This video by Tobias Lars is graphic in language, but PLEASE don't let that stop you from listening. All that he says is valid and what his words do is have the energy of slapping you out of your stupor. I love his overall message and impact. Shadow work is very important...and he says it in a way that I hope will stick! :)
Blog entry
24 Apr 2012 - 8:56pm
My dear friends and family, I am writing from my Heart today about something that is very hard for me. My Father, whom I love in my own way, continues to be very much involved with the lower energies of this world.
I love him dearly, but no matter what I have done over the years, to help him to see the Light, he still continues to send fearful energies to me and my Mother, and it is affecting both of our health.
I am in a living condition where it is impossible right now to leave the situation, but his continued negativity is affecting not only me and my Mother, but anyone I come into contact with.
I am asking from my Heart for your help, as at this point I have done everything I can to protect myself from his energy.
Though typically I never talk about anything personal in my life, my guides suggested that I post this blog today.
The negativity energy he sends through me, and to me, I cannot allow to be present in my life anymore, if not for myself, but for all the world.
I am always sending him love, and positive thoughts, but there comes a point when you have done everything, tried everything, and nothing else works.
So I am asking today for help, with humbleness. If you have ever sensed lower energies around me, it was from him, who continually tries to throw me off balance.
Though I do not blame all my life situations on him, it has reached a point, where I realize, this really isn't me, this is him.
If nothing else, I just felt from my Heart today to share with you my frustration, and how much it hurts me in Heart to see him this way, continuing to live in terror, and fear, no matter what life may keep trying to tell him.
Even my GrandFather, who is now passed, has tried to reach him, to which he never received.
I love you all very dearly, hugs,
Lesley
Teaching
24 Apr 2012 - 10:55am
Healing into Light - The Purification of Individuals and of the Earth
www.worldblessings.com
Today, many people on the planet are in need of healing and are suffering through difficult times - some physically, some emotionally, some due to what appear to be external circumstances. In reality, the earth itself is undergoing a global purification which is causing many to experience an upsurge of both emotional and physical difficulties. We are not yet accustomed to thinking of everything that is physical as having a spiritual root, and yet this is what is taking place as purification advances upon the planet. Many nations, as well, are experiencing a similar kind of upheaval related to planetary purification. The purpose of this movement and, indeed, of this turbulence, is to free the self of formerly blocked negative energies and ultimately to create greater freedom for each self and for the planet as a whole.
The purification of the individual and of the planet operates according to similar principles and the healing that is made possible through both is the same. Light intensifies in its potency, creating a separation between energies of light and darkness. The darkness, once separated, moves from a dormant state into the light of awareness where it can be seen, and felt, and released into the infinite light of God. During this passage, things that were held in the body because they were too painful to feel – things that may have manifested as longstanding physical or emotional symptoms – may intensify in their level of activity while at the same time becoming available to our awareness again. On a planetary level also, things that were latent within human consciousness are now more readily acted out upon the world stage because what was hidden is now revealed, and what has become more conscious has a greater possibility for becoming active in its expression. The purification that is taking place in a general sense means that people will feel more – that things will come up more frequently and with greater intensity on all levels in order to be healed. This is the result of the greater efficacy of light upon the earth, and though its immediate result may be disturbing in certain respects, it is simultaneously creating the possibility for greater freedom of people everywhere to live in love, in peace, and with a sense of unity with all of life.
The increased possibility for dealing with formerly concealed or dormant energies that are now making themselves known, creates entirely new possibilities for healing at this time. This can include physical, mental, and emotional difficulties that are acute, or those that may have troubled us for years. The power of light that is now more available on the planet is already infusing our physical, mental, and emotional bodies. Through understanding the process and through working with it in a conscious way – in a way that focuses on the incorporation of greater light into the body and consciousness - greater healing of pain and suffering that relate to the time we are in can take place, and discomfort and distress can be alleviated.
There are many avenues of working with light for purposes of healing and purification, some more powerful than others. Some take place through meditation; some through participation in the synergy of light-filled groups; some through being in nature, and some through spiritual practices which focus more directly on alignment and on breathing in light for the purpose of healing painful areas of life, whether physical, emotional, or any other variety. Commitment to such a practice can go a long way toward concentrating light in the body for purposes of healing. It can also create a heightened awareness, simultaneously, of our deeper identity as spiritual beings.
It is a beautiful feeling when you can feel the embrace of an Archangel, Master, God (the Creator) or any other deity. To see the light they hold surround your spirit and to feel their energy is incredible. I have had some instances, instant tears flowed, my body trembled in all GOODNESS of the entire experience. I haven't yet experienced a day where I haven't been touched or held lovingly. I am very grateful to feel and to see them. Even now, I feel my left hand being held in a supportive and friendly manner.
Brightest Blessings,
Acaana
Teaching
24 Apr 2012 - 10:34am
Alignment - Connecting With the Divine
THE PRACTICE OF PURIFICATION - ALIGNMENT
Julie Redstone
www.lightomega.org
.
Above all else, the process of purification involves a relationship with God at the center, informing every activity, every thought, every word, every breath. This holy relationship exists between the Divine Creator and every soul, no matter what their background or religious beliefs, no matter what their status in life. A return to this relationship reawakens awareness of one's Divine heritage, bringing forth streams of light into everyday life. These are the streams that heal, transform, and purify life of all that continues to perceive itself as separated from God - all that is not of the light.
Purification as a process involves a turning toward God as a flower turns toward the sun, as a bird turns toward the sky. It is an orientation as natural and intimate as the flower's turning. Purification as a practice involves discovering the means for receiving the sun's rays without impediment, and also noticing when we have turned away even slightly from the radiance of light that warms us.
In order to maintain a habit of turning toward God, the practice of 'alignment' becomes important, for 'alignment' teaches the body and the consciousness how to open to light. It instills in the awareness a knowing of how to return to our center when we have departed from it. This practice is less a technique than a prayer, less a method, than an expression of love along the lines of "Lord, make me an instrument of Thy will." In its essence, it teaches us how to open our hearts to greater love and how to bring energy from mind to heart. It also teaches us to recognize when our hearts are closed, or when we have strayed from the light in some other direction.
Always, in every phase of purification, the path of return to light is available to us if we choose it. No matter what mistakes or wrong turns we take, it is always possible to retrace our steps inwardly, and to re-locate what we have lost or set aside.
The commitment of purification is much like a betrothal in which the soul's yearning to be united with God's being and love will ultimately result in the marriage and fulfillment that each soul seeks, whether known to itself or not. And yet, as a betrothal, purification requires more than a passing interest from those who seek to follow its principles.
The commitment of the betrothed requires a seriousness of purpose and a longing of heart in order that the journey be taken and the goal reached. The practice of 'alignment' is of assistance as a natural outgrowth of the desire to remain steadfast in relation to purpose. However, the willingness to remain faithful must also be maintained while those elements of the psyche come to light that have been held within the secret recesses of the mind, heart, and body, even if these elements bring disturbances to the familiar order of things. This turbulence of purification does not happen to everyone in the same way, nor with the same force, but it does happen because in the presence of God's light, what was hidden becomes known, and what has contained darkness, reveals itself as the true measure of what it is.
The ancient teachings of light embrace all souls who seek the light, and the radiant presence of God's grace and love embrace all souls who seek that love. Therefore, there need be no fear in moving forward with the purification process, for what was old and worn shall be made new, and what was lacking in love shall be released forever so that only love remains. This is God's promise to those who seek the way of return. It is the promise of blessing to each heart that yearns for the light of a new day.
I don't use such an eloborate stand or dish. I used to have a very old crystal dish for my burning but it and a few other altar necesseties were broken. In previous articles I have mentioned that I purify with herbs by burning them. It is the method that works for me while I vocalize my thoughts, my intents and so forth on what I am aiming to achieve from this old and sacred yet simple ritual. The purification process like many other spiritual endeavors requires an empty mind, lacking of emotional heaviness in order to get the best results. Lately my purifications have been induced by spirit, which is also common for me. I never ingest anything other than aromas of the burning herb or herb combinations.
Brightest Blessings,
Acaana
video
23 Apr 2012 - 9:20am
This beautiful message comes to you with greatest love from The Crystal Team channelled through Lindsay. Feel the wonderful energies, the love and support and guidance, encouragement and information as you listen to their inspiring words. See and feel the power of their energies as you look at their images on screen. with love and blessings Lindsay and The Crystal Team
Blog entry
22 Apr 2012 - 8:26pm
Sage
paganwiccan.about.com
Sage has long been burned to purify and cleanse a space. The ancients burned dried sprigs of sage in temples and during religious rituals. The Greeks and Romans wrote that the smoke imparted wisdom and mental acuity. In the tenth century, Arab physicians said that sage brought about immortality, or at the very least, a long and healthy life. In England, seventeenth-century servants of the royal family scattered a blend of sage and lavender on the floors at court to help disguise the aroma of day to day life.
Medicinally, Dioscorides says a decoction made from sage leaves and branches helps with urination and hair regrowth. He adds that it can help prevent ulcers and sores from festering, as well. In the essential herbal Back to Eden, Jethro Kloss tells us that sage is "one of the best remedies for stomach troubles, dyspepsia, gas in the stomach and bowels... will expel worms in adults and children. Will stop bleeding of wounds, very cleansing to old ulcers and sores... Also in liver and kidney troubles." He also recommends it in treatment of sexual disorders -- either excessive sexual desire or a decreased libido. In other words, sage is pretty much the go-to herb for a number of ailments.
In magic, carry sage leaves in your wallet or purse to promote financial gain. Burn leaves to increase wisdom or gain guidance from your spirit guide (be warned - burning sage does smell similar to marijuana, so keep that in mind if you think the neighbors might be inquisitive). Make a wish and write it on a sage leaf, and then hide it beneath your pillow -- if you dream about your wish over the next three nights, your wish will come true.
In addition to its medicinal and magical uses, sage makes a great addition to your kitchen pantry. Use it to season fish or chicken dishes, or toss fresh leaves into a green salad.
Other Names: Garden sage
Gender: Masculine
Element: Air
Planetary Connection: Jupiter
Last year I grew five varieties:
variegated sage
Salvia-officinalis-Purpurescens-Culinary-Sage
Blue Sage
salvia officinalis (same as the purple one, but a silvery green colour)
Golden Sage
This year I have 2 already growing, plus the lavender I grow each year. The others didn't fare well. I would love to grow white or silver sage, but the seeds or plant is unavailable. I know natives have it, but I haven't been able to get some seeds yet from the only Ojibwe source I have. Sage for me is used not only to deter mischievous spirits, but to purify, and to cleanse. It aids in the journeys I go on, clarifies my meditation experiences and much more. I use it with every ritual and ceremony I commence and perform. In a few weeks I will visit the local nursery to see what is in stock and add to my herb growing. Last year I added chocolate mint and its already growing like crazy. I bring in a new addition every year.
Brightest Blessings,
Acaana
* another mention - I have not done the writing on the leaf. I cannot vouch that it will work. I have done this with paper and it came through but not when I was expecting it to. I had to allow what was to be to happen in due time
Story
22 Apr 2012 - 6:14pm
Hello to you, we greet you in kind; in the kindest of ways we meet you.
We meet you in your heartspace and we ask you to relax there, to relax and to feel this moment that we speak to you of.
In this moment contains all the powers of life everlasting. In this moment contains the juice of extreme knowledge, of awakened thought and of the hearts resonance of love, truth, wisdom and light.
This moment is in truth all that is in existence and yet that can feel very hard to comprehend..
We speak of this moment and of the awakening to the moment, the knowledge of allowing this moment to be all that is in existence. No past, no future and yet how is this so?
We want to explain this a bit to you, to allow you to come around into the wholeness of this thought, this thought that you are in a now experience, always this is true.
And yet the fleeting thoughts push and pull you to the past or to the future, for the minds hold feels that it is futile to be in the moment for no-thing is happening there.
You must prepare for the next thing and yet you are preparing by remembering the past.. This is where so much of the anxiety you feel these days is ridden!
This anxiety is here because the moment is becoming more and more to each of you an awakened state, and yet you vibrate back and forth around it, yet sometimes, you feel the moment, you are present and it is quite wonderful those moments to you!
How can one be in the moment more often?
Yes that is what we are working on for this is how one can begin to navigate, to surf as you say in this life here upon the Earth. This navigating in the moment is what is upon your life now, for all time is collapsing into the moment as the collective constructs of past and future are merging into the Now.
The now, the ever-present, this is where true existence is, this is where all collective power is, this is the new Earth, the moment!
To be in the moment and to relax there is the part we are wanting to help with, for that is the navigation that we speak of..
This navigating is going to become more prominent in your nows, with this freedom shall reign upon your state of being.
To be able to navigate in the moment is a sort of dropping your awareness in to a state of not-knowing, to allow yourself to be in a state of not knowing or allowing can be quite scary to the rational mind, to the belief systems and to the collective structures that are all around you, coercing you to be prepared for this tomorrow, to hold your energy in resistance by a fearful feeling of what may happen in the future, from the knowledge of the past.
To let go into this instant is a process of allowing and navigating the mind’s hold on your consciousness. To allow is a sort of experience that the mind has not been trained in. All of you have been trained by conditions, by experiences, by your families and systems. To go against this training is where the fear comes in… will I fail? Will I be discarded; will I be punished for not computing?
This is where you can begin to navigate, by making a simple choice. To choose to be aware, to choose to be allowing, to choose to be not knowing what will happen next… this begins to release the fear, then one can come into a choice of trust. I choose to trust life, I choose to trust this moment, I choose love, to allow this love to be present now, here!
It is a process of allowing, a back and forth, but once you choose this awareness, one can begin to navigate thru the crisis, through the fears and allow. One must be present to allow, one must be aware to choose, to believe and know the power of creation is in this instant!
Yes, so we ask you to be aware in this moment with us, here we are together now in this moment where all time is now…
Awaken to the truth that you are here to provide this knowledge to you, as you do, you are shifting the pathways of the collective, as you do this it will be easier and easier for all of you to create from the now. To trust and to provide for all that is needed, in your now.
Life is eternal, life is constantly shifting, changing like the seasons, like the tides and yet in each moment is an ability to navigate thru to the next to allow the process and to choose to trust. As you do, as you begin to get the hang of this, you will be able to create miracles upon this Earth, you will be in harmony with the spheres, with creation again, always it is shifting and growing and expanding into the ever present now!
We leave you with this, you are all creation, you are the navigators and you are the awakeners here upon the Earth!
Forget not why you are here, to Allow the unravel, to trust and to choose this love, this faith in the experience of life, always it is right here in your heart, beating continually, life, life, life all in one heartbeat, in resonance with all creation!
Trust you, your body, this experience, and know in your guidedness from within, you will not falter in this returning to the Eden within each of you, to return home, not far away, not unknown, but remembered and awakened in each of you. As you bring this knowledge forth to commingle with each other, new worlds are born here, born within each heart, beating as one heartbeat, allowing all…
We greet you and we thank you, for your energy, for your remembrance, for your knowledge, for the gifts you bring here. Allow the truth of all life to be reborn thru you here upon the Earth, it is time for All …
One heartbeat, One breath, One moment, Eternally…
With Love,
The Pegasians
Ray Dawn
www.raydawn.com
copyright 2010 Ray Dawn all rights reserved
Feel Free to re-post as long as credit is given to channel and her website is included, Blessings!
Teaching
22 Apr 2012 - 11:46am
Meditation--Trends, Styles and Stages
by Timothy Conway
www.enlightened-spirituality.org
(The following is an excerpt from my upcoming book, Our Religions’ Future: Truths, Trends and Challenges for Old and New Spiritualities. Endnotes are indicated as numbers in brackets[].) this book is already out
Increased Use of Meditation, Contemplation and/or Centering Exercises
A strong trend in America, Europe and elsewhere, one that will likely play an even greater role in our religions’ future, is an increasing use of meditation, centering exercises, and contemplative prayer, in addition to the traditional non-mystical practice of simply “talking to God in one’s own words.” According to a 1996 Gallup Poll for the Princeton Religion Research Center, fully half of Americans said that they pray or meditate in private on a daily basis; an additional 18% reported doing so several times a week. And of those who engage in this prayer or meditation, 64% “sit quietly and just think about God,” while 44% “meditate or try to get in touch with God or a higher power.” Sixteen percent “sit quietly and meditate using a secular meditation practice,” while 9% “use an eastern meditation practice.”[1]
This last figure is a relatively small percentage, but undoubtedly a majorincrease from any number that would have been yielded by a poll 30 years earlier. The figure back then for eastern meditation methods, had pollsters asked, would probably have registered at only 0.5%, 0.1%, or even less. Furthermore, many Christians and Jews in our culture who have little direct exposure to Eastern traditions are utilizing methods of meditative/contemplative prayer given by priests, monks, nuns, and rabbis that mimic or are closely modeled on Vedanta or Buddhist meditation practices. Most of the prominent leaders in the Catholic contemplative prayer revival of the last 30 years, including Thomas Merton, Swami Abhishiktananda (Henri Le Saux), Sister Vandana, Sister Pascaline Coff, Anthony de Mello, John Main, William Johnston and Thomas Hand have been strongly influenced by Eastern religions, specifically, Vedanta and Buddhism. Neo-Hasidic rabbis like Zalman Schachter-Shalomi, Joseph Gelberman, Joseph Schechter, Shlomo Carlebach, David Zeller and others who teach Jewish meditation have also been heavily influenced and inspired by Eastern forms of meditation.
Professor Wade Clark Roof and his team of researchers discovered in their 1988-1989 survey of American Baby Boomers (those born between the years 1946 to 1962), the largest demographic group in the U.S., that the great majority prefer to meditate alone rather than worship with others. In response to the question, “For you, which is most important: to be alone and to meditate, or to worship with others?”—the team found that “fully 53% said it was more important to be alone and to meditate, 29% indicated worship with others, and 18% said either both were important or they were unable to choose between them.”[2]
It would seem that the nonverbal, more profound forms of prayer/ meditation are engaged for different motivations. These include: 1) sincere aspiration to explore the depths of consciousness in hopes of encountering God, realizing Divine Awareness, awakening to Spirit; 2) curiosity about the human potential for experiencing blissful alternate states of consciousness (ASCs); or 3) a need to let go of tensions and burdens, that is, to cope with increasing stress. Harvard economist Juliet Schor in the late 1980s alarmed fellow pundits and Americans in general when she reported[3] that work loads, time spent working, and stress levels were all steadily increasing, not decreasing, as earlier futurists had mistakenly predicted. Today, reports Time journalist Nancy Gibbs, “Americans are working 160 hours more each year than they did 20 years ago, moonlighting is on the rise [from 1979 to 1989, the number of workers with more than one job jumped from 4.7 million to 7.2 million] and nearly half the respondents in one survey said they have less time for lunch. … Anxiety disorders affect more people than depression or substance abuse.”[4]
This stress is worsening with the rampant job insecurity and economic vulnerability brought on by the disparate stratification of wealth and global economy. Here meditation comes to rescue, since meditation has been shown to constitute an effective “psychological survival strategy” for people. Meditation protects us from being overwhelmed by stress by inducing greater relaxation, clarity, “centeredness,” and openness to the “Higher Power” or Divine Grace.
Meditation will become essential for another reason: America is suffering a national sleep deficit, reports Newsweek. “By some estimates, we’re sleeping as much as an hour and a half less per night than we did at the turn of the century—and the problem is getting worse…. The health repercussions of sleep deprivation … [include] ills ranging from heart problems to depression…. Naps would be nice, but at the moment, employers tend to frown on them.” Meditation, which can be fairly easily integrated into our daily lives, including work-breaks at the jobsite, can restore and refresh us.
Because we live in a technological age, rife with the use of electrical appliances, a small yet significant and growing number of people have begun to explore the use of “brain-mind machines” so as to facilitate a meditative, contemplative state. These machines utilize hemispheric synchronization in the brain; promotion of specific brain waves in the alpha, theta and very slow delta frequencies; entrainment via repetitive stimuli; manifold patterns of light and sound; and visual blocking devices like the ganzfeld (which can be roughly duplicated by taping two halves of a ping-pong ball over each eye—obviously one is not to do this while driving a car or engaging in other activities).
I predict much more use of this adjunct technology—and more advances in technology. I believe that it will come to be preferred by increasingly numerous people as ways of inducing altered states of consciousness/ASCs (or Non-Ordinary States of Consciousness, NOSC) instead of drugs or many of our traditional religious rituals in the West, which have largely lost their ability to promote ASCs. Some of the more progressive gyms may even begin to create special spaces featuring brain-mind machines so as to promote “mental-spiritual fitness” in addition to physical fitness. A scenario is rapidly coming sometime in the next century—George Orwell, are you listening?—wherein computerized brain-mind devices will be so radically reduced in size that they could be worn as lightweight headsets or even be implanted in or near the brain (like a pacemaker for the heart), capable of “regulating” consciousness in various ways. Yale futurist Wendell Bell has spoken of prospects for the near future (i.e., “within the next 20 years”): “Implants in the body could dispense medicine throughout the day or enhance our ability to think or adjust our moods and emotional states.” Such implants would surely be capable of producing the diverse forms of electronic stimulation currently available with brain-mind machines and thus be used for creating ASCs.
It is important here to realize that merely accessing ASCs does notmake one a deeply spiritual individual. Much more important is that one develop Altered Traits of Consciousness (ATCs), such as outlined among the factors of holiness/wholeness, the criteria for deep spiritual realization, given in Chapter 1. Transpersonal psychology theorist Ken Wilber holds a similar perspective on this issue:
“I believe that major breakthroughs will occur in electronically inducing brain-wave patterns that appear to mimic meditation (such as deep theta/delta), and that the machines to do this will become widely available commercially. I believe nobody will become 'enlightened' from this, precisely because brain and mind are not merely identical, and enlightenment occurs in the mind (consciousness), not in the brain, although changes occur there also. What this research will show us, I believe, is that brain states more easily 'allow' certain mind states, but do not determine them. A person might even get a 'taste' of the transpersonal through electronic induction, like getting a taste through psychedelics, but without interior cognitive transformation, the state will fade; it will not become a [permanent deep] structure.” [I would add that affective and motivational transformation are needed in addition to the cognitive transformation mentioned by Wilber.]
Styles and Techniques of Meditation
With the greater attention to meditative, contemplative states, I would hope that people realize they have considerable choices in styles or techniques of meditation/contemplation. Let me briefly outline these here.
First, one can practice the traditional one-pointed concentration on a specific object of meditation—a visual, auditory or kinesthetic sensation like the breath-sensations of coolness and warmth at the nostril area; a candle flame; the Jesus prayer; a mantra (sacred syllable or phrase); an artist’s image of the face of Jesus, one’s spiritual master, or the Divine Mother; a mandala (a sacred, centering art-image visualized externally or internally); a flower; the sound of flowing water; a visual point on the ground; or whatever one chooses. This one-pointed concentration is also known as “convergent” meditation. All egoic distractions and escape strategies are quieted and obviated as one merges attention in the object of meditation. This merging allows the Divine nature underlying all forms and events to shine forth, free of interference from the selfish, restless, perpetually seeking and dissatisfied “monkey mind.”
Second, one can adopt “witnessing” or “mindfulness” or “insight” meditation. This “opening” or “divergent” meditative approach simply involves witnessing the parade of thoughts, emotions, and sensations—and noticing the fleeting transiency of these phenomena as they rise and pass away, as well as the spacious gaps between them. All the while one stands free of these phenomena, “upstream” from them as pure Awareness. Eventually there is no more clinging to any phenomena, and perfect release from the syndrome of “me” occurs. Peace and bliss remain.
Third, one can immerse oneself in love for and surrender to God, either with personal Form or as the Formless. This is traditionally considered the devotional path of prayer/meditation. One falls deeper and deeper into the sweetest “intoxication” in practicing the presence of the Beloved. Eventually there is no more lover, only the Beloved. No more “me,” only the all-pervasive “I” of God.
Fourth is the transpersonal, intuitive self-enquiry into the nature of Absolute Awareness It Self—for example, utilizing the koan or provocative question “Who/what am I?” as a way of “turning 180º at the root of consciousness” (Lankavatara Sutra of Mahayana Buddhism), disidentifying from the body-mind personality, floating unattached in the perfect freedom of Awareness. One realizes that one is not a body, not a mind, not a “me,” not any-“thing” at all. Neti, neti (“not this, not this”—Brihadaranyaka Upanishad, II.iii.6). One surrenders as pure no-thingness of Spirit, “subtler than the subtlest” (Svetasvatara Upanishad, IV.14) And, paradoxically, this Spiritual No-thing, the inner Self of all, is creatively spread out in space-time as everyone and everything. The Void is Full. Emptiness is Form. God alone Is.
Finally, in total surrender of every strategy of attention, worldly or spiritual, one simply abides in an open, empty/full, relaxed, alert stillness. This is the unconditioned mode of “just being.” It is a radical interior “stopping” (Taoist non-forcing, or wu-wei) of all forms of attention motivated by egoic seeking. It is an intuition of the nondual Divine that is “always already the case” (Ramana Maharshi) as one’s real nature or Original “No-Face” underneath or prior to the entire egocentric act. Free of any desire to grasp and know objects (Yoga Vasishtha: “Enlightenment is the realization that there are fundamentally no objects, only infinite Awareness”), this spiritual intuition can only be denoted as “unknowingness,” the “Divine ignorance” before/ beyond the busy-ness of the mind caught in its conditioned forms of ignorance. (Kena Upanishad: “Brahman [Absolute Spiritual Reality] is not known by those who know It; It is known by those who do not know it.” II.3) One abides as simple, spontaneous radiance of boundless love and perfect peace, like a flower effortlessly exuding natural fragrance.
I would say that, in mastering any of these ways of meditation, one goes beyond selfishness to become a conduit for blessings to all beings.
All the meditative options outlined above (except for the first, concentration on an object) are easily available during many of one’s routine daily tasks—for instance, being in relationship, walking down a street, shopping in the market, driving a car, exercising, eating, performing personal hygiene activities, and so forth. In each activity one can simultaneously enjoy a conscious, meditative state, focused on the Divine Beloved or transcendental Spirit. One need not be “out to lunch,” occupied or distracted by the tasks of living in the modern world.
I think that most people will find, if they train themselves to do so, that it is quite delightful, renewing, calming and clarifying to engage one of these forms of meditation/contemplation. When our passion is Divine peace, love, bliss and wisdom, there arises a natural, beautiful tendency to spontaneously enter this type of meditative state.
Stages of Meditation
Just as there are different styles of meditation, which can be employed exclusively or in combination, so also people will begin to learn that there are different stages or depth-levels of meditation/contemplation. The most acclaimed masters of meditation and prayerfulness in the sacred traditions would caution us that settling for mere relaxation, special psychic states, visions, “energy rushes,” and so forth, is not the ultimate goal of spiritual practice. This is especially true regarding any initial “beginner’s euphoria” we might experience at an early stage in our practice. The goal is to realize a clearest or highest state of consciousness (CSC or HSC) and altered traits of consciousness (ATCs), not just to manipulate oneself into temporary alternate states of consciousness for the sake of entertainment or novelty.
Along this line, many people have begun to read the classic meditation manuals and treatises of spiritual instruction from East and West regarding the highest stages of transpersonal spiritual liberation or God-realization. The wisdom here is that ultimately one can and must shift from having enjoyable but fleeting periods of meditation into a continuing, ego-free state of enlightenment or sanctification, which ideally is sustained even during one’s dreaming and dreamless-sleep states.
It is important to realize, as many practitioners have already done so, thatmeditation serves as an “uncovery” technique. Aspects of the subconscious mind, apparently including material from past lives, can well up in small or large waves of emotion—sadness, fear, anger, resentment, shame. The meditator at various stages of the spiritual awakening process may feel that s/he is drowning in this psychological material. Fortunately, many psychotherapists can now be found, through an expanding network of spiritually-oriented mental health professionals (especially of the transpersonal school of psychology and psychiatry), who can help one “process” or “work through” this material if one feels incapable of dealing with it through one’s own resources.
Why such material should come up at all can be explained by a simple metaphor: when one turns on a water tap in a mountain cabin that has not been used for years, the water that flows out is initially rusty and dirty before becoming a clear stream. So also, when one opens up the deeper layers of the psyche after being inattentive to them for most or all of this life (probably many lifetimes), there is a certain amount of less-than-wholesome psychological “stuff” that emerges. Eventually it clears out.
I would say, based on a longtime study and practice of the spiritual traditions, that the crucial asset to cultivate in meditation is an amused, affectionate, sensitive but clear-eyed and detached stance toward whatever arises in one’s meditation sessions. Whether it be thoughts, memories, fantasies, or sensations triggering fear, grief, anger, disgust, shame, guilt, sexual arousal, euphoria or whatever—just deeply feel it and let it go, moment by moment. You are Awareness; these are objects of Awareness. You are the changeless Source; these are changing phenomena. You are the Reality; these are “passing show.”
Eventually, you attain to extraordinary inner freedom and equanimity, cardinal spiritual virtues found consistently across spiritual cultures. At this point, very little can arise in any situation to disturb you or throw you off balance. As the Hindus and Buddhists would say, the basic issue is to become free of the samskaras, the binding likes and dislikes that fuel egocentricity and the delusion of separate selfhood. This is identical to what the ancient Greek sages, the Stoics and Cynics, knew as the virtue of apatheia, freedom from the disturbing passions. In Christian terms, this is “the peace that passes all understanding.”
As one spiritually matures even further with this practice, finally the supreme realization dawns that one’s true nature as free, peaceful awareness is one with the Absolute Awareness or Spirit that is both formless and playing as this kosmos of forms. One is No-thing and Everything, nobody and everybody, beyond all and within all. This is authentic realization of the transcendent and immanent Divine.
Passing On Contemplative Skills to Children
As the efficacy of meditation and deep contemplative prayerfulness is more widely realized, it will become imperative for our children to learn it, just as they would learn the “3 R’s” and good hygiene. This will be important not simply as part of their spiritual development but also as a coping strategy and a means of accessing their inner wells of creativity. Conservative Christians are adamantly and rightly opposed to any formal program of meditation (like TM) being introduced into the schools, just as many people, including Christians, are against the implementing of narrowly Christian forms of prayer into the schools (which offend Jews, Muslims, Buddhists, Hindus, New Agers, humanists and atheists).
I think it is imperative, however, that our schools find some agreed-upon way for children to have scheduled time each day to practice in their own way a form of silent “centering,” whether in a relaxation, meditation, prayerful or devotional mode. Look at the present statistics on children and it will be readily agreed that too many of them are in dire need of wellness programs. As former U.S. Senator Bill Bradley has written:
“The statistics concerning America’s children are more than alarming—they are a shock:
•22 percent of our children live in poverty.
•Crime among juveniles has increased 600 percent since the 1960s.
•The incidence of drug and alcohol abuse among children is dangerously high.
•America leads the world in teenage suicides.
•More than a quarter of our high school students will drop out of school.
•More teenagers become pregnant out of wedlock in the U.S. than in any other country. [Also: 580,000 children in the U.S. are on anti-depressants, such as “Peppermint Prozac.”] What the statistics tell us is that we are at risk of losing a generation of young people to a self-indulgent, self-destructive lifestyle.”
I predict that more scientific studies will be performed, indicating that silent “quality time” improves children’s learning rates and emotional wellness, and decreases problem behavior, also serving as an antidote to the well-documented negative effects of television viewing, computer-game addiction, and junk food consumption. Inevitably, goaded by the results of such studies, local school administrations, perhaps along with the federal Board of Education, will find a way to implement this important activity into the schools.
As a consequence, our children will grow in clarity, serenity, contentment, sensitivity, and that beautiful, grace-full inner strength that allows them to become a truly mature human being, a blessing unto the world.
Endnotes
1. The statistics on prayer and meditation come from the Princeton Religion Research Center (with the Gallup International polling agency), Emerging Trends, Vol. 18, No. 6, June 1996, p. 3.
2. Wade Clark Roof, A Generation of Seekers: The Spiritual Journeys of the Baby Boom Generation, HarperSF paperback ed., 1994, p. 70.
3. Juliet Schor, The Overworked American: The Unexpected Decline of Leisure, NY: Basic Books, 1991.
4. Nancy Gibbs, “The Paradox of Prosperity,” Time, Dec. 29, 1997/Jan. 5, 1998.
5. Kendall Hamilton & Karen Springen, “A Good Night’s Sleep—Impossible Dream?” Newsweek, Jan. 12, 1998, p. 10.
6. See Judith Hooper & Dick Teresi, Would the Buddha Wear a Walkman? A Catalog of Revolutionary Tools for a Higher Consciousness, Simon & Schuster, 1990.
7. See Edward Tenner, “Mr. Good News,” George, Feb. 1997, p. 44.
8. Ken Wilber, “Paths Beyond Ego in the Coming Decades,” in Roger Walsh & Frances Vaughan (Eds.), Paths Beyond Ego: The Transpersonal Vision, Tarcher / Putnam, 1993, p. 261.
9. Daniel Goleman, The Meditative Mind: The Varieties of Meditative Experience, Tarcher, 1988; Lawrence LeShan, How To Meditate, Bantam, 1974/1988; Ram Dass, Journey of Awakening: A Meditator’s Guidebook, Bantam, 2nd ed., 1990; Dean Shapiro & Roger Walsh (Eds.), Meditation: Classic and Contemporary Perspectives, NY: Aldine, 1984; Michael Murphy & S. Donovan, The Physical and Psychological Effects of Meditation, San Rafael, CA: Esalen Institute, 1989.
10. See John White (Ed.), The Highest State of Consciousness, Doubleday, 1972; J. White (Ed.), What Is Enlightenment? Exploring the Goal of the Path, Tarcher, 1984; and Timothy Conway, “The Criteria for Spiritual Realization: An Investigation of Optimal Well-Being,” Ph.D. dissertation for the California Institute of Integral Studies, 1989; available from University Microfilms International, Ann Arbor, MI. Herein I have discussed various “factors of enlightenment” and the need to develop altered traits of consciousness (ATCs).
11. Bill Bradley, “Help America’s Children,” Parade Magazine, Sunday, Aug. 3, 1997, p. 4.
The Creator has indicated the endnotes are required for this teaching. The article is aged, but very useful with good information. The more I read of Tim Conway, the more I am inclined to purchase one of his books. I am going to the mall today, maybe I will see if any of his writings are there.
Brightest Blessings,
Acaana
Story
21 Apr 2012 - 6:07pm
Rediscover the Goddess that is Within You
Message from Goddess Diana
Channeled by: Julie Miller
April 21, 2012
I AM the protectress of all things wild; including animals, flowers and especially women. I AM also known as Artemis, sister to Apollo. I have been with your sister for a few days now waiting in brilliant anticipation to communicate through her to all of you.
Today we are not speaking about hunting for food or foraging in the forests per say. But the discussion in itself is the hunt to finding your real and true self and preserving that truth once it is found through the love you have that is pure and ALL knowing of yourself and the world which you live in.
Each of you has embarked on a marvelous journey of self-discovery, increasing your awareness, perception and consciousness to achieve a higher level of yourself. It is very important my dear ones to remember your roots, and by that I do not mean your family roots but your link and connection to nature and its simple beauty. Think of the streams that flow through the many forests of Earth as the blood that flows through your bodies; the essence of life that connects you to everything. Your very being is connected to ALL that is. Each step you take connects you to the Earth, every time you sit on the cool grass, you are connecting with dear Mother Earth, and each time you wade in the waters you are connecting with the cleansing and refreshing waters of life and again with Mother Earth. The energy that is given so easily each and every day needs to remembered and cherished. This energy is given out of love, be gracious in return of that gift of precious love that has been given selfishly and unconditionally. The simple gesture of thankfulness is never worn out and is very much appreciated at all times.
The pace of your world has quickened to the point you need to almost hold on in-case you fall of the ride that has many hills and valleys. You are no slave to your life’s journey, you are the director, the creator of each step you take through the many choices presented to you. Honour those choices by choosing the best you can, and not just for yourself my dear ones but for anyone who could be affected by your decision. If you so choose to invoke my presence I will come forward and protect you as you move through various stepping stones of your path and I will help guide you to solutions that fit your spiritual interests and purpose. I exist in the tiny fissures of your heart. You will feel my presence when the wind blows your hair and rain touches your face. When you connect with the natural side of yourself and with nature you are also connecting to my spirit as well my dears.
Where your path is taking you will be different from another person, even those with similar interests. Never lose focus of what it is you want to gain from your journey and what you are looking to master and perfect. Stop ignoring your own needs in order to serve others. You need to be looked after by you before you can effectively look after and care for another. You know this to be true. My words are mere reminders. Give yourself space and time to recover from your selfless service to others and from great efforts you have put forward so diligently. The work you are meant to do will not leave or vanish, it will still be there and there is no time or date when that work must be done. Slow down my dears and permit yourself to breathe and love yourself within your own space. During this slowed down pace, take a new look at your values and beliefs. Take notice of any changes. See if you have lost sight to your personal objectives and take measures if you have to get back on track. What you have learned from any past life, earlier trauma or difficulty must be effectively cleared before you can move ahead with a clear mind, body and spirit. If there is any part of you that is still not fully functioning in the NOW and you are stuck from something that already happened; you know this must take precedence before tackling a new avenue. You cannot continue burying what you don’t wish to look at. Eventually what you are trying to avoid dealing with will fester and infect every part of you and those closest to you. My dears, this is now the time to honour yourself, look deep within and discover the truths, unravel any mysteries and listen to your inner voice that has been trying to get your attention. Be firm about the need to celebrate your specialness and strengthen the beautiful person you are. Coming to know yourself in perfect harmony and completeness my dears is only found through loving, honouring and respecting yourself. The pureness of your intent is found within your loving heart and it will lead you to falling in love with what you find without your Ego getting in the way and fogging up the beauty that is waiting to be discovered.
Taking time for solitude is a valuable time to preserve yourself and to get to know yourself again if it’s been awhile. As the earth provides for you in a bountiful of ways, you must provide the essentials for a healthful existence and it all begins with healing yourself from within from the love you have for yourself, for nature and all that shares the earth with you. There is a Goddess inside each of you. She has never left, she is not hiding; she has merely become forgotten. I have heard many say, “Where is this Goddess?” or “Why do I not feel or see her?” The answer is my dears are that many of you are too busy looking for bright loud noises that say “I’m here!” The Goddess in you does speak loudly but subtly. It is the Goddess in you that comes through in childbirth, tending the children, holding the family together; it is the Goddess in you that undergoes great humility only to rise above higher each and every time. She has never ever left you; you only need to look without the clutter of Ego mind and what colourful illustrations demonstrate in regards to the Goddess. The Goddess that is within you is within all people no matter their shape, size, colour or creed. And each of YOU is the strength, the courage, the determined, and the beautiful Goddess. What makes you a Goddess my dears is not your exterior package, but what is inside your heart.
Take the time and find her, your individual Goddess. She is strong, capable and beautiful. There are many Goddesses for you to look up to and study and the ones that draw you the most are the ones that resonate with your heart at that particular time and what resonates now will not always resonate tomorrow or the day after. The same drawing applies to the many Masters, Angels and other deities that you work with. You tend to follow what feels good and fitting for you and over the years some of this has changed.
I am honoured to have this opportunity to speak through your sister and to all of you. I will protect you and be devoted to you for as long as you have need of me. I will aid in your spiritual progression until you have developed the inner-power and confidence to go it alone.
May peace always be part of your everyday living,
Goddess Diana through Julie Miller
Blog entry
21 Apr 2012 - 4:13pm
Motherwort
www.vitaminstuff.com
Motherwort (Leonurus cardiaca [Latin]), also called leonurus, lion’s tail, and heartwort, has been used to treat heart disease and depression for thousands of years. Traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) recommends motherwort to promote longevity and treat menstrual disorders. Today motherwort is still recommended by herbalists for treatment of heart palpitations and anxiety, and to encourage normal menstrual cycles.
Recent studies performed in China have shown that motherwort helps prevent blood clots relax the heart muscle, and lower blood pressure. Of course, anyone with a diagnosed or suspected heart condition should be under a doctor’s care.
Motherwort contains lionurine and stachydrine, alkaloids that not only help lower blood pressure but also have a sedating effect on the central nervous system, which supports motherwort’s traditional use as a treatment for depression anxiety.
The tranquilizing effects of this herb may benefit those experiencing anxiety as well as those having trouble sleeping. Laboratory studies have shown that the lionurine in motherwort also causes uterine contractions. Motherwort may indeed benefit women who are trying to induce menstruation, but those that are pregnant or trying to get pregnant should avoid motherwort altogether.
Motherwort is easy to grow; watch this plant or it could take over the garden! You can cut this plant and use the stem, leaves, or flowers in homemade herbal tea—use 2 teaspoons of dried motherwort to 1 cup of hot water for a homemade tea. You can drink up to 2 cups daily. Motherwort is also available at health food stores and some pharmacies in extracts, teas, capsules, and tablets. Just be sure to follow the dosage instructions on the package—too much motherwort can cause diarrhea and upset stomach.
Pregnant or nursing women should not take this herb. People taking blood thinners also should not consume motherwort since it may increase the effects of these drugs.
Motherwort I have used. I was prescribed a tincture of Mother's Wort from a chinese herbalist and emotional healer when my mother died 15 years ago. When my father passed 2 years after her, I had no access to comforting herbs, but I also coped with his death a little better.
Motherwort is also recognized as St. John's Wort and smells bad like Valerian. At the time I was fortunate to be living in a fairly large city with a large Chinese population and the tincture was made authentically from an apothocary, not from a mass produced product line. I do keep Valerian in stock and Motherwort a long with a few other herbs for various needs for my herbal work and for healing and making offerings. I would love to have some seeds of it to grow. That is hard for me to get here.
Brightest Blessings,
Teaching
21 Apr 2012 - 11:39am
Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit.
Isaiah 27:6
GOALS OF PURIFICATION
II. Discovering the Essential Self
Julie Redstone
What is this essence that we are being called to? It is love, it is truth, and it is the wisdom of our soul. Our essence is the way God created us. It is not a state of feeling. It is a state of being. The light of God shines through the core of our being and gives to us those God-qualities with which we were created.
The capacity to perceive truth is one such quality (see, Tonality). The capacity to love others with God's love - to love others as souls - is another (see, Friendship). The innocence and joy of knowing that we have been created with a sacred purpose - a purpose that can fill us with deepest joy while simultaneously serving the welfare of all is a third (see, Living With Integrity. In the essential core of our being is the capacity to perceive sacredness in all that we do - the capacity to recognize ourselves and others as holy beings, learning to live life in God.
In the ordinary way of looking at things, such a life may appear difficult to achieve if not impossible. In the ordinary way of looking at things, it may appear that our individual desires and the welfare of the whole are often at odds. This is because we not infrequently find ourselves wanting to do things that are in conflict with what the world or some part of it wants or expects of us. Yet, from the perspective of sacred reality, all who most deeply live from the core of their being find values and desires within themselves that fit in harmoniously with the values of others' deepest selves. This is the basis for peace. It is the basis for harmony between people.
The key to harmony is depth of perception regarding who the 'self' is. It is our capacity for truth and for reality. Without this, surface conflict causes big or little wars over unclear issues. With this, the discrepancy lessens between what 'I' want and what 'you' or 'they' want, as we are all seen to be similar in the most important ways. It is only then that peace becomes possible. It is only then that "all can be fed" because all are of concern to us.
To perceive oneness with others requires that we perceive their highest intentions which are close to our own, not their lowest intentions which drive us apart. It also requires that we perceive our own highest intentions. When we do so, things that seemed of importance to us as sources of conflict become less important. We are not 'here' and others 'there'. We are not of one kind and others of another kind. "All can be fed" when all are seen to be souls similar to ourselves, and this takes place when the perception of the 'self' deepens, enhancing our understanding of who we are and who 'they' are.
The deepening of the perception of 'self' and the expansion of inner reality lives at the heart of the purification process. It brings to us a fuller understanding of our own possibilities, and a deeper yearning to expand these possibilities for others. In this progression, there is a journey to be taken into greater truth and honesty with respect to light and darkness within ourselves. Sometimes this journey is hard, but ultimately it takes us back to our own beginnings - to the state of innocence and purity we had at the time of creation. The end of this journey gives us the capacity to lead a sacred life, a joyful life, a love-filled life. It gives us the capacity to see souls everywhere and to experience God everywhere as well.
This is God's promise of redemption, the vision of life as it was meant to be lived. We fulfill it by joining our desire with God's desire for us that we return home. This is the Covenant made with God at the beginning of time, and it is the destiny of every soul.
Quote from Isaiah:
He shall cause them that come of Jacob to take root:
Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit.
Isaiah 27:6
Teaching
21 Apr 2012 - 11:13am
Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit. ~ Isaiah 27:6
.
GOALS OF PURIFICATION
I. The Flowering of Spirit
Julie Redstone
There is a prophecy within the Book of Isaiah that relates to both the past and present of the process of purification. It is this:
He shall cause them that come of Jacob to take root:
Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit.
Isaiah 27:6
This is an important perspective for understanding the world of purification today. For here, 'Israel', the seed of Jacob, refers not to a religion, but to the children of the Covenant when viewed in their deepest, most universal sense - namely, those who love God by whatever name God is called, and who desire to serve the Divine with all their heart.
The promise of fruition and abundance found in the biblical metaphors "to take root" and "to blossom and bud," are conveyed in images of growth and expansion that God initiates and brings forth. These images lay at the heart of the individual purification process. And yet the prophecy involves more than this. For, to "fill the face of the world with fruit" implies something greater than that which concerns individuals. It is to cause abundance to be present for the Earth as a whole so that all can blossom and all can be fed. Here, we have a promise, both individual and collective, which shapes the goals of purification and has implications for the present time of transition upon the planet.
The Earth is presently moving into greater resonance with the higher frequencies of spiritual light. The kind of growth that God has in mind for mankind as well as for all living creatures is, indeed, the flowering of the spirit - the unfoldment of the petals of the soul which allows an individual to both become more themselves, and at the same time to carry more of God's light, love, and truth. This blossoming will simultaneously create an experience of inner healing, and also ensure that "all can be fed." For peace and the fulfillment of the needs of all depend upon the immersion of each embodied soul in a sacred reality that includes all others. No longer can one spiritual life be separate from another. In the truth that is arriving, all will view themselves as One.
It is because purification allows one to embody the healing through the transformative power of light, that the world can ultimately be nourished and healed.
Without the embodiment on a physical level, planetary healing would just be an idea, not a means to bring the world from darkness to light. With embodiment, all things become possible.
Purification involves deliberate efforts to increase one's capacity to embody and hold God's sacred reality not for the self alone, but for God's sake, for love's sake, for the purpose of universal nourishment and universal redemption. At the same time, it is something that God 'brings forth'. This partnership of the universal Covenant is what makes possible the healing and upliftment of a planet.
Upon the Earth today, there are those who seek to purify, already touched by their deep longing for spiritual truth and by a sense of emerging oneness. And there are those for whom purification is happening without their conscious participation, simply because they exist within physical bodies and are receptive to the higher frequencies of light. For both groups, it is light itself that creates the goal of purification and the path toward it. It is light that changes each individual's consciousness, sometimes with a knowingness of what is happening, and sometimes without. As consciousness shifts, new goals come to the foreground. No matter what place one begins from at the beginning of this process, the ultimate destination is that of perceiving one's unity with the Divine and one's unity with others.
Many who sense this process beginning, seek to align themselves with Divine Will and with the goal of God's plan for Creation, both for their own growth and expansion and to benefit the Earth as well. In order to do this, each must learn to bear the challenges, joy, and responsibility of the self-knowledge that light brings. This is the process of discovering all that one is, and it is a process of expanding truth and light.
The goals of purification, though multi-level in the specific areas they affect, are nevertheless singular, namely, to release whatever darkness lies within the self in order to return each one to their most essential being - the holy, light-filled core of Divine truth and love. This core is the reason for which we were created. It is God's purpose for us in the deepest possible sense. As one becomes more of essence, one discovers that God's purpose for us is a holy purpose. It is our reason for existing. At the deepest level of truth, God's purpose for us and our own purpose are identical. This is the truth that purification makes evident:
Each of us is here to become love.
Each of us is here to spread love.
Each of us is here to contribute to the healing of the Earth so that all may be fed.
After I receive a purification, any vision I have either in a journey or any image that comes to me is always clearer. That doesn't mean prior what I see is foggy, only means the connection to the spirits that enable the journey or vision that have something for me to see is stronger, clearer, easier and less tiring as the toxic energy that is unseen around my auric field, my mind, and body has been removed completely from my body physically and spiritually. I am purified often. Sometimes I induce it myself from various herbs that I use but mostly it is begun by spirit.
Story
20 Apr 2012 - 2:20pm
IsIs: 2012 Symptoms & Healing Progress
Dear beloved Souls of the Creator
I AM ISIS, and I welcome you to an already changed and healing World. Many opposing Energies are now circulating around your Dimension still, healing the Rests of Darkness, etherically and astrally speaking, and so I am here to go a little deeper into the Matter today and explain the Changes you are going through further.
As you can imagine, IsIs would never leave you alone. I have always been here, always watched when not incarnated like now, and I never stopped loving the Planet.
Not because of the dark Memories I have of my own Past- but rather because I love the LIGHT Memories I have of my own Past. This is finally what our current Situation is about: To decide, after a long Journey in Duality, to grow larger than ever before- or not. Always respect and use to it’s full extent your FREE WILL.
Let us imagine the World and it’s Society being a Computer Game we are watching. This Game would be an old Game, a little more than 2000 Years old. Can you imagine being able to play a Computer Game in a technically error-free way, today, which is 2000 Years old?
Exactly, it is quite impossible.
Let us imagine, that this Game has been programmed to have the “Taste” of the People living back then. Would it still be popular today and enjoyed in the same amount? Probably not.
Life always grows, like Trees grow, like Flowers bloom.
The BASIC difference between LIFE and DEATH in reality, not human definition, is in fact exactly that: To keep growing, or to stop.
This is to be understood here as a symbolic Title for 2 opposing Basis Energies of Creation. Creation does not only mean to create Life, it is neutral and therefore, any Action taken is A CREATION of some kind.
WHATEVER YOU CREATE- IS PART OF YOUR WORLD!
All Illusions we have lived with, this “Computer Game” Program of the past, which does not function well anymore today- is crumbling before our very Eyes.
Many old and powerfully developed Souls are here now, for 2012, to help. We do not need fame, money, nor even a platform to speak empty Words in-like the Planet got used to in the Past. All we need is INVISIBLE to your physical Reality and can only be seen and accessed by the appointed Souls, who have been “registered” a long Time Ago, to be here in this special Time, and help with the Healing of the Planet.
As always, I like to use an example which I know best: IsIs, for example, has been called many thousand Names-therefore also the Name: Lady of thousand Names. The Queen of Magic, or the Queen of mysterious Powers.
There is no possibility of SEEING openly right now, who is who and who is performing which Work during 2012-the literal Definition of Magic is UNEXPLAINED CHANGES- as it took Place in the Consciousness of the People of Egypt early 2011. If you still did not sense, that these SIGNS are meant for YOU to be read correctly and open your Heart and third Eye further, then I would advise you to research the Topic and meditate on your 3rd Eye as well as opening further the Throat Chakra- which is parallel physically located near the SPHINX in Cairo/Egypt, being the planetary “Throat” Chakra.
A special Meditation as followed could be very helpful:
You might want to take a Picture of the Egyptian Sphinx, and visualize in your Meditation being there. Feel the Sun warming your Skin. Breathe the warm, but windy and fresh Air around the Pyramids. Look closely at the Sand, and see how it starts glittering in Gold. Sense bright and clear Crystal Light rising up your Spine, opening up from the inside all your 7 main Chakras, beginning with the lowest, then breaking through to the outside like a Fountain of Light, washing your Chakra Opening and holding them courageously open, even if you start sensing MUCH MORE. Examples of new Skills arising in the coming Months and Years for some, might be increased telepathic Abilities, increased clear spiritual Sight on things, People, Out of “physical” Body Travel, Situations and Beings in other Dimensions, Foresight of future Events not yet manifested and much more.
Begin with your lowest Chakras, which is the exact middle Point between your Legs below. Then go slowly focusing on the Light, bright and white, crystal clear, moves washing and cleansing and opening to the second Chakra, directly below your Belly button. Then, the 3rd, the Sun Chakra, directly above your Belly and below your Chest. Then, the Heart Chakra, located in the middle of your Chest. The following Chakra is the Throat/Communication Chakra, and is to be found exactly in that little soft Spot at the bottom of your throat in the very middle. It is probably right now THE MOST IMPORTANT CHAKRA to be opened, for it receives and gives Communication, verbal and non-verbal, earthly and heavenly. There has been a lot of Black Magic performed in the past 2000 years, to block on purpose this particular Chakra in all of Society, so that they can “weaken” the Communication between Heaven and Earth. The only aspect which made it possible was of course, as always, free Will, because the Angels cannot help us, if we say NO to their Help, or ignore them completely. Additionally, you can use Healing Crystals/Gem Stones to further support the Chakra Flow-for the throat Chakra use a blue Stone like Lapis Lazuli or Angel Stone.
Then, after you really worked on this Chakra and feel it open, flowing and vibrating, move to the next Chakra with the Light Flow-the 3rd Eye. Another very important Chakra for all spiritual Skill and Senses. Finally, you focus on your CROWN CHAKRA located at the Top Spot on your Head above, opened toward Heaven. This Chakra always comes last, to open up your Connections to Heaven, upwards, not downward.
This exercise/meditation is advised for 2012 daily, or as much as possible. The Dark Side of Duality’s Dimension is trying to keep its old World alive, where they could oppress everyone, and block other’s in many Ways, especially through holding back sacred and secret Knowledge from all of you, but behind closed Doors using it for themselves only. It is quite interesting and funny to note, how some dark Souls commit very dark Action, but then try to use Knowledge of SPIRITUAL HEALTH on themselves, when it is a contradiction in itself. Let me assure you, it never worked for them, at least, they come to this realization NOW, because one can’t help but notice when the backing “evil” Energy has been removed once and for all, and suddenly the long used Black Magic Rituals DO NOT WORK ANYMORE as they used to, before 2012. Duality will never be the same again, the way we knew it before.
The best News is, that the Light Souls on this Planet, are growing and growing and becoming very strong. They are becoming again COMPLETE IN MEMORY and SPIRITUALLY HEALTHY. This will enable the whole Planet to ascend and vibrate in healthier Structures, above the 3rd Dimension. There is no Limit to how far this very Planet can reach- in an unknown Time, as an inspirational Example, we might be able to bring THIS PLANET up into the heavenly Dimensions, fully.
We might be able to live any Identity we experienced before, we might be able to MATERIALIZE into a physical Body, IN HEAVEN, and back into a spiritual Body. There is NO LIMIT to what is possible in THE FUTURE.
Open up your Fantasy, think like a child again, at least, partially. Believe and trust, that ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE NOW- with God on our Side.
As you can imagine, logically any Soul disturbing the “Game of Fun” God created here for us, to call it lightly, must be banned from the Game sooner or later, because the others want to play, run around and enjoy themselves. God cannot and would never leave such a messed up and literally sick Situation as it came about around 2’500-2’000 Years Ago, to last forever. This fact cannot be DISCUSSED AWAY- because God’s Will is almighty in Ways, that would scare most of you if felt directly. The most powerful Man on this Planet, or the richest, or the strongest, are all made by God and dominated finally therefore by God’s Hand.
Make a new Start. You still have plenty of Time. Open up a completely new Chapter in your Life, 100% fresh. Trust in God and the Future God has in store for all of us. Skill and spiritual Power does not come to you by itself- it is a Challenge and must be trained, to bring the strongest and best YOU out of YOU. Stop distracting yourself with other People’s Life, may it be friends, colleagues or simply Celebrities on TV you never even met- make YOURSELF your own NUMBER ONE.
Sending you Wishes, that your most heavenly Dreams come true and that true Love always guides you.
Your IsIs
This Text can be shared and distributed with Credit to IsIs reincarnated as Susan Elsa.
www.mystery-garden.com
Blog entry
20 Apr 2012 - 10:37am
I have had a pull over a year now to sign up Dolores Cannon quantum healing hypnosis class. I was about to travel somewhere to have the training but instead of doing that last summer I ran out of the time somehow. This spring I noticed she is coming to Helsinki that is about 30 minutes from where I live so this would be very convenient me to participate. But I looked at the course and saw that it is relatively expensive so I was thinking of that I will not stretch and tress myself with this. I just wait that the money will appear and then I will just pay it. So I made my request to the universe that if I should be in this training and meet her I am sure you will arrange me the money. The positive surprise came some time ago in form of tax rebate – for the amount this training takes.
So the gang of Dolores C will have a smiley Tom participating on the class next August. She can prepare for lots of questions – I have tendency with my curiosity to ask all possible questions.
Woohoo – love
T
Teaching
20 Apr 2012 - 10:25am
WHAT IS PURIFICATION?
I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight.
Isaiah 42:16
II - The Blessings of Light
Julie Redstone
www.lightomega.org
The time is at hand for purification to take its sacred place as the transformational event on individual and global levels that will change the life of humanity as we know it. More than a matter of personal healing of the past, purification is a stepping stone to the future, incorporating within itself the necessary steps that can make of each person a new being.
Such is the power of God's light that when chosen and combined with the human will in a desire to achieve greater wholeness and to serve God, many things that were previously thought impossible in the way of personal healing suddenly become possible. In this way, the understanding that 'consciousness shapes reality' is proven true, for the light which affects consciousness creates a new reality, making of individuals and of the Earth itself a new being, capable of things that were not possible before.
The roots of purification are old, for those who have pursued the way of sanctity and holiness from all backgrounds and walks of life have known and understood the way that needed to be followed. For some, study was undertaken so that the inner steps could define the path to be pursued. For others, knowledge developed intuitively. Today, we are at a new and unprecedented point in the unfoldment of this process - one which permits the sacred joining of spirit and matter. Due to the spiritual acceleration taking place on Earth, not just a select few but the many are being united with their higher selves and are becoming infused by the power of the soul.
The process of purification is profound in its effects and can transform every area of life in which light has entered. The steps of this process, formerly shrouded in mystery, are exposed today due both to the power of the greater light affecting the planet, and also to the evolutionary development of a greater awareness and appreciation of one's inner life. The consciousness of many, today, are ready to receive those elements of spiritual understanding and perception that have been long awaited yet previously inaccessible. On both individual and global levels, light is now able to engage with the embodied selves of beings everywhere, creating a separation of light and darkness, rooting out formerly hidden obstacles to wholeness, enlarging the heart and the capacity to love. On an individual level, this makes possible an entirely new dimension of closeness and sharing within relationships. On a global level, it begins to make possible the foundations for a true and lasting peace.
The blessings of this time are bringing to human consciousness an increased desire for peace and unity that accompanies the expansion of the heart. Though the desire for unity and the foundation of this desire in universal love may only be visible on a small scale at the present time, this movement is gaining momentum on all levels including the collective one, and is leading mankind forward, step by step, toward a new way of life.
In relation to the force of light which creates the unfoldment of new possibilities, there is a choice involved, as there is always a choice within the realm of Spirit. Each human self must choose the path it wishes to tread and the actions it wishes to take. Though God is leading all souls home toward the light and love that is the Source of their Divine being, souls must choose to receive the blessings that are being offered. What this means is that certain values of the heart that may have formerly been discarded must now be embraced, and certain paths that lead toward darkness must be abandoned. These choices and the letting go they involve are part of the purification process which requires the human embodied self to seek to unite with the Divine.
Despite the limitations that may exist on an outer level, the choice that is made by each individual can be made by all, for there is no one on Earth who cannot be held in the light of God if they choose to be. The power of such light can bless all, understand all, forgive all, and love all. It is a matter of one's readiness to open and to receive the abundant gifts that are being showered upon the Earth at this time.
May all beings open to the greater light present today and to the awareness of God's love which lies at the heart of the process of purification. May each come to embrace this love from a fullness of their own. In this way will the relationship that has been prophecied from the beginning and sealed within each heart become a living reality. This is the sacred Covenant between the human and the Divine now coming to fruition, and it is the Divine birthright of each soul who seeks the way home.
I smudged myself prior to my meditation and prayer yesterday using a bundle that I have grown myself of sage, lavender and stevia. I do have shamanic stones with me and crystals while doing this.
I don't use feathers as in the picture, I use my hands to bring the smoke to cover my entire body. I do this often and periodically I will smudge and purify the entire house using only a sage bundle also that I have previously grown.
Blog entry
20 Apr 2012 - 9:55am
Lemurian Planetary Healing - LPH -monthly group update.
Our group met yesterday for another LPH and what a wonderful experience it was. The LPH is received by Mother Earth and directed to wherever it is most appropriate but before we started we had discussed the importance of water, the current storms occuring around the world and the potential droughts in other areas; we held the thought of balancing the water around the planet and wondered if water would feature in our healing experience.
These are some of the experiences we shared...One person made a deep connection with Mother Earth and received an awareness that what we were doing was received with appreciation, she also received the colour deep navy which could have been the deep ocean.
Another person perceived light coming up in the centre of the room and felt it become a wave oscillating round the group with energy flowing through it.
Another saw a white and yellow waterfall which then transformed into the shape of an iceberg. She then saw beautiful corals and anemones in wonderful colours and sensed a flowing soft energy.
Others had a very strong connection and felt very powerful healing energy flowing into Mother Earth.
I linked into a recent film I had seen where dolphins were washed up on shore and were helped back into the sea by people on the beach. I sensed that the dolphins had deliberately landed to make contact with the people and share information with them; so not only did the people have a wonderful time in contact with the dolphins on a physical level they gained on many levels from that experience. I also connected with the crystals in water around the planet sensing them healthy, bright, and colourful.
So water did feature to some extent. We all felt gratitude to be able to take part in this healing for our beautiful planet and if you would like to join in with this special experience I am hosting a one day LPH Experience on July 22nd - more info is available on www. lindsayball.co.uk/workshops
have a wonderful day, with love and blessings from Lindsay and The Crystal Team
Teaching
20 Apr 2012 - 9:44am
WHAT IS PURIFICATION?
I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight.
Isaiah 42:16
I - Purification: The Expansion of Light
Julie Redstone
www.lightomega.org
In its essence, we may think of the purification process as initiated by spiritual light and sustained by light in order to carry out the Will of the Divine. This Will moves in the direction of enabling the higher dimensions of one's being to take part in life on Earth. It allows the soul to merge with the personality in the expression of a unified and sacred life.
Though participation on the human level is essential in establishing the forms of consciousness and identity that spiritual light makes possible, the true impulse and expression of inner and outer events that become part of the purification process do not happen through one’s own intention, but through the intentionality of light which possesses an intelligence and purposefulness of its own.
Purification is a multilevel phenomenon whose domain can involve every aspect of one’s being – physical, mental, emotional, and spiritual. Which aspect will gain prominence in the course of individual experience cannot be determined in advance or by comparison with others. The relationship between the outer self or personality and the soul-self and between the personality and the subconscious or unconscious self is a hidden one for the most part, and so what light will reveal as areas in need of healing or directions for growth and expansion will be unique to each embodied being. What is common to all, however, is the integration that purification furthers, namely, to bring the identity and consciousness of each embodied being into a unity of wholeness within itself and with God. This unity is based on the harmony of love, and no longer contains those inner elements that create separation from the Divine or from one’s true self.
In relation to the inner life, the action of God's light illuminates consciousness and purifies the body where hidden emotions are often held. As a result, attitudes, motivations, and feelings that were formerly concealed are now exposed to the light of awareness, and things one may have suspected about oneself but never perceived clearly are increasingly revealed.
As part of this revelation, the body itself may also begin to release both physical and emotional impurities, often in a way that allows consciousness to know for the first time the intimate connection between the emotional and the physical. The releasing of formerly bound energies in many cases allows one to sense the positive purpose served by a particular physical limitation or symptom, which is often chosen on the soul level prior to incarnating in order to serve one’s embodied life.
On the physical level, the intensification of spiritual light causes a separation of energies within the body which allows God's light to be perceived more often and with greater awareness, even while healing is still taking place and unhealed portions of the self are being brought into consciousness.
The physical process of purification is greatly aided by the willingness to care for one's body - to be discerning about the foods that are eaten, the substances that are used to affect energy level or psychological state, the activities that are engaged in. The desire for purity can become a motivating force that transforms one's entire consciousness: diet, physical activity, relationships, the balance between work and rest. As it draws one toward God and the deeper truth of one's inner being, it has the potential for altering an entire life.
On the emotional level, expanding spiritual light brings one from a more surface awareness of thoughts and feelings to a deeper and more refined perception of the emotional energies that influence behavior. Increased awareness has great rewards, but it also carries great responsibilities. It requires disciplined attention to one’s feelings and motivations so that a choice can be made regarding which feelings or attitudes one is willing to express, and which need to be contained because they are not in the highest light. The positive benefits of fuller emotional awareness are many. Feeling more allows a deepening of relationships with others, removes the obstacles to greater love, and nourishes and deepens one’s relationship with God.
On the mental level, purification discloses the underlying attitudes by which each embodied soul lives. In the presence of greater light there is greater clarity. As a result, thought patterns become more apparent, and whereas before one may have believed one was perceiving ‘reality’ as it is, it soon becomes apparent that much of what one sees is perceived through 'perceptual filters' – lenses that shape reality according to our inner needs, fears, or desires. These 'filters' were originally created by human beings long ago to serve the purposes of the ego in its protective function. As spiritual reintegration takes place, a true relationship with the Divine begins to replace this ego-function, and that which has served the individual as a mechanism of self-protection or defense is no longer needed or wanted. Sometimes, however, these habitual ego-mechanisms do not let go immediately, and patience is needed while the new ways of relating to God and life are emerging.
Ultimately, purification allows one to become whole within oneself and free, not to be limited by ideas one was taught as a child, nor by fears that are inherited, nor by personal traumas of the past. Each soul has such events in their life and they create limitations which can be removed as the process proceeds.
In the end, what each one becomes through the Divine and holy process of purification is a being of light who is fully aligned with their Divine identity and purpose. This is God’s intention for all souls - that each recognize their uniqueness and significance within all of Creation, yet at the same time experience their oneness with others and with life. Such a development of inner wholeness and unity allows the soul to emerge within physical life in a way that has never before been possible. As a result, all of life can now be lived in the oneness of the Divine, ending forever the separation between spirit and matter, and between the outer self and the inner being.
I go through several purifications that are spiritually activated. I recently went through one a few days ago after Ishtar left. They can be a little daunting if one is unaware but I know when I am experiencing one. The removal of all toxic energies leave my body on all levels of what makes me who I am. And the purifications I receive occassionally due to my shamanic path can be quite unnerving but its for the same purpose but a little stronger. When all is done the connection is incredibly stronger.
Blog entry
19 Apr 2012 - 8:17pm
I am going through a purification process and being purged from a lot old habits and thinking. I have completly changed the way I eat. It has been a transition, but I know food is thy medicine. During this acension process I have lost weight and facing my self esteem issues. I am at a place where I am learning how to love my body through foods, exercise, fasting, and spending time with nature. I also researched that after I release all of my fears my weight will be restored. I am excited about that. My weight has always been an insecurity of mines. I also thought I was to skinny so in the mist of the acension I am learning how to love my body where it is at. I been speaking to my angels for healing in that area. I left my job in January to do my soul purpose and soul mission and my finances are like WoW. I know as a light worker it is my job to use my natural lightworking abilites and I am like universe what about my bills. My ego is being so broken down because it wants to control and I am trying my hardest to stay in the NOW. I know that I am a co creator and I heard from Ester Hicks that I should tell the story how I want it. Every day I am figuring out how to use my co creative powers. I am encourged daily by seeing number sequences 222 and 777, which mean stay true to my personal truth and I am on the right track. That motivates me and I really learning how to trust on the signs and spiritual realm for everything. I am being tested. I feel like I am taking a final exam. Really living by faith and not by sight. I am getting closer to my angels daily and eager for more communication from them daily. Learning how to discern my voice from my angels. YES, this has been a challenging journey. I know for most of us light workers it has. I remember reading someones blog and they were speaking about the matrix and being the ONE. No matter what we are devoted to this spirtual path. I have been dedicating my time on my health!! I know as I heal the others around me will as well. I am devoted to this walk even when it appears to be lack. I will break through this illusion because I know the universe is unlimited. I am figuring it out daily and my PATIENCE is being tested. I sometimes wake up from naps and feel so bored upon waking up feeling that there has to be more to life than this. I know life has more to offer and I am yearning like never before. I see myself becoming one with nature and animals and loving it. My friendship are ending as I am growing. These are my thoughts and experiences and just wanted to share. Make it a great day!
Blog entry
19 Apr 2012 - 8:22am
~**~ The Story of Baim, a Rescued Baby Orangutan ~**~
Somehow, in the long day and night that he was rescued and given to WWF’s care, my little “man of the forest”—
a tiny baby orangutan with a nimbus of red hair—managed to lodge himself in my heart.
I met Baim—incongruously named after an Indonesian celebrity—in the Heart of Borneo, a forest region on the island
of Borneo. Baim was in a cardboard box lined with newspapers and crying for his mother, terrified to be without her and
surrounded by strangers in a place far from home. We locked eyes as his fingers desperately clung to mine.
He should’ve been latched on to his mother instead, knowing that she would be there for comfort and nourishment.
He should’ve had years of learning from her ahead of him—what to eat, how to build nests, where to find his kind.
His playground should have been the tree tops of shady forests until he matured into an adult.
Instead he faced a future that would take him deeper into human territory before offering any hope for a return home
to the forest.
The road to rescue:
Baim’s cries were heard by two men hunting for frogs in the forest. They waited four hours for his mother to return.
The men knew that a mother orangutan would never willingly leave her infant behind and was instead likely the victim of
poachers, so they took Baim to their longhouse. They could’ve sold him into the pet trade, but chose to hand him over
to the national park ranger who notified WWF staff.
After meeting with senior district officials, WWF was given responsibility to take Baim to the provincial headquarters.
There he was placed in a rehabilitation center.
For most of the five hours bumping over rough roads to the nearby town, he squeezed his eyes shut and clutched my finger,
pulling it close to his face. That night he was inconsolable in his makeshift crib until he found a safe place in the crook of
my arms. We both fell into an exhausted sleep on the floor of the WWF office.
Saying goodbye the next day was not easy.
I was embarrassed to cry in front of the staff as I held Baim close one last time before leaving for the airport to fly back to
my family in the U.S. Before leaving, I whispered in his ear that I’d pray he would one day find his way back home too.
Baim now lives with more than a dozen other orangutans in Ketapang Orangutan Centre of International Animal Rescue.
He will grow to adulthood there and like the others, wait for a future that will return him to the forest.
Securing a future for orangutans:
Progress is being made to protect orangutans and their homes. In 2007, the governments of Indonesia, Malaysia and Brunei
signed a historic agreement to save the Heart of Borneo. WWF is working with these nations to conserve 85,000 square
miles of rain forest—about the size of the state of Utah—through a network of protected areas and sustainably-managed forests.
Indonesian President Yudhoyono also outlined a national strategy in 2007 to protect orangutans, stating that by 2015 all
orangutans still in rehabilitation centers would be returned to the wild.
What we need now is to move good intentions to real action. It’s the only way to ensure that Baim will have a place to call home.
Written by Trishna Gurung, Program Communications Manager at World Wildlife Fund
video
18 Apr 2012 - 6:58pm
Being the shaman that I am, I am drawn to drumming and flute. Moves me deep every time like nothing else. It is the rhythm of the Earth and me and the cosmic forces and spirits aligned and collaborating as one yet separate at the same time. Not only with this particular find, but with with others similar.
Brightest Blessings,
Acaana
Blog entry
17 Apr 2012 - 12:31pm
Greetings dear souls.
I am needing something in the form of a support group that I can connect with other indigos and, star seeds and receive help and guidance in these times. I am VERY sensitive and, as we go through these energies, I am finding it sometimes difficult to even get through some days. So, I was hoping that there is some kind of support group or "12 step" galactic group that I can be a part of.
If anyone knows where one is or, where I can get any info, please let me know.
Peace and balance to you all.
Namaste
Teaching
17 Apr 2012 - 10:59am
Spiritual Nutrition: Feeding the Body, Nourishing the Spirit
http://www.thelivingcentre.com
"Spiritual Nutrition transcends all cultural borders. It is a part of the original spiritual teachings in every country in the world; in every faith…all the way back to the ancient Essenes and the wisdom of the Rishis masters of India, regardless of our creed or culture. It was given to all of us as a tool, a step on the path to Enlightenment." ~ W.Kacera
For millions of people food instead of being a source of nourishment it has become an area of conflict and confusion- endless weight-loss dramas, eating disorders, cravings, addictions, body image obsessions, and never-ending searches for the 'best' nutritional system.
With the hectic pace of everyday life, most of us have lost our spiritual connection to food. Food has been reduced to "fuel"- a listing of nutritional "value." But the human body is not a machine, and many of the food-related issues that plague us, can be traced to our lack of awareness of the relationship between body and spirit.
No matter how much we work on ourselves spiritually, our diet also plays a very significant role in how we feel. A heavy, chemical-ladened diet can actually make even the lightest spirit feel heavy. On the other hand, certain other types of meals can rapidly boost someone's spirit, mind, and heart. Many spiritually minded people receive intuitive messages to delete certain foods or beverages from their diet. Others on the spiritual path lose their tolerance for low-frequency substances such as coffee or sugar. They develop sudden adverse reactions to ingesting these substances.
SPIRIT: THE MISSING INGREDIENT IN FOOD Food is a dynamic force which interacts with humans on the physical body level, the mind-emotional level, and also the energetic and spiritual level. The study of spiritual living nutrition is the study of the interaction and assimilation of the dynamic forces of food by the dynamic forces of our total being.
We need to explore the fully range of our relationship of nutrition spiritual life, to expand beyond the present definition of nutrition that includes subtle energetic principles.
A FEW QUESTIONS FOR US TO EXPLORE:
What is the purpose of nutrition?
What is it we call nutrition?
What is assimilated?
What is that which is assimilating?
What is the relationship between the nutrient assimilated and spiritual unfolding?
REFLECTIONS & CONTEMPLATIONS
How does your relationship to food obstruct awareness of your spiritual nature?
How can food serve as a reminder of your spiritual nature?
If you had only one week to live, how would your relationship to food and your body change?
If you were reborn tomorrow, what advice would you give yourself about your relationship to food and nourishment?
There are four aspects of food: biological, psychological, spiritual, and social nutrition.
Biological Nourishment: the nutrients in optimal foods have the power to heal and balance physical health.
Psychological Nourishment: food influences mood; conversely, mood, emotions, and feelings often affect food choices
Social Nourishment: dining with others in a pleasant atmosphere affects well-being.
Spiritual Nourishment: eating with an awareness of the mystery of life in food and connecting with it via mindfulness, appreciation, and a loving consciousness may enhance health.
Since the beginning of time food has nourished us multi-dimensionally; it feeds not only the body, but also mind, soul, and social well-being. They are secrets because this understanding has been part of humankind's relationship to food for thousands of years, but in the last century, most of us have lost and forgotten about them.
In North American we got so off track with our relationship to food quiet awhile ago. First, in the 19th century, chemist Wilbur Olin Atwater told us that food is fuel, the body is a machine. About the same time, the industrial revolution gave us refined, processed food. In the late 1800s, Puritan values still predominated in America, which meant that food was often perceived as sinful, or as good and bad; in other words, we projected moral values onto food. Today, we relate to food mostly in terms of how it can be objectively measured. The meaning in food has been stripped away along with its nutrients during processing. Every time you look at a label in the supermarket and you see numbers next to nutrients, you are witnessing the affect of Newtonian science in action.
The best to eat way depends on an individual's personal health and nutritional goals. The way to use nutritional science effectively and optimally is to ask yourself, do you need (or choose) to eat to prevent a health problem for which you are at high risk, to manage an existing health problem, or to reverse an ailment.
Optimal health depends not only on what we eat, but also on how we eat. What we eat has been the singular focus of nutritional science, but how we eat also affects our health and well-being. One healing secret tells us what to eat for optimal health; and the other healing secrets show us how to eat for health and well-being. The healing secrets tell us about how to eat include: feelings, mindfulness, appreciation, connection (love), and socializing. Here is an example of how, let's say, eating mindfully influences health. So many Americans eat while task-stacking: in front of the computer, watching television, driving, and walking down the street, but eating mindfully, being present in the moment with your food, may actually affect the way the food is metabolized and ultimately, your health and well-being. When physician Donald Morse of Temple University did research with female students, he asked them to meditate for 5 minutes before eating, then also to do mental arithmetic for 5 minutes before eating. When the students meditated, they produced 22% more of an enzyme in saliva called alpha-amylase, which helps you break down carbohydrates and B vitamins in food. This suggests that if you eat in a relaxed, mindful, present state of mind, you'll absorb more nutrients, and in this way, may improve health.
MOTIONS, MOOD & FOOD
In the 1970s, Drs. Judith and Richard Wurtman discovered that when animals consumed the carbohydrate-dense foods of potatoes and sugar they released a naturally occurring hormone called serotonin, which calms and relaxes you. Other examples of carbohydrate-rich foods are pasta and bread. On the other hand, low-fat, high-protein foods (such as nonfat yogurt) release another hormone called norepinephrine, which keeps you mentally alert. It's not a stimulant; rather, it simply makes you more alert. The key concept with food mood research, is what is commonly referred to as psychological nutrition, is that food influences emotions, and inversely, that our emotions and feelings often influence our food choices.
SPIRITUAL NUTRITION
Spiritual nutrition is about the mystery of life inherent in both food and human beings. All food contains and gives life, and we human beings are also life giving and life containing. Also, both food and human beings depend on the elements, the sun, the earth and soil, water, and air to live and thrive. Spiritual nutrition acknowledges the interdependence and connection among plants, animals, human beings, and the mystery of life, and connecting to this life force. The way to access and derive the health benefits of spiritual nutrition is to implement the three healing secrets of spiritual nutrition: mindfulness, appreciation, and love, each time you eat.
KEY CONCEPTS
The key concept for optimal health and optimal eating is that what and how you eat hold the keys to physical, emotional, spiritual, and social well-being.
INTEGRATIVE NUTRITION
Integrative nutrition merges Western nutritional science with Eastern healing systems that include nutrition (such as Ayurveda), and also timeless food wisdom (from world religions and cultural traditions). Integrative nutrition is about holistic eating and total nutrition, a relationship with food that is capable of healing body, mind, and soul.
BRIDGING THE GAP BETWEEN ANCIENT WISDOM & MODERN SCIENCE
Humankind for millennia has turned to food to nourish physical, emotional, spiritual, and social well-being.
KEY POINTS
We are more than just a physical body; we are a spiritual source.
By nourishing the body, we nourish the spark of life within the body.
The body is Sacred and therefore, the nutrition of the body is Sacred.
A truly evolved nutritional approach takes us fully into the body and beyond the body,
Our relationship to food teaches us a great deal about who we are and how we live.
"To receive the most subtle particles in the food, you must be fully conscious,
wide awake, and full of love.
If the entire system is ready to receive food in that perfect way,
then the food is moved to pour out its hidden riches…when food opens itself,
it gives you all that it has in the way of pure, divine energies."
-O. M. Aivanbov
"When we look at nutrition from a purely scientific point of view, there is no place for consciousness. And yet, consciousness could be one of the crucial determinants of the metabolism of food itself."
~ Deepak Chopra., M.D.
Peace Be With You!
Teaching
17 Apr 2012 - 10:41am
Ayurvedic Approach to Healthy Life
http://ayurveda.iloveindia.com
Ayurveda is not only a medical science but also a way of healthy living. Apart from prescribing treatment to various chronic and complex diseases, Ayurveda also emphasizes on an ideal method of healthy living. A special section of Ayurveda, swasthavritta deals with the science of health and the code for a healthy conduct. ’Swasthavritta’ which literally means 'the regime of abiding in one's own nature' is an individual’s guide to the path of healthy and long life. In Ayurveda, one’s body is regarded as a temple and thus, several ways are prescribed for keeping it healthy and young life long.
Healthy Living & Ayurveda
According to Ayurveda, there is no magical remedy or short cut for healthy living. Instead, strict and staunch regulation of the charyas, the principles of healthy lifestyle which include a proper routine regarding ahar, vihar and achars based on hetu (Material cause), kala (Season) and desha (Habitat) are the only ways for healthy living. Ayurveda defines the healthy state as: 'A person, whose somatic and psychic humors are in equilibrium, digestion is uniformly healthy, with normal functioning of the fundamental tissues of the body and body wastes, accompanied by the processes of the soul, cognitive organs and the mind, is said to be a healthy person.'
The principles of maintaining a proper well being of the body and mind are two-fold, first the consumption of diet and second, the observance of personal, moral, seasonal and spiritual conduct. Swasthavritta mainly emphasizes on following a proper routine regime as well as seasonal regime. Other than these two, Swasthavritta also prescribes Sadvritta, the right ways of living i.e. following good mental, social, religious, personal and moral conduct. Thus, we can sum up Swasthavritta as an ideal lifestyle for a human being. It is actually the crux of Ayurvedic living.
Public Svasthavrtta
In olden days, the Rishis initiated the science of ayurveda for the general awareness of the public. Public Svasthavrtta is a very important subject in ayurveda. Attempts were made on a large scale to apply the knowledge of ayurveda and collect medicinal substances to be used in days of scarcity.
Ritucharya
Ayurveda is comprised of two words. Ayur means Life, and Veda means Knowledge. Thus, Ayurveda deals with how to live a healthy, balanced life. Ayurveda focuses on living in tune with nature. It recognizes the intimate relationship between the individual and the environment.
Ayurvedic Diet
Ayurveda is a very vast and ancient medical science. Unlike other medical sciences, instead of focusing on treatment of any particular disease, Ayurveda focuses more on the healthy living and well being. For healthy living, Ayurveda emphasizes on consuming right kind of diet which is healthy and nutritious.
Science Of Ayurveda
Ayurveda is an ancient Indian medical science, the origin of which can be traced back to the Vedas. It is a holistic science which comprises of both practical and scientific information on various subjects beneficial to mankind like health, philosophy, astrology and engineering.
Tripods
In Ayurveda, food (Ahar), sleep (nidra) and brahmacharya (controlled sex) are regarded as the three pillars or tripods of healthy living. It is important for our body to be adjusted to timely intake of good quality and proper food, regular sleeping habits and controlled indulgence in sex because as all this ensures long and healthy life.
Blog entry
17 Apr 2012 - 9:09am
A little while ago I sent out a request for healing from the lightworkers community as I had been diagnosed with Cancer in January, under-went surgery and was advised I would be starting Chemo therapy end of last week. You all responded so lovingly and amazingly. I went to my Oncology appointment on Friday where I was of the understanding that I would be commencing Chemotherapy.
Well to my surprise the Oncologist had reviewed the case and deemed it unnecessary and that I dont have to go through Chemo.
I am so Thrilled and have to thank you all!
May I call on one more Miracle? My CT Scan detected a small growth about 1mm in size on my left Lung. It remains unidentified and will be closely monitored over the next few months. If it changes in size or appearance, then I will be under-going full blown Chemo for Months. So may I call on you amazing beautiful souls for more energy and healing directed into this left lung to release myself from this condition.
Thanks so much and forever in gratitude!
Matt
Story
17 Apr 2012 - 7:45am
Monday, April 16, 2012
Each of you lives in an energetic space that is at the vibration and frequency of your lessons and healing journey. Within this space you attract the situations and people who have two missions. The first is to connect with you at the energetic level of your healing. The second mission is to hold this energy until your healing is complete. While you may blame others for blocking the flow of energy in your life, they are merely part of your healing journey, holding energy for you to complete your healing cycle. This is their commitment to you and they will do whatever they can to maintain it, until your healing is complete.
The soul contract you embody is one of healing and transformation. Its accomplishment is the greatest journey you have ever undertaken, the single purpose of this and of all lifetimes. This is your life purpose and the life purpose of all of humanity. When you allow healing to occur you clear the energetic space that others hold for you and release you and them from that energetic frequency. But without your conscious recognition of this contract, the desire and intention to heal and the action required for healing to occur, you feel stuck and you are, for you are in an energetic space that will not be released until you complete the healing you have promised to do.
Healing is a promise between each of you and Source, it is a soul commitment to return the earth’s energy to its highest frequency of unconditional love. Each of you has made this promise and each of you will return to human form until it is completed. There is no time limit, no punishment for not completing it, and no judgment as to how well you do. But there is a commitment to shift your frequency out of the energetic space of healing and into a higher vibration, which you will unconsciously allow until you complete the healing you have committed to. And everyone in your soul group participates in the fulfillment of your promise.
All of your life path is aligned with healing and you cannot move into a higher vibration until the healing is completed. Knowing your healing promise allows you to move into a higher vibration once you forgive, release yourself and everyone from the energetic space of healing and set an intention for your life beyond healing. Do you want to experience love, joy, abundance or peace? Those are available outside of the energetic healing space. Do you want to have more fulfilling, harmonious and joyful relationships? Those are also available outside of the energetic healing space. Once you allow healing to occur, you are free to move beyond a healing purpose and into one of your intention and choosing and create your own heaven on earth that will be fulfilled in your reality, as well as for the earth.
Copyright ©2012 by Jennifer Hoffman and Enlightening Life OmniMedia, Inc. This material is protected by US and international copyright now and may be distributed freely in its entirety as long as the author’s name and website, www.urielheals.com are included.
Blog entry
16 Apr 2012 - 11:56pm
Blessings to all
After an amazing meditation session I just performed few minutes ago, I was guided on this topic, that I am sure many of you know, but there is always some extra info we would like to share regarding Incenses, Essential Oils ans Smudges. I use them all the time, and they bring so much magic in the space you are in when they are lit.
Either they clean and purify your home, workplace or any other place you need to clean. They also bring and give a moment of peace, happiness, well being, creativity, healing, and so much more.
My children were meditating with me outside our balcony, and without forgetting our two cats. It was such pure, peaceful and magical moment together, listening to our water fountain running, the birds singing around us, the fresh wind blowing on our faces, our cats practically in trance, and burning some of the incenses you will see in this list. I added this music I would love so much to share with you in this video, is amazing!!! It is an one hour video, so enjoy it or save it if you wish to meditate. My children felt the peace and the joy of our healing and sacred moment. I feel so blessed!!!
I hope you find this list useful in your daily life, for what it encourage us to bring back nature upon our lives and our loved ones.
Thank you and deep blessings of peace and light!
Gabriela
INCENSES LISTED BY USE
These may be burned to enhance spell work or an appropriate ritual, herbs burned in candles or on charcoal disks can be used as well as pre-made cones, sticks or resins.
ANOINTING: frankincense, jasmine, lavender, rose, vervain, orange.
BANISHING OR RELEASING: cypress, jasmine, sandalwood, sweetgrass.
BLESSING OR CONSEGRATION: copal, frankincense, rosemary, sweetgrass.
CHANGES: bayberry, dragon's blood, lilac, patchouli, woodruff.
CLEANSING: cedar, frankincense, pine, sage, sandal.
COURAGE: cinnamon, dragon's blood, partchouli, rosemary.
CREATIVITY: dragon's blood, lavender, orange, rosemary, savory, tangerine.
DIVINATION OR CLAIRVOYANCE: bay, copal, lilac, mugwort, myrth, sage.
EXORCISM: copal, bayberry, frankincense, lavender, mullein, rosemary, sage, vervain, vetivert.
GAIN GOALS: acacia, bay, cedar, cinnamon, dragon's blood, orange, sandalwood.
HAPPINESS OR PEACE: jasmine, lavender, orange, rose, vervain, sandalwood.
INSPIRATION OR WISDOM: acacia, copal, frankincense, oak moss, pine, sage, woodruff.
LOVE: cinquefoil, jamine, lavender, mugwort, orange, rose.
LUCK OR JUSTICE: bay, bayberry, jusmine, patchouli, sandalwoood, violet.
MEDITATION: acacia, copal, cypress, cedar, frankincense, jasmine, sage.
POWER / STRENGTH: dragon's blood, frankincense, patchouli, verbena.
PROTECTION OR DEFENSE: bayberry, dragon's blood, frankincense, jasmine, patchouli, rosemary, woodruff.
PSYCHIC CENTERS: bayberry, copal, dragon's blood, frankincense, lavender, mugwort, vervain, woodruff.
REINCARNATION: basil, lilac, patchouli, rose, sandalwood, sweetgrass.
VISIONS: basil, bay, copal, frankincense, mugwort, sage.
WILLPOWER: bay, cedar, dragon's blood, patchouli, rosemary, sage, woodruff.
SMUDGES
CEDAR: calming, comforting, purifies, protects.
JUNIPER: centering, clarity, cleansing, focus.
LEMONGRASS: refreshing, communications, channeling.
PINE: cleansing, renewal, strengthening.
SAGE: cleansing, balance, banish negativity, strengthening.
SWEETGRASS: call for ancestral and spirit helpers, ancient wisdom.
ESSENTIAL OILS
These may be rubbed on a candle for the appropriate goal for incantation work by rubbing it on from center to either end to "dress" it or from top to bottom to draw, and bottom to top to banish, add to contents of a pouch of herbs to enhance the energies, dab on pulse points (cinnamon will burn), oils are flammable, so use with care.
BAY: attain desires, success, clarity of visions or dreams.
BASIL: intuition, optimism, psychic awareness.
CEDAR: cleansing, strength, meditation.
CINNAMON: energy, courage, gain goals, gain money.
CITRUS LEMON / LIME: invigorate, joy, energy.
CYPRESS: calmative, soothes emotions, stability.
FRANKINCENSE: cleanse aura, enhance psychic power, energizer.
JASMINE: love, intuition, spirituality, confidence, sexuality.
LAVENDER: balance, calming, cleansing, exorcism, otherworld.
ORANGE: visions, psychic dreams, resfulness.
PATCHOULI: earth energy, sexuality, strength, power.
PEPPERMINT; alertness, action, mental clarity.
PINE: energy, cleansing, strength, clarity, action, protection.
ROSE: energy, lov, gentleness, peace, happiness.
ROSEMARY: mental clarity, memory, protection, invigorate, blessing.
SAGE: purify, cleanse, spiritual visions, inspiration.




